Sennheiser
We reserve the right
t) alterations,
In
particular with regare to technical progress.
Preface
Dear Sennheiser Friend,
This eleventh edition of our Micro Revue brings you once again a
comprehensive and updated
summary of our product range. It has
been necessary to expand upon
previous issues by a number of pages,
as our research, development and
design departments have further
improved many existing models and
have also introduced a number of new
and interesting products, including,
for example, the new enclosed -type
HD 230 Headphone and the portable
infrared units, together with the
dynamic microphones, electret
capacitor microphones, high frequency capacitor microphones,
wireless transmission technology and
all other areas of Sennheiser activities
which reflect the latest results of our
up -to- the -minute R & D work.
Currently we employ approximately
1,000 people, which is a pretty
creditable performance since the day
in 1945 when Professor Sennheiser
founded the firm with a mere dozen
employees. Spending for the development of new products far exceeds the
average for the electronics industry,
which also accounts for the
abundance of new concepts. This is
another way in which Sennheiser
safeguards its total economic
independence both now and for the
future. Today our Company remains
under the sole ownership of Professor
Sennheiser and Dr. J. Sennheiser.
To satisfy the constantly rising
demand for headphone equipment a
second factory has been established
page of this Revue. We are also
available to you here at Sennheiser
at any time should you wish to contact
us direct by telephone.
We hope you will find this edition of
the Sennheiser Revue both useful and
informative.
Yours,
Sennheiser Electronics
to concentrate virtually exclusively
on production for this product area.
Here modern facilities have been set
up for highly efficient series
production with total quality control.
We have compiled this Revue in the
form of a book. Simply check down
the list of contents on the opposite
page and turn to the page indicated.
If you have any additional questions
we suggest that you contact your
Sennheiser Agent, as listed on the last
ï14.T
n,r011Mn0n11Y1,w
....
.1 iiirV1{I11 0001I
r
4
INENNHEUSER
for perfect sound
The name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
Dynamic Microphones
The range of Sennheiser microphones, extending from the economically priced
directional microphone through to the most expensive studio microphone, frequently
seen in TV broadcasts, from instrumentation probe microphones used for noise
measurement through to the latest musician's microphone will all be found on
.
2.
.
.
.
3. RF
to 35
pages 36 to 47
Condenser Microphones
The complete Sennheiser range: the low- frequency special microphone from 0.1 Hz,
the Lavalier clip -on model familiar from many TV discussion programmes, the studio
shotgun microphone familiar to you from numerous television chat and audience
participation shows will be found on
pages 48 to 59
Headphones and Headphone /Microphone Combinations
From the preschool child listening to fairy tales through to the most exacting audiophile
-from the TV watcher receiving sound by a wireless system through to the commercial
airline pilot -they all can find exactly what they want from the Sennheiser range on
.
5.
11
Electret Condenser Microphones
You will find detailed information on the inconspicuous clip -on miniature microphone,
the long -range "shotgun" for the amateur film maker through to the dummy head
stereo microphone for binaural recording on
4.
pages
pages 60 to 81
Wireless Infrared Transmission Systems
The audio installation specialist will find exactly the right system for wireless sound
transmission in churches and theatres through wireless playback- feedback for radio
and disc production and on through to wireless facilities with up to nine channels for
international congresses will be found in the Sennheiser range on
pages 83 to 93
6. RF Wireless Communication Systems
From the needs of the lecturer who wishes to be able to move freely at all times while
speaking through the industrial firm carrying out factory tours in noisy surroundings to
the traffic broadcast reporter in the helicopter all these requirements can be satisfield
in the Sennheiser range shown on
-
7.
Medical Technology
Specially modified equipment has been developed for medical applications based on
the well -proven range of Sennheiser products. This range extending from mikroport
systems and infraport systems through to the auscultatory trolley is to be found on
.
8.
.
pages 112 to 118
Low Frequency Studio Equipment
For a portable transmission mixer desk with individual mixer desk modules for custom
designing of mono and stereo mixers and to the sound effect vocoder for generating
the most unusual sound effects see the special Sennheiser range on
9.
pages 94 to 111
pages 119 to 123
Audio Test Equipment
One single general purpose instrument provides the specialist service technician, the
quality control inspector, the laboratory technican and the noise control inspector with
the ideal answer to their problems on
10.
Accessories
A comprehensive selection of accessories for the entire product range from
connecting leads to quick -release terminals, spring mounts and windscreens through
to transformers and powerpack units from Sennheiser on
11.
pages 124 to 127
pages 128 to 139
Industrial Programme
From dynamic or magnetic built -in capsules through dynamic or magnetic audio typist
headsets to the complete dictation microphone, Sennheiser details examples from its
comprehensive range of industrial applications on
pages 140 to 143
3
A Primer for Microphone and Headphone Specifications
In the technical descriptions of our products you
will be confronted with a number of technical terms.
To enable you to locate the explanations for the
terms we list them hereunder in alphabetical order.
Acoustical Coupling
There are basically two different methods of
coupling sound from a headphone to the ear. A
distinction is drawn between headphones which
rest loosely against the ear (supraaural headphone) and those which enclose the outer ear
completely (circumaural headphone).
Adaptation
The headphone and microphone must be suitable
for the equipment to which they are to be
connected. Sennheiser dynamic hedphones can
be operated with remarkable ease from the
appropriate headphone and loudspeaker output,
as the load imposed on these outputs is extremely
low (no -load operation) owing to the high electrical
impedance of the headphones. An additional
advantage is that there is no great variation in
volume and signal to noise ratio on the changeover
from loudspeaker to headphone operation.
Electrostatic headphones have a higher power
consumption and must be connected to the
loudspeaker output of the amplifier.
Normally microphones should be operated in noload state, which means that the impedance of the
amplifier input should be considerably greater than
that of the microphone.
Asymmetrical Microphone Connection
With asymmetrical microphone connection only
one core carries the audiofrequency voltage,
whereas the cable screen is frequently used for
feedback. This cable screen is connected to the
zero potential of the following amplifier. However,
usually also in asymmetrical connection the feedback is carried by a separate cable core. This
offers the advantage of preventing equalising or
compensating currents flowing through the
screening from causing hum in the following
amplifier, so that microphones connected in this
manner can be operated symmetrically or
asymmetrically depending on the amplifier input
circuit.
Binaural Sound
The principle of "dummy head" or binaural stereo phonics consists of reproducing as exactly as
possible by way of headphones for the ears of the
listener the sound impressions which have been
recorded at the artificial ears of a dummy head.
This will, of course, be achieved only to the extent
that the dummy head displays the same acoustic
characteristics as a natural head. For purposes of
comparison take the head of a shop window
dummy: here a perfect reproduction has been
made of all those parts of the head of importance
for the sound field. Even the softness of the
-
Earth
Wiring diagram N
4
material used for the outer ears has been adapted
to the human counterpart. The internal auditory
canal has also been reproduced. Previous
attempts have made use of special condenser
microphones in place of the eardrums to record
the exact sound pressure pattern which is applied
to the eardrum. A recent Sennheiser development,
on the other hand, uses two high sensitivity
condenser microphones to record the sound
pressure at a clearly defined location at the entry
to the auditory canal.
The recording obtained with these two condenser
microphones is conveyed in the usual manner to
a two -channel tape recorder or transmitted via a
stereo radio transmitter or pressed in the grooves
of a stereo disc. In this respect this particular
technology fortunately does not differ in any way
from conventional stereo. It therefore does not
need four transmission channels but only two.
On playback these two channels are simply fed to
the two systems of a headphone.
The binaural stereo impression recorded in this
manner conveys to the listener through the headphones the same audio impression which would
be experienced by a human subject sitting in the
position of the dummy head. This is simply
because the listener's ears are receiving the
sound in exactly the same manner as it had been
delivered to the "eardrums" of the original dummy
head.
Recordings made with a Sennheiser head stereo
microphone pass through the acoustic path of
ear inlet
auditory canal
eardrum only once,
whereas recordings with the dummy head follow
the same path twice.
Cardioid Characteristic
The directional characteristic of a directional
microphone is frequently in the same configuration
as a kidney. The maximum rejection is achieved
at 1800 and the directivity factor is approximately 3.
Close Talking Effect
This effect is attributable to physical causes and
occurs with any pressure gradient receiver. With
pressure microphone the diaphragm is moved
only by the air pressure fluctuations exerted upon
it. By contrast with a pressure gradient receiver
the difference in pressure between the front and
back sides of the diaphragm causes the deflection
or movement. As the pressure variation relates to
the curvature of the wave fronts, when the voice
is projected into gradient microphones from a short
distance the pickup of low frequencies is relatively
stronger than at larger distances. To compensate
this effect adjustable bass regulators have been
fitted in the MD 421 and MD 441.
dB Scale
Assessment of frequency responses, directional
characteristics, signal to noise ratios, etc., always
depends on the interrelationship of the measured
14
-
:
:
:
Directional Characteristics
addition to the omnidirectional characteristic,
which picks up the sound uniformly from all sides,
there are a variety of additional directional
characteristics. Before a microphone is purchased
careful thought should be given to the intended
use or the directional characteristic most suitable
for your particular purpose. Directional microphones are usually employed to suppress
unwanted room noise. This increases in direct
proportion to the directivity factor of the microphones concerned.
The directional efficiency of microphones can be
shown clearly by a directional chart. A distinction
is drawn between the various directional characteristics described as "omnidirectional ", "cardioid ",
"supercardioid ", "hypercardioid" and "lobar ".
The directional chart is obtained by placing the
microphone in an unobstructed sound field and
subjecting it to a sound of constant frequency
which is then revolved by 3600 before the loudspeaker. The transmission factor relative to the
angle of sound incidence is plotted on the visual
chart paper which revolves synchronously. In
accordance with standard specifications this
recording is taken on a logarithmic scale. The
maximum value at 0° is the reference level 0 dB.
In order to depict the form of directional
characteristic at varying frequencies separate
recordings are taken for a few specific frequencies
and depicted on a common graph sheet. To allow
as many frequencies as possible It, be depicted
clearly, four different frequencies are indicated on
both pages which naturally are continued in
mirror image on the opposite page in each case.
The illustration shows the directional chart for the
In
MD 441.
The angle of greatest elimination is selected
according to the intended microphone use. If, for
example, the source of the noise interference is
exclusively centred behind the microphone, a
cardioid model with maximum suppression at 180°
would be employed. The other characteristics are
importance
with maximum
of
equivalent
suppression at 110° (hypercardioid), 120° (super cardioid).
Directivity Factor
The directivity factor is of significance for directional
microphones. It indicates the relationship between
the power output of a nondirectional microphone
and that of a directional microphone of equal
sensitivity in a diffuse sound field. For instance an
ideal cardioid microphone has a directivity factor
of 3.
As this involves a power ratio and sound intensity
decreases as the square of the distance, for
practical purposes this directivity factor indicates
that a cardioid microphone can be used at a
distance of V 3 = 1.73 times greater than in the
case of a omnidirectional microphone. With the
hypercardioid microphone it is possible to achieve
a directivity factor of up to 4, whereas the directivity
of shotgun -type microphones is much higher
still.
Directivity Index
- Earth
Earth
Wiring diagram LM
-
-
value in question. In electroacoustics a logarithmic
scale is used as a means of approximating the
audio sensitivity of the measured values, for which
the unit employed is the decibel (dB). Acording to
definition a power ratio of 1 10 is equivalent to a
value of 10 dB. This, in turn, means that a voltage
ratio of 1 10 is the same as a power ratio of 1 100
and thus equivalent to 20 dB.
Wiring diagram K
Wiring diagram -2
-
Earth
Wiring diagram
U
The directivity index indicates how much smaller
is the sound pickup from a specific direction by
comparison with the main direction of sound
radiation. The value is stated in dB or decibels. If
the directivity index of the MD 441 at 130° and
1000 Hz is 20 dB, this means that a sound level
from this angle at this frequency generates at the
microphone a voltage which is 20 dB smaller than
if it were to be irradiated from 0 °.
iiiiiiii
íiwñiiiil.iÌr
il.MI\
npYO!I
ï_
iiiüiï
iiiii11110
iiiii
onrMr
ionniMdmn=
Miiiiiii
iiiiiiiiii °Oii
de
Dynamic Headphone
h
All Sennheiser headphones with the prefix HD
are of the dynamic type operating on the moving
coil principle. An alternating current fed through
the coil, which is located in an annular gap in a
permanent magnet, generates movements of both
the coil and the diaphragm which it carries which
are equivalent to the alternating current at audio
frequency.
Dynamic Microphone
All Sennheiser microphones with the prefix MD are
dynamic microphones. This type of microphone
incorporates a diaphragm within an annular
magnetic field generated by a permanent magnet.
As the sound waves strike the diaphragm they
set both it and the interconnected moving coil into
motion. Following the induction principle, electrical
voltages are induced in the coil equivalent to the
incident sound waves.
Electret Condenser Microphone
By contrast with other low frequency microphones,
with the electret condenser microphone it is not
necessary to apply any polarisation voltage to the
capsule. The name " electret" is analogous to
magnet. Similarly to the manner in which
magnetism remains permanently intact in a hard
magnetic material, it is possible with certain
electrical materials to achieve a permanent
electrical charge through a special polarisation
process in the materials.
Electrical Impedance
(also known as source impedance)
This is important for correct amplifier matching.
The terminal impedance, i. e. the input resistance
or impedance of the connected amplifier, should
always be considerably higher than the source
impedance (voltage matching). For this type of
matching it is sufficient to specify a rated electrical
impedance. The true impedance, which is more or
less frequency- dependent, can vary somewhat
from this rated impedance.
Electroacoustic Transducer Principles
microphones, several different electrical
principles are used for transforming acoustical
energy into electrical energy:
1. Piezo- resistive
(carbon microphones)
2. Piezo -electric
(ceramic and crystal microphones,
Piezopolymer microphones)
3. Electromagnetic
(magnetic microphones for deaf aids)
4. Electrodynamic
(dynamic microphones, ribbon microphones,
planardynamic microphones)
5. Electrostatic
(capacitor microphones, electret microphones)
All transducer principles have their own range of
application in general. For example, the relatively
simple carbon microphone is still used today in
telephones. By contrast condenser microphones
are employed where maximum possible audio
fidelity is required. Sennheiser concentrates
particularly on the production of dynamic and
electrostatic microphones.
With
Electrostatic Headphones
Electrostatic headphones operate on the principle
of attracting electrical charges. The extremely
lightweight diaphragm permits maximum audio
fidelity. The highly transformed audio frequency
voltage is used to drive the diaphragms.
Sennheiser electrostatic headphones need no
external dc voltage source as they incorporate
electret diaphragms.
Equivalent Noise
If you bring a microphone into a totally quiet room
and also connect it up to an extremely high -quality
amplifier, you will still notice a noise originating
from the microphone itself. This can be due to a
variety of causes. For example the air molecules
carried by thermal currents and colliding with the
microphone diaphragm will cause noise. With
dynamic microphones the noise caused by thermal
movements of the electrons predominates in the
resistance of the moving coil. The equivalent noise
has been calculated by the German Broadcasting
Authorities from the measured noise voltage and
the sensitivity of the microphone. According to
standard specifications the term "volume" may
no longer be used for this value, as it differs
widely also from the subjectively experienced
volume. Consequently the term "equivalent noise"
should be substituted by "signal to noise ratio" or
"S /N ratio ".
Free Field No -load Transmission Factor
The field no -load transmission factor is the quotient
of the effective output voltage of the microphone
and the effective sound pressure and has hitherto
been expressed in mV /µbar. In the latest international measurement system the small par unit
has been replaced by the Pascal.
Pa = 1 N/m2 = 10 Oar.
Thus 1 mV /µbar is 10 mV /Pa.
The term "free field no -load transmission factor"
indicates the fact that this factor has been
measured in a free sound field with the microphone in no -load state, i. e. being subjected to a
terminal
loading. The free field no -load
transmission factor is naturally dependent on
frequency, as is indicated in the frequency
response curve. Additionally the figure is usually
specified with tolerances at 1,000 Hz. A logarithmic chart is usually helpful for plotting the
frequency response curve and this is then referred
to as the "free field no -load transmission level ".
1
Free Field Transmission Level
Coupling Transmission Level
The frequency response of a headphone cannot
be determined as easily as, for example, the
frequency response of a microphone or loudspeaker. To date there is no coupling device or
"artifical ear" capable of producing a result
sufficiently equivalent to the subjectively experienced audio-impression obtained from the
headphone. Consequently coupling devices can
be used only for comparative measurement
purposes.
The free field transmission level is determined by
dynamic comparison with a progressive level
soundwave (DIN 45619). In this procedure a
comparison is made of the dynamic or sound
levels generated alternately by a progressive level
soundwave coming from the front at a constant
sound pressure and by the headphone. Whereas
determination of the free field response level is
also subject to certain inaccuracies, it is nevertheless possible to measure headphones of all
types by this means.
Frequency Range
The frequency range audible to the human ear is
between 16 and 16,000 Hz. Oscillations below
16 Hz are described as infrasonic and oscillations
above 16,000 Hz as ultrasonic. o ensure tnat a
sound is recorded with maximum possible fidelity
the transformation of sound oscillations of varying
frequencies into electrical oscillations should be
totally uniform.
I
Frequency Response Curve
Every Sennheiser studio microphone, whether of
the dynamic or capacitor type, is accompanied by
the original test certificate in the form of a frequency
response curve. As well as specifying the free
field no -load transmission factor, which is also
plotted in these test certificates, the frequency
response curve reflects the criterion which is of
significant importance in interpreting the quality of
a microphone. It depicts the transmission path
of a microphone relative to frequency, which is
often also described as the frequency response.
The picture shows the customary test layout used
for plotting the microphone frequency curves.
Normally frequency curves are recorded with the
level soundwave falling vertically on the diaphragm
from the front. This procedure is also often
described
irradiating the
microphone
as
acoustically from a reference direction of 0 °. To
assess the directional relationship of the frequency
response curves, particularly in the case of
directional microphones, additional frequency
response curves are also recorded for other
sound irradiation directions, for example 90° and
180 °. By uniform division of the dB scale it is also
possible to make a direct comparison between
frequency response curves plotted at different
levels, i. e. which come to rest above or below
the reference line on the frequency plotting chart.
A direct comparison would not be possible with
a linear scale.
Leave space for insertion of response curve chart.
Reference or standard measuring
microphone
Test microphone
I
Sóúñdwave
A
AGC (automatic gain control)
amplifier
Audio requency generator
from 20 Hz to 20 kHz
a
Graphic chart
recorder
The generator frequency feed and paper feed
of the chart recorder are coupled mechanically.
5
Harmonic Distortion Factor
or
Particularly at lower frequencies the diaphragm
movements will not always follow the exact pattern
of the electrical audio signal. Harmonic waves are
generated. The relative proportion of these
harmonic waves is described as the harmonic
distortion factor. Further details will be found in
DIN 45403.
adaptors required for connecting any
Sennheiser microphone to European home tape
recorders and cassette decks.
incidence. A pressure microphone is thus sensitive
to sound from all directions and displays
spherical or omnidirectional pickup characteristics.
Microphone Polarity
RF Condenser Microphones
All studio condenser microphones in the Senn heiser range use RF circuitry. whereby only a high
frequency voltage of about 10 volt, generated by
a low noise oscillator (8 MHz) is fed to the capsule
in place of the high polarity voltage which is other-
Headphone Contact Pressure
The wearing comfort of a headphone is determined
not only by its weight but also by the force with
which the ear padding is pressed into position
against the ear. The unit of force is based on the
N being approx. equal
international Newton N,
to the force exerted on an underlay by a weight
of 100 g.
several microphones are used for a recording
they must have a uniform polarity. This means that
with a movement of the diaphragms in the same
direction, voltages of the same polarity must also
arise at the appropriate microphone outputs. If
this is not the case the quality of the recording will
suffer considerably, particularly at the lower
frequencies. The polarity of Sennheiser microphones complies with standard specifications.
If
1
Impedance
The impedance of a device is the ac resistance
measurable at the terminals. Sennheiser headphones have values of between 17 and
2,000 ohms. This ensures easy connection with
conventional audio equipment (see "Matching ").
Knowledge of the microphone impedance value
is important for correct interfacing or connection
with the amplifier. The terminal impedance, i. e. the
input resistance of the amplifier, should always
be considerably greater than the microphone
impedance (voltage matching). For matching
purposes it is sufficient to specify the impedance
rating of the microphone. The actual impedance
can vary slightly from this rated impedance.
all
Interference Transducer
Maximising the directional factor of a cardioid or
supercardioid microphone is subject to certain
limitations for physical reasons. However, the
directional characteristics can be further improved
by positioning a "directional tube" in front of the
microphone system. This tube has a large number
of sound inlet apertures which are damped in a
very special manner using acoustic damping
materials. Where the sound incidence angle is
from the side, this layout causes partial suppression
of the sound pressure within the tube as a result
of which the lobar directional characteristic is
obtained. The directivity factor, for example of the
MKH 816, is frequency- dependent and is about
4 at low frequencies and around 11 at high
frequencies.
Low Frequency Capacitor Microphone
frequency
low
manufactures
Sennheiser
condenser microphones only in the electret
technology. The capsule incorporates a "frozen in" polarisation voltage in excess of 100 V. As the
electrical charge remains constant with movement
of the diaphragm, an alternating voltage is
generated which is fed to the gate of a field effect
transistor. The field effect transistor is a component
in an extremely small integrated circuit incorporated
in the capsule.
Magnetic field interference factor
dynamic microphone is in the vicinity of a
highly magnetic interference field, interference
voltages can be induced in the moving coil.
Consequently every dynamic Sennheiser studio
microphone incorporates a compensation coil.
Magnetic field lines passing through the moving
coil must also pass through the compensating
coil. Both coils are coupled in opposite phase to
resolve in compensation of the voltages. It is
customary to state the magnetic interference
factor on the basis of 5 g -Tesla and 50 Hz.
If a
Microphone Connection Primer
This microphone connection primer is available
from Sennheiser Electronic and is a fast and handy
source for information on those connecting leads
6
wise necessary. The low capsule impedance
enables the microphones to achieve high
operating reliability.
Rated Frequency Curve
Wherever possible microphones should be
operated so that the minimum load impedance of
the amplifier is several times the electrical
Here the
impedance (source impedance).
frequency dependencies of the source and load
impedances exert no influence on the quality of
reproduction. Consequently a minimum load
impedance is specified for microphones.
The rated frequency curve (heavy continuous line)
is depicted in the following technical descriptive
data. Certain minor deviations from this desired
or rated frequency curve occur as a result of
unavoidable dispersions during production and
these are specified in the technical data in dB as a
maximum variation from the rated frequency
response. Each rated frequency response curve
is depicted with the permissible tolerance range
from the actual frequency curve.
Noise Voltage
Rated Loadings
Minimum Load Impedance
The noise output of a microphone can be
measured with the "noise voltage meter" to
DIN 45 504 specifications. This device incorporates
a weighting filter and peak value equalisation.
Unfortunately noise voltage is not always
measured in a uniform manner. Contrary to the
West German specification, several manufacturers
use other frequency weighting filters. In place of
the peak voltage measurement the effective value
is frequently measured. However, DIN 45591
specifies that noise voltage is to be measured with
the noise voltage meter in accordance with
DIN 45405 specifications. In comparing data it
should be borne in mind that all Sennheiser
microphones are measured in accordance with
standard specifications.
These represent the limit of operational continuous
loading on headphones. A special noise signal is
used to test the load rating in accordance with
DIN 45582 specifications.
Sensitivity
This term, which is still in extensive use today and
describes the electrical output level of a microphone as a function of the sound pressure level,
has been substituted in standard specifications by
the more accurate term "free field no -load
transmission factor ".
Signal to Noise Ratio
Dynamic microphones are able to handle sound
pressures of such high levels that it is not
necessary to specify any overload limit. In the
case of condenser microphones, however, this
must be specified as non -linear distortions occur
when this permissible limit is exceeded.
the following microphone descriptions we have
frequently referred to the signal to noise ratio,
which is related to a useful sound pressure of
Pa. Conversion to the previous
N /m2 =
equivalent noise level is achieved quite easily
bearing in mind that Pa represents a noise level
of 94 dB. To arrive at the equivalent noise level it is
merely necessary to deduct the signal to noise
ratio from this 94 dB. For example, if the signal to
noise ratio is 70 dB, the equivalent noise level is
Pressure Buildup
Sound Field
Overload Limit
Sound impinging upon the microphone from the
front causes reflex reactions on the diaphragm
which can lead to an increase in sound pressure
at high frequencies. This pressure buildup can be
recognised in the frequency response of a microphone by a rise in the transmission factor at high
frequencies. If, on the other hand, the sound is
directed at the microphone from an angle of 90`,
this rise will disappear. Consequently at high
frequencies pressure microphones no longer
display a precise omnidirectional characteristic
but rather tend to be directionally onesided.
Pressure Gradient Transducer Microphones
These are microphones with which the sound is
also channelled to the back of the diaphragm.
Appropriate proportioning of the paths travelled
by the sound result in generation of different
directional characteristics. These include cardioid
characteristics, bilateral characteristics and a
variety of alternatives in between, for example
these also include supercardioid characteristics.
Pressure Microphones
The diaphragm is described as a pressure microphone. When placed within a sound field the
diaphragm movement within the pressure microphone is determined solely by the sound pressure
path irrespective of the direction of sound
In
1
1
1
24 dB.
This term is used to describe the area between a
sound source and a sound receiver. Viewing the
spherical propagation of the soundwaves from a
sound source, the spherical surfaces display a
marked curvature in the vicinity of the sound
source. Only after a considerable distance has
been traversed has the radius of curvature
increased to the point where the soundwave front
has become virtually a flat surface. The area in
which the spherical surface are still sharply curved
is described as the near field and that in which the
spherical surfaces have flattened to a level plane is
described as the far field. The sound pressure
decreases in reverse proportion to increasing
distance from the sound source. With gradient
microphones a role is played by the curvature
of the wave front. Closer proximity to the sound
source causes a particularly marked rise in reproduction of the lower frequencies (proximity effect).
recorders or amplifiers with low- impedance inputs.
In the case of high- impedance inputs it is essential
to interpose a step -up transformer at the amplifier
end of the cable.
The letters LM designates microphones designed
for connection to medium and low- impedance
inputs on transistorised tape recorders. The bridge
and 3 in the plug render these
between pins
microphones suitable for connecting to a wide
range of tape recorders.
The suffix -2 denotes that the microphone in
fitted with a symmetrically wired Tuchel plug to
DIN 41 624 specifications. The letter U denotes
that the microphone is suitable for use with Cannon
connectors.
The foregoing wiring modes are depicted in the
1
Sound Pressure
Any solid body moving through a resiliently ductile
or shapeable medium will generate sound waves.
These sound waves are designated by the sound
or excess pressure (sound pressure). Previously
the unit of measurement for sound pressure was
the par and today the international measurement
has been adopted of the Pascal (Pa). 10 µbar =
Pa. Human speech directed at a microphone
from a distance of approx. 1 m will generate a
sound pressure of approx. 1 par = 0.1 Pa.
If the microphone is approached to a distance of
about 10 cm it receives a noise pressure of
Pa. Particularly with headphones, sound
approx.
pressure levels are specified in dB. These are
related to the standardised audible threshold of
2x10 -5 Pa (0 dB ±2x10 -5Pa).
1
wiring diagrams.
1
Sound Pressure Level
Characteristic sound pressure level of a headphone is the sound pressure level at which an
electrical output of 1 mW is achieved. This is
measured with the aid of the artificial ear type
4153 from Brüel & Kjaer.
Supraaural (see "Acoustical Coupling ")
Supercardioid Characteristics
Maximum suppression of interference noise in
relation to spatially uniformly distributed noise is
offered by the hypercardioid microphone with a
directivity factor of 4. This has the disadvantage
of suppressing noise from 180` only by 50 %.
The Sennheiser supercardioid microphone has
been created from the attempt to achieve an
optimum between the hypercardioid and cardioid
versions. This offers uniform suppression for 90°
and 180` while nevertheless still achieving, at 3.86,
virtually the same directivity factor as the hyper cardioid.
Symmetrical Microphone Connection
The microphones are connected electrically to
amplifiers and tape recorders either in symmetric
or asymmetric circuit. With the symmetrical circuit
the two cores of the connecting lead are of
equivalent electrical value relative to the housing
of the microphone or the lead screening. As a
result of symmetric circuitry external disturbance
(e. g. hum pickup) cannot affect the following
amplifier even with long lead lengths and moderate
lead screening as this interference is exerted
uniformly on both lead cores and cancels itself out.
Transmission Range
The transmission range ,s the frequency range
specified by the manufacturer as useful for sound
irradiation or pickup. The desired or rated frequency
response specified in relevant technical data for
the headphone or microphone in question applies
for the transmission range.
Wiring Circuit Designations
In the detailed descriptions of our microphones
you will find, the following codes: N, LM, K -2 or
to U.
The letter N designates that the microphone is
fitted with a standard connector plug to DIN 41 524
specifications and connected for low impedance
balanced connection to pins 1 and 3 to DIN 45594
specifications.
This type of microphone can be connected with
up to 200 m of two -core screened cable to tape
7
Which Sennheiser microphone is best for which recording?
Which Sennheiser microphone for which users?
Choosing the correct microphone causes any
number of problems not only for the amateur but
also in some cases for the professional. Whereas
the amateur will frequently be looking for only one
microphone for the most varied recording
situations, the professional will often be seeking
special -purpose microphones for the most varied
range of tasks in sound pickup or transmission.
The following summary is intended to simplify
choosing the ideal microphone for all users.
Initially we have made only a rough division, based
on a distinction between amateurs, semiprofessionals and professional users. Naturally
the
quality and features of any microphone
increase in proportion to the price. Higher
technology demands the deployment of greater
production technology and this obviously costs
more money. If you initially check your requirements against one of the three groups this will
give you an approximate idea of what you need.
At this stage the decisive factor is whether you wish
to make tape recordings or if you intend to
concentrate the use of your microphone on sound
transmission. Experts are well aware that an
important criterion for selecting a microphone is
also the place where the recording is being made
and whether you wish to transmit or pick up
speech or music. If you have decided on one of
these particular applications you have a choice of
several microphones. You will find that these same
microphones also appear in other areas. This
confirms that the microphone you have chosen is
also capable of fulfilling its functions in other
applications. In this Revue you will find a detailed
description for each microphone. The following
tables do not include "wireless" microphones
and "test probe" microphones.
Microphones for the amateur user
Low Cost
Medium Cost
High Cost
Recording /
General Use
Recording /
General Use
Recording /
General Use
Speech / music
Speech / music
MD 200
MD 400
MD 402
MD 412
MD 21
MD 412
MD 416
MD 417
MD 419
MKE 10 -3 +K3'
ME20 +K3'
ME40 +K3'
ME80 +K3'
MKE 10LM
MKE 10 -6
MKE 40 -6
MKE 40 -3 + K 3 '
optionally K 30 AV
Speech
MD
21
MD211
MD 419
MD 421'
MD 441
MKE 10 -3 +K3'
ME20 +K3'
ME40 +K3'
ME80 +K3'
ME88+K3*
MKE 10
MKE 10 LM
MKE 10 -6
MKE 2002
MKE 40 -6
MKE 40 -3 +K3'
Music
MD211
MD 416
MD 419
profipower
MD 421
MD 441
ME40+K3'
ME80 +K3'
MKE2002
Microphones for the semi -professional user
Medium Cost
General use
Recording use
Music
Speech
MD21
MD 211
MD 417
MD 419
MD 421
MKE10
MKE 10 LM
MKE 10-6
MKE 2002
MKE 40-3 +
MKE 40-6
Music
Speech
MD21
MD211
MD430
MD416
MD21
MD211
MD 416
MD 419
MD 211
MD 417
MD 419
MD 421
MD
MD
MD 908
MD 416
profipower
MD 211
MD 430
MD 908
MD 417
MD 419
MD 421
MD 416
MD 419
MKE10-3+K3'
ME20+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
MKE40-3+K3'
ME40+K3'
MKE40-3+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
ME80
MKE 2002
MKE
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
ME88+K3'
MD
ME20+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
Music
Speech
MD211
profipower
MKE10-3+K3'
Music
Speech
External
Internal
External
Internal
421
ME20+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
MKE 2002
ME20+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
ME88+K3'
416
419
profipower
N10417
MD
MD 421
421
MD 419
MD 421
---
K3'
40-6
profipower
MD
421
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
MKE40-6
MKE 10
MKE 10 LM
MKE 10-6
MKE 2002
K 3'
optionally K 30 AV
High Cost
General use
Recording use
Music
Speech
MD21
MD 21
MD 416
MD 419
MD 421
MD 441
1
Speech
MD211
MD21
MD
MD 211
MD 416
MD 419
MD 421
MD 441
416
profipower
MD 421
MD 441
MKE10R
ME80+K3'
ME88+K3'
MKE2002
MKE10R
ME80+K3'
MKE2002
Music
MD21
MD 211
MD 416
profipower
MD 419
MD 421
MD 441
ME80+K3'
406
416
816
MKH 106
MKH 406
MKH 416
MKH
MKH
416
816
MD430
MD 908
MD 416
MD
MD
MD
419
421
Music
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
40 R
106
406
416
MKE
Music
MD21
MD211
profipower
MD
MD
MD
MD
MD
MD
430
MD 416
MD 419
908
profipower
416
MD 421
MD 441
MD
MD
MD
419
421
441
441
MKE42
Speech
MD416
ME40+K3
ME80+K3
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
MKE
106
Speech
MKE40-3+K3'
MKE 2002
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
External
Internal
External
Internal
211
421
441
MKE40-3+K3'
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
MKE
ME40+K3'
ME80+K3'
88 + K 3
40 R
MKH
MKH
MKH
406
416
816
MKH 406
MKH 416
MKH 816
MKH
MKH
416
816
MKH
MKH
MKH
406
416
816
816
optionally K 30 AV
9
Microphones for the professional user
Recording use
Internal
Disc, TV, radio
Classical music
External
1
Film, Video
Reporting
Film, Video
(Sync.)
or
disc
Concert performances
cor-
Light entertainm. music
Classical music
light entertainm. music
mentary
instrument
Vocal
MD 441
MD 441
Instrument
Vocal
Spreech
Speech
Music
MD416
MD 211
MD 211
MD 211
see
MD 21
see
MD 416
MD 421
MD 421
play-
MD 211
play-
MD 421
profipower
MD 441
MD 441
back
MD 214
back
MD 441
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 416
Music
MD 419
MD 441
MKH 106
Speech
MKH 416
MKH 416
Instrument
Instrument
Vocal
Vocal
MD 211
MD416
MD 211
MD 441
MD 421
MD 416
MD 441
MD 421
profipower
MD 441
MD 441
MKE 10 R
MKE 10
ME80+
K3*
MK12+
ME80+
MH
K3'
MKH 106
MK 12 +
MH
MKH 416
MKH 816
MK 12 +
MKH 406
MKH 416
R
MKE 10
MD 441
R
MH
MKH 106 MKH 406
MKH 406 MKH 416
MKH 106
MKH 416
MKH 416 MKH 816
MKH 406
MKH 816
MKH 416
MKH 816
optionally
K
30 AV
General use
Internal
Concert, TV, radio (live)
I
Theatre
P. A.
Reporting,
External
Concert, TV, radio (live)
P. A.
commentary
Classical music
Instrument
MD 441
Vocal
Light entertainment music
Instrument
discussion
Classical music
Vocal
Instrument
Vocal
Light entertainm. music
Instrument
Vocal
MD 211
MD 416
MD 416
MD 430
MD 214
MD 908
MD 421
MD 441
MD 421
MD 419
MD 908
MD 21
MD416
MD 441
MD 441
profipower
MD416
MD 419
MD 419
MD 421
MD 419
MD 421
MD 421
MD 421
MD 441
MD 421
MD 441
profipower
MD 441
ME80+
MKE10R
K3'
MD 441
ME40+
profipower
MD 441
MD 441
MD 430
ME40+
ME80+
K3'
K3'
ME80+
MKE42
MKE10R
MKE40R
K3'
ME80+
K3'
K3'
MD 441
MD 416
MD 416
MD 421
MD 419
MD 441
profipower
MKE10R
ME80+
K3'
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 416
MKH 406
MK 12 +
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 406
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 816
MKH 416
MH
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 416
MKH 816
MKH 816
MKH 816
MKH 816
MKH 816
MKH 816
MKH 816
optionally K 30 AV
10
MKH 416
1
DYNAMIC MICROPHONES
Sennheiser has been developing dynamic microphones for a long time. They are rugged, reliable
and easy to use and therefore the same principle
has been employed for a wide range of special
models.
For instance, many owners of cassette recorders
choose the supercardioid MD 402 or MD 412
microphone models in preference to the less
Art.
No.
Model
designation
MD 441 N
MD 441 -2
MD 441 U
MD 421 N
MD 421 -2
MD 421 U -4
MD 421 U -5
MD 419 N
MD 419 N -T
MD 419 U
MD 419 U -T
MD 417 K
MD 417 LM
MD 417 -6
MD 412 K
MD 412 LM
professional microphones which usually accompany these machines. Directional studio microphones such as the MD 421 and MD 441 are in
permanent use not only in TV and radio stations
but also in recording studios and even by the more
discriminating tape recording amateurs. The
musician's microphones "profipower" and MD 416
are favoured by an increasing number of well-
known singers and pop groups. The MD 430 PA
microphone is especially suitable for announcements in noisy surroundings and the MD 321
probe microphone is ideal for pinpointing specific
noises at difficult to reach points in machinery and
equipment.
Page
Brief description
Directional studio microphone with small Tuchel plug
Directional studio microphone with large Tuchel plug
0761
Directional studio microphone with "Cannon" plug
0762
Directional studio microphone with small Tuchel plug
0342
Directional studio microphone with large Tuchel plug
0331
Directional studio microphone, black, with "Cannon" plug
0984
1253
Directional studio microphone, black, with universal thread adapter and "Cannon" plug
1912
Directional dynamic microphone with small Tuchel plug
1913
Directional dynamic microphone with small Tuchel plug and switch
1914
Directional dynamic microphone with "Cannon" plug
1915
Directional dynamic microphone with "Cannon" plug and switch
1917
Dynamic microphone with 6.3 mm telephone jack
1916
Dynamic microphone with 3 -pin DIN plug (LM)
1918
Dynamic microphone with 3.5 mm telephone jack
1655
Supercardioid directional microphone with 6.3 mm telephone jack and 2 m lead
1124
Supercardioid directional microphone with 3 -pin DIN plug (LM) and 2 m lead
1654 MD 402 K
Supercardioid directional microphone with 6.3 mm telephone jack and 1.5 m lead
0301 MD 402 LM
Supercardioid directional microphone with 3 -pin DIN plug (LM) and 1.5 m lead
5121 MD 402 U -Set + 5 m lead and "Cannon" plug
1790 MD 400 LM
Dynamic directional microphone, supercardioid
1792 MD 400 -6
Dynamic directional microphone with 3.5 mm jack
1791 MD 400 K
Dynamic directional microphone with 6.3 mm jack
200
LM
1787 MD
Dynamic microphone, omnidirectional
1789 MD 200 -6
Dynamic microphone with 3.5 mm jack
1788 MD 200 K
Dynamic microphone with 6.3 mm jack
0293 MD 211 N
Studio microphone with small Tuchel plug
Studio microphone with "Cannon" plug
0294 MD 211 U
0291 MD 21 N
Studio microphone with small Tuchel plug
Studio microphone with large Tuchel plug
0284 MD 21 -2
profipower "Set" musician's microphone with "Cannon" plug and 5 m lead
5119 MD 431
profipower musician's microphone with "Cannon" plug
1605 MD 431
2064 MD 429
studiosound musician's microphone with "Cannon" plug
profisound musician's microphone with "Cannon" plug
2063 MD 427
1120 MD 416 N
Musician's microphone with small Tuchel plug
1162 MD 416 U
Musician's microphone with "Cannon" plug
0313 MD 408 N
Directional gooseneck microphone with permanently attached 1.5 m lead
1797 MD 908 -0
Directional gooseneck microphone with screw mount
1798 MD 908 N
Directional gooseneck microphone with small Tuchel plug
1799 MD 908 U
Directional gooseneck microphone with "Cannon" plug
1005 MD 430 -2
PA microphone with large Tuchel plug
1006 MD 430 -2 -T
PA microphone with large Tuchel plug and switch
1259 MD 430 -9
Short version PA microphone with large Tuchel plug
1262 MD 430 -16 -T PA microphone with 5 -pin large Tuchel plug and speech button
1260 MD 430 -18 -T PA microphone with 5 -pin large Tuchel plug and switch
1401 MD 418 U
Conference microphone with "Cannon" plug
0299 MD 214 N
Lavalier microphone with 10 m lead and small Tuchel plug
0966 MD 214 U -3
Lavalier microphone with 10 m lead and "Cannon" plug
0295 MD 214 -1
Lavalier microphone with m lead for SK 1008
0300 MD 321 N
Probe measuring microphone with small Tuchel plug
Technical Data
0763
1
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
22
23
24
24
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
28
29
29
29
30
32/35
11
C'
Directional Studio Microphones
MD 441 N MD 441-2 MD 441 U
Frequency range: 30 to 20,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: supercardioid.
Supercardioid, defies feedback.
Optimum protection against handling owing
to shock -mounted capsule.
Distortion-free transmission even under
highest sound pressure.
Ten different, switchable response curves.
Hum -bucking coil.
Built -in pop filter.
Quick -release clamp.
Over many years development of this top- of -therange microphone, the declared intention of
Sennheiser was to achieve at least the electroacoustical
transmission
characteristics
of
condenser microphones with a dynamic transducer system. Repeated blind listening tests have
proved that the objective has been achieved.
Owing to the pioneering use of diaphragm
thicknesses of less than 10 µm for dynamic
microphones, the temperature- independent internal shock mount with low resonance frequency
and the almost uniform directional chart which has
been achieved at all frequencies, the MD 441 is the
best dynamic directional microphone Sennheiser
has to offer. There is no better available anywhere
in the world.
This microphone is intended especially for use in
radio and TV broadcasting, as a speaker's microphone for top -grade PA installations, a vocalist and
instrumental
microphone
particularly
for
discriminating soloists and groups and for the fully
and semi -professional tape recording amateur.
A presence switch emphasises the area above
5 kHz.
"Cannon"
Large
Tuchel plug
Small
Tuchel plug
The all metal housing on all versions of the MD 441
has a satin chrome finish; two cpposing grip
surfaces are covered with a black ;gather-type
finish. The microphone always includes a quick release mounting in which the microphone can be
held either clamped or unclamped.
You will find the relevant technical data and
differences between the various models in the
summary on pages 32 to 35.
plug
'1,
t°
--
N
--
671
MZW 40
MZT 441
._
'
MZT 100
Flexible
necks
MZH 141
(
Clamps
Floor
stands
clEr
=Can
CRS
Adapters/
amplifiers
NV!'
r
~
=
'Auk 441
MMZT237
MZ S
Boom
MZS 210
42
MZS 211
so
_-
---
Basic lead
type
DA 1 HL
DA 7N
DA 7 NL
DAV 5 ( -2)
KA 7 -1 ( -U)
KA 7 -U (-U)
-2)
20
=anal
====t:as= r_=
== '..C=
-311I::'.::
_=
_
-_
f
1"
200001`
5000
1002
2000
$2)
eld no toad transmission factor (w th toe ante field)
Drop through bass switch
-.
REHM
_-Ct:
t3-E.:11----=====
o
tom
=r_r_r.
_-
200
Rated frequency respon e of the free
11
_ 50=:Nm
O
tt
C
-=31111-E
=am
tC
100000
1000
500M
22
520
2002
frequency espo Ise (w rh tolerance he d)
Each microphone o this type is accompanied as stand rd with the original t st ceni scale.
measured from 40 to 20.000 Hz.
Ra ed
12
:=-=
The requirement laid down in DIN 45 500 applies for Me tolerance tield
MZS 144
(01,
MZW 441
Desk stands
U
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
-2
200
Ç.
Directional studio microphones
MD421 N MD 421-2 MD 421 U-4MD421 U-5
Frequency range: 30 to 17,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: cardioid, low
acoustic feedback.
Reduced handling noise and no overload,
even at extremely high volume.
Five -step variable bass control) with the
MD 421 N, MD 421 U -4 and MD 421 U -5.
Hum compensation coil.
Quick- release clip.
This dynamic directional studio microphone was
developed some 20 years ago and still fulfils the
stringent requirements of radio and TV broadcasting. For example, large quantities have
recently been exported in exploiting the USA
market. The deliberate rise in frequency response
above 3 kHz results in a particularly brilliant
standard of transmission and constituted a totally
new approach at the time, which still remains
equally as welcome today. At the low end of the
range a built -in bass equaliser allows adjustment
in five defined stages with the MD 421 N,
MD 421 U -4 and MD 421 U -5 version.
Small
Tuchel plug
plug
.1,
-(1
U
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
("7-;',
®
MZW 421
MZW 40
Flexible
necks
.67MZT 421
Frequency response curves
Floor
stands
Clamps
MZQ 421
12 ( -2)
MZT
Adapters/
amplifiers
100
1I
MZA 421
MZS 235
==e.
=O
Boom
v
MZS 210
020
MZS 142
Basic lead
type
DA1HL
DA 7N
21
DA 7 NL
DAV 5 t-2)
KA 7 -1 (-U)
KA 7 -U ( -U)
MZH 141 ( -2)
Ct==O
_ 50 ---100
220
520
===C2:::=_
r.,..IIIMIMrr..zzm.+11M1
_
====CS
1000
2000
5200
12020
20000 w
Desired frequency response of he free held no-load ransmis ion facto (wdn o e ante field).
Drop through bass switch.
__=á===a:::==Ó====:::==
nsSonC=ualCñO\
11®a::P=_-_:eg
E_E==..
l`8_
C:OSi
$1:::___ O==:'?.
__:
^
20
MZS 211
45500 applies for the tolerance held
--===o
.s.'.:
MZS 144
\o;ÿ
..:
The requirement laid down in DIN
MZT 237
z_MZH
c
Desk stands
MZT
-a,
The housing used for all versions of the MD 421
is of impact -proof plastic, with the MD 421 N and
MD 421 -2 in light grey. with the MD 421 U
in matt black. The MD 421 N and MD 421 -2
includes as standard a quick- release clip which
can be changed in a moment for a fixed mount.
MD 421 U -4 black with Cannon plug
MD 421 U -5 black with adapter thread
and Cannon plug
Technical data and differences between the
versions will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
"Cannon" -
Large
Tuchel plug
N
This microphone is intended particularly for use
in radio and TV broadcasting, especially for
reporters and presenters, as a lecturer and
conference microphone in high -grade public
address systems and for the most demanding
vocalists and instrumentalists as well as for the
discriminating tape recording amateur.
50
20
200
:
.e::==___::__
520
020
Desired frequency response (wi h tolerance field).
Each microphone of thi type is supplied comp ete wi
from 40 to 17,000 Hz
h
2020
5020
10200
20000er
the original test certificate measured
13
C'
Supercardioid Directional Microphone
MD419NMD419N-TMD419UMD419U-T
Frequency response: 30 to 15,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: supercardioid.
Outstanding directivity.
Directional characteristics independent
of frequency.
Three switchable frequency responses.
Insensitive to handling noise.
Protective insulation.
The MD 419 is the ideal basis for entering into
microphone
recording technology
at
the
professional level. The advanced tape recording
amateur wishing to tape speech and music in high
quality above DIN 45500 specifications, even
under unfavourable acoustic conditions, will opt
for this supercardioid directional microphone. It is
low impedance to the same standard as the
capacitor microphones so popular in studio use.
supplied as standard with a quick -release clip
and stand connector with 3 /8", 1/2" and 5 /8"
thread. The microphone connection is of the plug
coupling type.
The microphone is available in the following
versions: MD 419 U with Cannon plug, MD 419 U -T
with Cannon plug and switch, MD 419 N with
small Tuchel plug, MD 419 N -T with small Tuchel
plug and switch.
Technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
The spring- mounted microphone system with its
supercardioid characteristics can thus be classed
among the directional microphones. The internal
suspension eliminates handling noises from the
microphone system. The MD 419 is equipped with
a three stage bass switch allowing elimination of
distortion at the microphone itself without any
need for a mixer desk. The MD 419 is therefore a
true directional microphone with supercardioid
It is
characteristics.
"Cannon"
Small
Tuchel plug
plug
toi,-il.
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Clamps
Desk stands
©
MZW 40
,
`
MZT 237
J
210
/\y_,^'C,
,,MZS
"-° "2
MZT 100
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
Vî0
ae
Basic lead
type
DA 1 HL
DA 7N
DA 7 NL
DAV 5 ( -2)
KA 7 -1 ( -U)
KA 7 -U ( -U)
ElIMMIIMIGOOMMMEZI
MZH 21
10
_-
1000
20003rh
2000
5000
10003
100
500
50
2110
Desired frequency response of the free field no load transmission factor (w th tolerance field).
Drop through bass switch.
arm_®m
mmo
_o_
i:M!IM
r r_r
zÄs:::MIEN':E
äiiM_a_
=r. =oir_=a
50
MZS 211
14
nr
s 10
\--
MZ
so
Flexible
necks
m DIN 45 5
D.H-
MZT 441
MZW 441
rwwrement lad down
Floor
stands
MZS 144
(7; (do --17
MZW 421
.
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
20000
Desired frequency response (with tolerance field).
Each microphone of his type is supplied complete with the original test certificate measured
from 40 to 17.000 Hz.
Fix
U
Supercardioid Directional Microphone
MD 417 K
MD417
MD417-6
LM
Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: supercardioid.
Superlative directivity.
Directional characteristics independent
of frequency.
Protective insulation.
Insensitive to handling noise.
Bass roll off switch.
The MD 417 is the most desirable basis leading up
to a fully professional microphone for the dedicated
tape or sound film amateur looking for a directional
microphone with good characteristics. Its broad
frequency response fulfils the requirements laid
down in HiFi standard specification DIN 45500.
This directional microphone displays supercardioid
characteristics and therefore absorbs most of the
sound coming from the front. This clearly eliminates
undesirable extraneous noise, for example from
film or sound recording equipment, ensuring
satisfactory recording even under difficult
conditions.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
Clamps
Floor
stands
Frequency response curves
aI
6
=Mini
= =MIMES
;;
ME.__
:
.
IC..C
=
I
MZW 421
toap.
MZT 237
Included
as standard
MZS 235
210
/\,MZS
,
7-r42
MZW 40
In 111N
j=
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
es rot me tolerance ueia.
°20
r_M
m
50
100
Desired frequency esponse of the
50
Flexible
necks
9p bUll
MMZ.11_ WM.N
6__
...:-rm:e:s.,.
= :Er_
5: L::9_r.ar_MW...m..
l::Nq
=?'m
MII. I =11111.M
1=11I,J11M
r
r_ _ _ ... _ _. w.
r_r_r_r..
r_r.r..r__r_r.r..o
MCM....==oÑ:::
UI
MZW 441
ne requirement Ialo down
aa
MZS 144
,,
The microphone is fitted with a quick -release clip
with 3/8" thread. A collapsible desk stand is also
supplied as standard.
The technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
The resilient mounting of the actual transducer
system eliminates most of the handling noises
when used as a hand microphone. A switchable
filter permits rolling off of the lower frequency
response range, a particularly useful feature for
speech recording. The MD 417 microphone is
available with three different types of plug coupling.
The MD 417 K with 6.3 mm jack, MD 417 M with
3 -pin DIN plug, MD 417 -6 with 3.5 mm jack.
Basic lead
type
I
i
M.. = =====
500
f
Vs
°
1000
2000
5000
10000
20C
eee field no -load transmission factor with tole ance Ire
Bass roll of switch
r_r.1M
=MIMI
M...r_
=i_m...
=22.._.
IC:'.:C-C::::.ra
CIICI:::::IIIIIIICICIICi:I:::'.:_
=Lla:
iii---..C--....--_..
IC::.C.man.11111111111
MO...
MZH
21
I1H=1 =MIMES
50
MZS 211
00
200
500
1000
C
1L!
CC::::
=MIMI =WEIS.
2000
5000
10000
20000.
Desired frequency espanse (with tolerance field)
Each microphone of his type is supplied complete w th the original test certificate measured
from 40 to 17.000 H
15
E Supercardioid Directional Microphones
MD 412 K MD 412 LM
Frequency range: 50 to 14,000 Hz.
Supercardioid characteristics.
Built -in speech/music switch.
Fixed 2 m connecting lead.
Suitable for all type recorders with lowimpedance and medium -impedance inputs.
The appearance and the design of the studio
microphones MD 441 and MD 421 are
synonymous with high quality. Ambitious audio
amateurs throughout the world were looking for a
less costly microphone with similar looks and at
least the strict performance requirements laid
down in DIN 45500. The MD 412 supercardioid
directional microphone was developed to fill this
need. Owing to its intended use, particularly for the
amateur, Sennheiser placed particular emphasis
on achieving a distinct directional pattern in order
to eliminate undesirable background noise as far
as possible. The windscreen which is also
supplied as standard can be used as a further
measure to guard against undesirable wind noise
when recording in open air conditions. The integral
speech /music switch finally eliminates the low
frequency rises otherwise caused by close talking
distances and which is typical for all directional
The housing of the MD 412 is in matt black impact proof novodur plastic. Included as standard is a
matt black desk tripod with a microphone mounting
which can be detached and fastened to any floor
stand with 3/8" thread. The yellow expanded foam
windscreen is also included as standard.
The technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
microphones.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
Frequency response curves
Floor
stands
Clamps
MIS
17411)
MZW 412
...... COSw
r=122ooeo.ró
r.r.
144
MIT 237
Included
as standard
flii
MZS 235
MZW 416 -1
iiht
MZS 210
20
MZS 142
Flexible
necks
....iii.....
The requirements of DIN 45 000 apply for the tolerance held.
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
MZS 211
Desired
50
I
" IOU
200
500
000
Basic lead
type
switch sels g speech.
20
2000
5000
10000
50
-
i00
-
s00
switch setting music.
tem
2000
-
500D
""Otl)U
Desired freq ency re ponse (with tolerance fie d and proximity field rec riling.
16
200
equency response of the free field no -load transmission factor (with tolerance field).
20000w
Supercardioid Directional Microphones
MD 402 K MD 402 LM MD 402 U-Set
Frequency range: 80 to 13,500 Hz.
Supercardioid characteristic.
All -steel housing.
Suitable for connection to all tape recorders
with low- impedance or medium -impedance
inputs.
The housing of the MD 402 consists of an aluminium- sheathed or steel tube incorporating the
dynamic transducer system in the front end
protected by a chrome -plated speech aperture
guard and at the rear end the 1.5 m connecting
lead is protected against damage by a space saving anti -kink sleeve. A special version of the
MD 402 U -Set is provided with a Cannon
connector complete with a 5 m detachable lead.
All versions come complete with matt black desk
stand and the microphone mounting can be
detached and fitted to any floor tripod with
3/8"
thread.
The technical data and other differences between
the various versions will be found in the summary
on pages 32 to 35.
Virtually all cassette recorders and the simpler tape
recorders always include a microphone as
standard. Unfortunately the accompanying microphones are very often of very simple construction
which rapidly takes away the pleasure which
should be experienced when making your own
recordings by microphone. Sennheiser intend to
prevent this disappointment by means of a
reasonably priced high -quality microphone with
supercardioid directional characteristics: the
MD 402 produces amazingly good quality
recordings also on simple cassette recorders and
even in an unfavourable acoustic environment. It
suppresses interference noises and concentrates on picking up the useful noise. The all -steel
housing renders this microphone extremely
rugged and reliable, so that it is extremely simple
to operate, even for the unpractised amateur.
Windscreen
Q
Desk stands
Clamps
Floor
stands
MZS 144
¡{r
Included
as standard
MZW 30
23
MIT
for_I
MZS 235
MZS 210
Il
MIMI,M1
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
OM
MIIIINNIII
MIMMIM
=1.
mt
MEItt
1=Il
NM
:'..CC
1====:CCCC
It ...
Basic lead
type
DA5UK'
=MEN.
Io
MN
MO
ma
RS
Ntt...=1_
_NM...
II1NMIt....MIMIMMI
111111 t...
r =..
MEN IMMINMININ
®G_láió-11MI
I= IMIMINI
ti11
r/lt
rtr..,
rMIr
rtt... _ _=...!_
=Inn == ---.... BEE....
Ì
MMMIMININ
I=
/211
.
N...
...
Mr.....r_r_
N
==.-... sr
:::... tÌT
::::
,...r
iC ::::rúi::i::.
42
Flexible
necks
1
t
. ..
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
MIN
NM
NM
I=1.
Rated frequency response of the free field no -lead transmission factor (with tderance held)
17
Amateur Microphone
MD 400 K MD 400 LM MD 400-6
Frequency range: 60 to 13,500 Hz.
Supercardioid characteristic.
Complete with desk stand.
1.5 m connecting lead.
For all cassette recorders, sound film
projectors and sound film cameras with
medium- impedance inputs.
As with the MD 200 omnidirectional microphone,
the MD 400 directional microphone is also
suitable for the majority of cassette recorders,
sound film projectors and sound film cameras
available on the market. It replaces the frequently
somewhat primitive standard microphone which
failed to produce recordings in the required
quality. In the MD 400, Sennheiser offers a
reasonably priced alternative combined with high-
grade recording
quality.
Its
supercardioid
characteristics render it particularly suitable for
recording in acoustically unfavourable rooms
where there is a tendency to echo. It is also
suitable for use without any difficulty in the
presence of pronounced background noises, as it
screens interference noises coming from the side
and rear, so that its maximum recording sensitivity
is directed towards the front. The housing of the
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windcreen
Desk stands
Clamps
microphone is in novodur plastic. The 1.5 m
connecting lead is protected against damage by
an anti -kink sleeve (available in three connector
versions: 6.3 mm jack plug, 3 -pin DIN plug,
6.5 mm jack plug). This microphone is supplied
complete with a matt-black desk top stand.
Technical data will be found on pages 32 to 35.
Floor
stands
MZS 144
i
1r)
MZW 412
rll)
Included
as standard
MIT 237
ompl
MZS
MZS 210
.18
MZW 416 -1
WM MN
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
Basic lead
type
::::
r=,-.
___
_=::
''C
0==::::==ME1
=1.:::
u..........o..
vsa.o..r=.ii:
MZS 142
MI
MM.
1=11=101.
=MINN.
4.111M.u.
IMMI1=1
.a
M=
:==:::D
=:':: Ct=1tt;tt=C::::
MMM
Included
as standard
/11
18
20
50
100
mum=
=nil
20C
500
1000
T
1111=::::CG'
m.:Ç
_::..
'C
= C''l::CC
Elm.I::tt;l=Cl::l::
I1
2003
Desired frequency response of the tree held no -load tra smission facto
10030
20000
Hz
Amateur Microphones
MD 200 K
MD 200-6
MD 200 LM
Frequency range: 60 to 13,500 Hz.
Directional characteristic: omnidirectional.
Complete with desk top stand.
1.5 m connecting lead.
For all cassette recorders, sound film
projectors and sound film cameras with
medium -impedance inputs.
Most of the cassette recorders, sound film
projectors and sound film cameras currently
available on the market are still being supplied with
extremely simple standard microphones. With
many amateurs this spoils the pleasure from their
hobby owing to resultant poor quality. With the
high -quality but reasonably priced MD 200
microphone, Sennheiser offers a sensible
alternative to these amateurs. Owing to its low
handling noise sensitivity it is ideal for use also as
microphone. The omnidirectional
hand
a
characteristics of the MD 200 ensure that the
sound is picked up uniformly from all directions.
The housing of the microphone is of Novodur
plastic. The 1.5 m connecting lead is protected
against damage by an anti -kink sleeve (the
Desk stands
Clamps
32 to 35.
Frequency response curve
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
following connection possibilities are available:
6.3 mm jack plug, 3 -pin DIN plug, 3.5 mm jack
plug). The microphone is supplied with a mattblack desk top stand as standard.
The technical data will be found on pages
Floor
stands
MZS 144
Ill\
MZW 412
Included
as standard
MZT 237
fillil)
MZS 210
MZW 416-1
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
MZS 142
dB
50
Basic lead
40
=:0
r::C::=Ç=::
10
as standard
C
r_
o
zo
MZS 211
_
::: _
_ 0:::: O_CC:::C_C
:::=
0==
'.:: ==C
=C C:
CC:C:C:-C::
:C O
:::
''''
==C.:::O ==:::C=
I _.'.'.'.CCCC:::=
:::_
C= ::: _
::
C:::
=
type
Included
_
...=....
=....=.....
==C
: :
C
so
100
200
500
000
2000
5000
10
000
20 000 Hz
Rated tregnency response of the tree field no -load transmissron factor
19
Ç Studio Microphones
MD 21 N
MD 21-2 MD 21 U
Frequency range: 40 to 18,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Insensitive to handling and wind noises.
Extremely rugged zinc diecast housing.
This classic studio microphone has probably been
used by most broadcasting presenters at some
time or another in their careers: the rugged design
features render it perfect for use in rough day to
day conditions.
For some decades this has represented the
standard for comparison in assessing dynamic
studio microphones in general, owing to its wide
frequency response with deliberate presence
emphasis above 3,000 Hz. Since its inception, the
repair quota for this model has been less than
0.1 %.
The technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
Recommended accessories:
Small
Tuchel plug
Large
Tuchel plug
N
applicable indirectly
only tor model 2 1-21
"Cannon"
Close talking and windscreen
protection.
Desk and floor stands:
plug
1
applicable directly
Boom/bar,
Flexible necks:
Clamps:
Basic leads:
,
.,
MZW 421 S. MZW 416-1
MZT 12
(-2). MZT 21
MZS 144 5. MZS 210
MZS235,MZS211II,
,, .
DA7NL.DAVS(-21
MZH 21 5, MZH 141
MZT 237
DA HL
DA 7 N
(-21.
1
Rated frequency response with tolerance field).
U
MD211NMD211U
Frequency range: 30 to 20,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Insensitive to handling noise.
No distortion, even at highest sound pressure
levels.
No proximity effect even at close miking
distance.
Quick -release clip.
The MD 211 was developed from the desire to
achieve a design slimmer and lighter than the
MD 21 but which afforded at least the same
excellent acoustical characteristics of that model.
The successful Tom Jones TV show has made
this microphone known throughoud the world. In
professional circles the small, slimline MD 211 is
regarded as a particularly versatile studio microphone for high quality sound recordings. The
omnidirectional characteristic prevents any voice
distortion even at extremely close speaking
distances.
The all -metal one -piece housing of the MD 211
is in satin chrome finish. Standard equipment
includes a quick -release clip.
Technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
20
The requirement of DIN 45 500 applies fo the tolerance held
Recommended accessories
applicable directly
applicable indirectly
only tor model U: ( -U)
Close talking and windscreen
protection:
Desk and floor stands:
,
MZW 30
MZW 201
MZT 104 5, MZT 105 -1 O.
MZS 144
MZS
MZS 235 5, MZS 211
MZH 142
MZT 237
MZA 406
DA 5 NM -T
DA HL
DA 7 N
DA 7 NL
7 -1
( -U)
( -U). KA 7-U
,
210
Boom /bar:
Flexible necks:
Clamps:
Basic leads:
,
,,
1
,
Rated frequency response of the free field no -load transmission
factor (with tolerance field).
Musician's Microphone
«»
profil
«
set
MD 431 U
Frequency range: 40 to 16,000 Hz.
Supercardioid directional characteristic
allows extremely high volume before feedback
occurs.
Optimum damping of handling noise owing to
spring- mounted system suspension in
all -metal housing.
Hum compensator coil.
Shock -tested.
Built -in impact noise filter.
Built -in pop filter.
Noiseless reed switch.
Quick- release mounting clip.
Suitable for connection to all musical
instrument amplifier systems.
This is probably the first time that a microphone
manufacturer has incurred such considerable
outlay to determine the genuine requirements of
the special microphone user and then to transform
those efforts into a new purpose -built product.
The "tailormade" frequency response pattern
depicted below was achieved only after numerous
comparative listening sessions with professional
musicians. It was thus possible to develop the
directional characteristic independent of frequency
so that the much feared onset of feedback is
avoided even at maximum power. The shock mounted system with metallic springs remains
unaffected by temperature ensuring together with
the built -in impact noise filter, an extraordinarily
high standard of handling noise damping. The
shock protection is in excess of the most stringent
requrements which might be imposed by the
user. For the first time in a musican's microphone,
Sennheiser have answered the musician's wish
for a noiseless, interlocking on /off switch with the
aid of a reed contact.
The all -metal housing of the "profìpower" is in a
matt-black anodised finish, giving the surface a
particularly durable protection against hand
perspiration. The extremely rugged, interchangeable cage surrounding the actual microphone
element is of a triple -layer special steel mesh.
The "profìpower" is always accompanied as
standard by an adjustable and lockable quick release clamp. The "profipower" -set is also fitted
with the particularly sturdy 5 m connecting lead.
Technical data will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
"Cannon"
plug
('u
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
®
ITO
MZW
Desk stands
.
MZT 441
Flexible
necks
3
Inc requirement lard doer
50
<
MZT
EN
Emitr.,tli!ratr iff iMMIaI=I
zr
Yid
Adapters/
amplifiers
MZS 210
V. MIS 142
Boom
Basic lead
type
100
20
200
500
1000
--- -...
_.@:
2000
5000
10000
20000 Hz
Rated frequency response of the free field no load transmission factor (with lo,erance field).
Close- talking measurement (10 cm)
Measurement in far field.
ae
MIIMMINIVIEMEIBIEME
ao
MZK 431
-
50
ii
m
eFAeli
MZT 100
ra
IONEMPIE
Miñeie
MZS 144
MZS 235
['IN 45 ÿ(l0 applies toi the tolerance held
Ob
stands
+
..46011110
MZW 416-1
Clamps
Floor
MOM
°E_
EMtel
U -K'
P/
ANERIMEMMiiiiIMO
o
...
MZH 21
WA
I
MZS 211
10
s0
W
200
500
ío00
2000
5000
10000
20000 Hr
21
C Musician's Microphone studio
MD
429
High -quality dynamic microphone for studio
operation.
Frequency range: 50 to 16,000 Hz.
Supercardioid directional characteristic.
Exceptionally insensitive to noise.
Extremely good feedback protection.
Shock- mounted system.
XLR connection.
The MD 429 "studiosound" is
a dynamic soloist
microphone adapted specifically to the requirements in sound recording studios. It has been
designed in accordance with wishes expressed
by users in this area for a reduction in the near
effect which otherwise characterises directional
microphones. At the same time the pop sensitivity
has been reduced to a minimum. A further quality
feature is the superlative handling noise damping
which has been achieved by a costly shock mounting system.
The MD 429 is fitted with a 3 -pin Cannon plug
connector. A quick - release clamp with thread
adaptor for mounting on stands with 3 /8", /z" and
5/8" x 27 G threac is included as standard. The
MD 429 is wired in symmetrical circuit and can
thus be connected either to symmetrical or to
4
MZW
II
MZW 4161
Desk stands
100 m.
The differences between the individual models
and relevant technical data will be found in the
summary on pages 32 to 35.
Clamps
Frequency response curves
Floor
stands
MZS 144
MZT 441
MIT 237
virmelp
MZS 235
)1.-----"(
MZS 210
MZT 100
Fiex ole
necks
v
asymmetrical equipment inputs with an impedance
of no less than 1,000 ohms. The length of the
connecting lead can thus also be in excess of
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
"Cannon"
plug
'
Adapters/
amplifiers
2
Boom
Basic lead
type
MZK 431
U -K
to
tiissmiMEMMKO
000
MZH
21
MZS 211
?2
Rated Ireduency response wan tolerance held
2000
500n
10000
20000112
Ç
/.
Musician's Microphone profisouuw]
MD 427
Amateur microphone with professional
appearance.
Superlative transmission characteristics.
Exceptionally free of feedback.
Shock -mounted system.
The MD 427 " Profisound' is a dynamic musician's
and soloist's microphone with outstanding sound
characteristics. It displays very similar acoustic
characteristics to its sister -product in the range,
the "Profipower ", and differs only slightly in
appearance. The transducer system is spring mounted to suppress handling noises. The
" Profisound" can be either handheld or stand mounted in the vicinity of loudspeaker systems
without any difficulty, as the excellent directional
characteristics of this microphone ensure a high
degree of protection against feedback. It has been
designed for rugged stage performance use and is
capable of absorbing the highest sound pressures
As with all directional microphones the MD 427
displays close -talking sensitivity. Experienced
musicians know how to exploit this feature by
varying the sound in relation to the distance
between the microphone and mouth.
The MD 427 is fitted as standard with a 3 -pin
Cannon connector insert. The standard equipment
also includes a quick -release clamp which has a
thread adaptor for fastening on stands with 3/8 ",
1/2" and 5/8" x 27 G threads.
The differences between the individual models will
be found in the summary on pages 32 to 35.
"Cannon"
plug
ry
U
without blasting. The transducer system is
protected effectively against falls or impact by a
triple -layer special steel mesh cage surrounding
the microphone element.
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
®
MZW 40
Desk stands
.71
MZT 441
._
MZW 416 -1
Flexible
necks
f;1
stands
MZS 144
>-h1J3'
MZT 237
MZS 235
MZT 100
Adapters/
amplifiers
Floor
Clamps
Boom
MZS 210
V
MZS
IM
=MIME
IMIIMMOMM
M=.\\
=MM.
C:'.:ST\\
14-2
r_r.Mr....
tt=MINIM
Basic lead
type
IM
MN
MI
MIMM
MIMMMINI
rr.iiii
M:ii
r_
r-....
IMD:SOOMM
MM...
.\.wawawíiC,`:
fa
\OMMMMMM..L.G
a\M...
fafa
aa.
M= iYYYi\ M...MIi,M
MMMIN
fafaR.Á%Ì
tfa.:
t
=MINIM
MIMIMMIME
IMIIMI =MIME
aM...
IMI
rMMttr
faRa
MZK 431
tnAssamanangsmQ
U
-K
'
p
MI
MI
MI
IMMIMI
/'IRti=
::faMMtM..\
=MEMO
MI
rMIM.\
IM MIME
MI=MIN
MEMO
IM
MI
ME
NMRaM.\\
M
MINIM=
IMMIMME
100
MZM 21
/MZS211
1000
2000
INIMMEMI
IMIIMMIMMO
Mfa =MM.
t
IMMIM
ME
5000
10000
20000 Hz
Desir ed frequency response with tolerance field.
23
C Musician's Microphone
MD416NMD416U
Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz.
Cardioid directional pattern allowing high
volume before feedback occurs.
Exceptionally insensitive to handling noise.
Built -in pop filters.
All -metal housing with shock -mounted system.
Hum compensator coil.
Quick -release clamp.
Suitable for connection to any musician's
amplification system.
This medium -priced musician's microphone from
Sennheiser has many of the features of the
Profipower model described on page 14. For
instance, the frequency response of the MD 416 is
closely similar to that of the "Profipower ". Its
insensitivity to mechanical impact is virtually
unequalled. As a special protective measure
against explosive sounds and breathing noises a
canary yellow pop filter attaches to the front to act
in conjunction with the built -in pop filter.
The all -metal housing of the MD 416 is machined
from solid brass with a durable satin chrome finish.
A strong pressure- resistant steel mesh surrounds
the speech element.
The shock -mounted
suspension of the interior microphone system is
temperature- independent and imparts
the
excellent handling noise damping properties. The
MD 416 includes as standard the quick -release
clamp and the supplementary pop filter mentioned
above.
The technical data will be found in the summary
on pages 32 to 35.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
Clamps
MZT 441
MZW
MZW
416
416 -1
y.
M
ZT 1001
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
0,
lt
M....
MZS 144
::
..( --pY MZT 237
Boom
)---
__
10
MZS 210
MZS 142
Basic lead
type
te
A
1
NM -T
HL
DA 7 N
DA 7 NL
KA 7 -1 (-U)
KA 7 -U ( -U)
EiggIEMEMMZI
MZH 21
MZS 211
24
5
1=
=MESS =AIM=
MI
r_M
rM._._.tt_t_
M_r.=
rr.ii
rt._.t.t__t_
M
°20
.
1000
2000
CCM1
Mr..... r_r_
N/...tfr
5000
10000
ii
J
EIS!l:isI$::
..p
1w-_-- N
--B
tt=t
_n._==
=i=..oS
EM=niioN_ .._:
Meaurement in far field
N
m-C ose-talking
2000011,
measurement (10 cm)
-iM=C=ait5n@=::
...
pr_._
10
`::.
NM
=MI
..iisr_o..WaNIMsa
C:o :=..
4',C ..MIIM..
..::MIN
CE:::M=
M.R..0 = ==:::
Mr.50-.2.1
C=MIM::=
Móii
100
200
500
020
50.
Desired frequency response (w th tolerance field)
o
DA
DA
...
r_
MN
NI...
VII
o
...
C
C:'.::CC::::CCC:'.'.:C
=....
111=r...
=MEWS
stands
MZA415
MZS 235
plug
Frequency response curves
Floor
MI
CI
"Cannon"
Small
Tuchel plug
_S:.____C$
.
=
=I::: CmmC.N=C IIiC
SD
loo
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
2000011x
C
Directional Gooseneck Microphone
MD 408 N
Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz.
Cardioid directional characteristic.
reduces feedback.
On /Off switch.
Frequently it is necessary for microphones to be
brought up close to the person speaking while at
the same time leaving his or her hands free for
other tasks. Here the gooseneck microphone is
the ideal answer. With the MD 408, Sennheiser
has created an ideal solution to this task which,
through a built -in On /Off switch this, permits the
microphone to be switched off during speaking
pauses. At the same time the excellent directional
effect of the MD 408 N ensures that only the
speech of the speaker is transmitted without
picking up any of the surrounding noises.
The gooseneck and acoustic inlet of the MD 408 N
are of satin -chrome brass on a painted diecast
metal base with a 3/8" thread for mounting either
on a floor stand or for fixed mounting on a desk or
console. A microphone connector to DIN 41 524
specifications protrudes to the back of this base.
The technical data will be found in the summary
on pages 32 to 35.
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
r; rill)
MZW 411 MZW 416 -1
it
r
Desk stands
Clamps
1117
MZf 237
Floor
stands
)-'H).
MZT 421
s.
MZS 235
MZS 210
MIT 100
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
Basic lead
type
7N
DA7NL
50
DA
DA
1
2o
HL
,o
/211
Small
Tuchel plug
020
_®i
IEí+
___>=C
y
SS
=®
mo=3:S>
S=_E0:':
r...
,-.M.g..Q...
.ó
=
amCi=
MRiZC
=S C=li:1:
c...
Ç:
iC_m__.:_
1000
LwCSSSliTm=TiCÇÇ=
50
,00
200
50
2000
5000
10000
200005
25
Directional Gooseneck Microphone
MD 908 MD 908 N MD 908 U
Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz.
Cardioid directional characteristic.
Click -free reed switch.
Extremely insensitive to handling noise.
In development of the MD 908 dynamic directional
microphone particular emphasis has been laid on
achieving a distinctive, uniform directional characteristic. Together with the standard of insensitivity
to interference and the modern design which have
been achieved, this microphone is ideally suited
for virtually all tasks involved in public address
broadcasting. The basic MD 908 model is fitted
with a single -hole mounting (10 mm bore) and
1.5 m lead with free ends. It is particularly suitable
for installing at control points, speech points,
speaker's podiums and in vehicles. In addition the
MD 908 N gooseneck directional microphone is
also available with 3 -pin screw -type connection
to DIN 41 524 specification and the MD 908 U
with 3 -pin Cannon /XLR -3 connection. Both
have a rugged joint coupling with interchangeable
adaptors for 3/8 ", 1/1" and 5/8" x 27 G threaded
stand mountings and are fitted with a click -free
reed -type switch.
The resilient microphone capsule mounting
renders all versions extremely insensitive to
handling noise and they are all fitted with
compensator coils against magnetic leakage fields.
The surface of the entire microphone has been
finished in non -reflective black.
Technical data will oe found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
r
Desk stands
.7°
MZT 441
v
-nJ
D'
Frequency response curves
Floor
stands
MZT 237
MZS 235
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
MZS 210
KA 7 -1
KA 7 -U
DA5UK
siie'aWai..i9á.'
11=''öii.
a
-.-=N
Mla=5=i! ®immsimims
=IIiCl:R:7.:
-=R/ii/i
0
a1====CCÑ=1t
===---__
=iiSmC..=
..E1=oCs.C.:=_
50
20
MZS 211
C
MEB ii3ii=E,m
E
i..M.E
M=ms..e=1id!6!===_EME:
Basic lead
type
DA 1 HL
DA 7
DA 7 NL
26
Çu
MZT t41
MIT 100
`
plug
MZS 144
,¡¡¡--
troipt
MZW 411 MZW 416 -1
Flexible
necks
Clamps
"Cannon"
Small
Tuchel plug
Desired
f
00
200
500
equency esponse with tolerance field)
,000
2000
5000
10000
20000W
C.- PA Microphones
_
MD 430-2 MD 430-2-T MD 430-9 MD 430-16-T MD 430-18-T
Frequency range: 200 to 10,000 Hz.
Supercardioid directional characteristic.
Extremely low feedback.
For use in particularly noisy environments.
In all
forms of public transport
it is
very important
to ensure accurate and understandable information
to the passengers. This is just as important for
arrivals and departures at railway stations and
airports. A particular difficulty arises owing to the
unavoidable noise levels generated by the modes
of transport themselves as well as generally
within the terminal buildings and on railway
concourses and platforms, etc. Sennheiser
surveys have shown that this type of noise can be
penetrated more efficiently by a frequency
response shaped appropriately in the lower
frequencies and with a slight rise towards the
upper frequencies than is the case with a straight line value. This is exactly the ideal frequency
response path displayed by the MD 430.
In addition its extreme supercardioid directional
characteristic ensures a clearly discernable
emphasis on the voice of the announcer relative to
surrounding noises. The MD 430 therefore offers
the ideal solution for all PA announcing problems
in noisy ambient conditions.
The housing of the MD 430 is of fibreglass reinforced, impact-proof poyamide. The element
is provided with an expanded wind and pop filter
protection on all sices and to ensure maximum
durability this microphone is available only with the
large screw -type Tuchel connection coupling.
The technical data and differences between the
various versions will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
Desk stands
78
Q
MZW 30
Clamps
e
H-
with large Tuchel connector
MD 430 -2 -T
with large Tuchel connector and
switch
MD 430 -9
shortened PA microphone with
large Tuchel connector
MD 430 -16 -T with
5 -pin
large Tuchel connector
and speech button
MD 430 -18 -T with 5 -pin large Tuchel connector
and switch
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
MD 430-2
Floor
stands
MZS 144
MZA 406
MZT 237
)210
MZS
MZT 121 -2)
MZT 141
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
Basic lead
type
Enimmaro®
DAV 5
MZH 141
20
MZS 211
50
100
ismarsiromm
simmtim
mom mum
Mal
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
20000
Desired Irequency response with tolerance field)
27
Directional Conference Microphones
MD418 U MD418 U-4
Frequency range: 200 to 10,000 Hz.
Supercardioid directional characteristic.
High -quality recording and sound reproduction
microphone system.
Rugged and reliable.
Increasingly criticism is being voiced by participants at conferences of the conventional PA
systems with their penetrating and disruptive
noise. Obvious preference is displayed for a totally
decentralised transmission of voice at low volume.
This would require a loudspeaker to be positioned
in the vicinity of each participant. But why use a
separate loudspeaker? The Sennheiser solution to
this problem is the MD 418 U conference
directional microphone. It can be used alternately
as microphone and as speaker, for example all
conference participants are able to use this system
to engage in 2 -way conversation.
The gooseneck and acoustic inlet of the MD 418 U
are of brass with a satin-chrome finish. The foot at
the lower end of the gooseneck carries a 3 -pin
Cannon connector for connecting and fastening
the microphone direct to the special desk -top
mount TPS 400 U. The MD 418 U -4 is also fitted
with a pilot lamp in the plexiglass collar of the
microphone to light up when the microphone is
switched on by means of the speech button.
Technical data and further differences between
the various models will be found in the summary
on pages 32 to 35.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
Clamps
Floor
stands
MZT 441
MZS 144
D--}..OÍ3.
MZT 237
TSP 400
MZS 210
/,407.101710
MZT 100
Flexible
necks
Adapters/
amplifiers
Boom
/211
28
Basic lead
type
Lavalier Microphones
MD 214 N MD 214 U-3 MD 214-1
Frequency range: 60 to 15,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Shock -mounted system ensures maximum
possible handling noise damping.
Frequency response specific to application.
This special -purpose microphone is designed to
be worn around the neck and to produce exactly
the same quality of sound as a hand -held or stand mounted microphone. This is rather more difficult
than it may initially appear: the high frequencies
are much attenuated by the time they reach a
microphone suspended against the chest.
Unfortunately the resonance of the chest tends to
amplify unduly the frequencies around 700 Hz.
The frequency range of the MD 214 therefore
displays two deliberate corrections: the disadvantage of high frequencies has been
compensated by a sharp rise above the 2,000 Hz
level. Over- emphasis of frequencies around
700 Hz has been compensated by a co- ordinated
lowering of the frequencies. Consequently, when
worn correctly, the MD 214 produces exactly the
same qualtiy as a microphone with a 3 -line
frequency range before the mouth of the speaker.
addition the insensitivity of such a Lavalier
microphone to friction and contact noises is also
very important. For this reason the MD 214
capsule has been spring- mounted on a patented
suspension system within the microphone
housing. A very smooth non -reflective lacquer important for TV broadcasting purposes - has
been applied to the exterior of the metal casing.
Technical data and differences between the
various models will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
In
"Cannon"
Small
Tuchel plug
plug
Frequency response curve
1jM
7
.r'r
r
1
F
I
T
fMY
'
111E
me= .§:::_w
1OdB
==e -°i; -ái=- :ems=_= =o==
:EEMEEEK1=_
xis
:tls
m22g_=::::=
===z == ==_r , = :?E :I_I
':11::
Upper curve
Lower curve
=ostlf:1E
frequency response when used as Lava ier rnicrophone
frequency response in tree sound hem at O
29
Probe Measuring Microphone
MD321 NMD321 V
Frequency range: 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Pinpoint sound field scanning.
Acoustic inlet insensitive to temperature.
Recent increased awareness of environmental
considerations has also led to most welcome
developments in the fight against noise pollution.
Clear regulations have already been laid down for
the permissible level of noise when working on
motor vehicles and machinery. The manufacturers
of such vehicles and machines are attempting to
reduce existing noise levels. However, for this
purpose it is first necessary to pinpoint the specific
noise sources on these machine tools, engines,
motors, compressors and gearboxes. The MD 321
is particularly suitable for this purpose, as its long,
thin probe allows easy access to even the most
difficult places. The noise is picked up through a
30 cm long tube with an outer diameter of only
8 mm. This probe tube thus does not interfere with
the sound field itself. The small acoustic inlet at the
leading tip of the probe is interchangeable. For
practical use the signal emitted by the MD 321 can
be channelled by a suitable amplifier to a headphone
for example type HD 222
in order to
allow aural assessment of the noises picked up.
For technical analysis it is advisable to connect the
MD 321 N to the UPM 550 universal noise level
meter, which has a 1 Volt output also suitable for
connecting this type of headphone for listening
-
-
purposes.
The technical data will be found in the summary on
pages 32 to 35.
The probe measuring microphcne MD 321 V is
similar to the MD 321 but also incorporates an
amplifier unit. This makes it possible with the aid of
a headphone to hear the signal picked up by the
microphone direct without interposing booster
amplifiers. The amplifier is powered by an integral
storage cell. A 6.3 mm jack socket can be used
both to connect up a GZN 406 -3 plug -in powerpack to recharge the storage cell and also for
connecting up the monitor headphone. The
integral power cell allows the unit to be operated
continuously for up to 4 hours and the recharge
period is 14 hours.
Frequency response curve
MD 321 V
-_Technical data
Frequency range:
Acoustic principle:
Directional characteristic.
Maximum sound pressure:
Minimum terminating impedanceMaximum output voltage into 100 ohm:
Amplification-
30
40 to 20,000 Hz
pressure receiver
omnidirectional
100 PA (134 dB)
100 ohms
3V
80 dB
=
..--...--._..-
- ===
===== -.------C....:====_======C::
1OdB =
SV _ C I::::
=`======::::m==='=
DYNAMIC
MICROPHONES
Microphone
model
1
Dynamic microphones for professional and semiprofessional application.
,
c.,
MD 441-2
MD 441-U
1"P
MZW 441
\
=,
\
MD 421 N
MD 421-2
MD 421-U
tilh6
419
Ilkilits.,.....
MD417
MZW 40
MZW 421
.'
6
MZW 421
MZW 40
V
lit,
MZW 441
MZW 40
hiiii,
MZW421
MD 412 LM, K
!/'
MIT 12 (-2)
MZT 421
MZi
MZT 100
MZT 100
041
©
*
III)
*
1111
`_
MZW 416-1
'
Q
°
MD402LM,
tl
-V
MZW40
MZW441
MZW 412
r
MZT 100
MZT 441
©
1.1
*
MZW30
K,U Set
`
MD 416 N
MD 416-U
Dynamic directional
microphones
Desk top stands
screens
M D 441 N
SUMMARY OF
ACCESSORIES
y
Pop and wind
/
profipower
r
. l
416-1
416
MZT 441
MZT 100
\>
-
MD429
studiosound
N.
MIT
MZW 416-1
"AZT 100
441
Jl\
MD 427
profisound
\N
71;1)
*
MD 400
MD400LM
MD400K
MD 408 N
MZW412
3)1
MIW
411
MZW416-1
0
."117
812W 416-1
MZT 421
r
MD 909-N
MD 0011-U
MD 906-0
is).
14)
MZW 416-1
MZW 411
MD418U
*
included as standard
MZT 441
MZT411
Dynamic microphones with
uniform omnidirectional
characteristics
6TSP400-UMIr100
MZT 12
M21N 30
(7101
MD21N
"
MD21-2
MD211N
MD 211 U
MD 200
MD 200 LM
MD 200K
32
MZT 100
\\
©
I
MD 430-2
MD 430-2-T
y
'7
MD 418
MD 418-U-4
.4.6.0,
MZT 100
MZW421
'
Á
MZW 201
t
MZW 412
MZW416-1
0
,
MOW 30
MZW 416-1
MIT 21
MZT12(-2)
'.°
MZT 417
M2.T 105-1
*
i
Mounting
hardware
*
wwpppp
MZA 441
""""iiLL
Floor stands
Booms
Flexible
goosenecks
i
MIT 237
MZO 421
MZS 235
MZH 141 (-2)
*
1=
4
MZH 21
c
MZA 421
MZH
21
MZS 235
U 11..0,1
MZS 235
MZT 237
.p iimiimpR
_
C
O
DA 7 N
DA 7 NL
DAV 5 (-2)
KA 7-1
KA 7-U (-U)
MZH 141 (-2)
237
47
0)
1>H3.
MIT
Basic lead
type
DA1HL
MIT 237
MZS 235
'U
Adapter
amplifiers
C
Q)
LU
DA 1
DA 7 NL
DA 7 NL
DAV 5(-2)
KA 7-1 (-U)
KA 7-U1-U)
DA
1
HL
DA7N
DA 7 NL
DAV 5 (-2)
KA 7-1 (-U)
KA 7-U (-U)
MZH 21
MZS 142
UI
MZT 237
MZS 235
D.H:0
filipti
MZT
1
DASUK*
MZS101
MZS 235
ll?ii-(I6r
MZT 237
s
DA 5 NM-T
DA 7 HL
MZS 235
DA7N
DA7NL
MZH
r;
MZA 415
KA 7-1 (-U)
KA 7-U (-U)
21
4
7al
MZS 210
C
O
1C
tf"
oo
n
to
MIT 237
MZK 431 U-K
MZH 21
MZS 235
*
N
E
TO
V
10
C
tD
d
C
O
L0.
MZS 211
=
MIS 235
MZT 237
Suitable for use only
in conjunction with MZA 406
C)-(HK
MZT 237
MZS 235
V
Suitable for use only
conjunction with
MZA 406
m
DA
1
HL
DA7N
DA7NL
MIS 210
DA
1
HL
DA7
DA 7 NL
KA 7-1
KA 7-U
DASUK
MZT141
MET 237
ii
0
MZT 141
rÚ
MIT
`
MZS 235
MZS 144
237
O
1
®
tJ
MZH 21
0
MZT 141
\,J
c:1='''''
MZT 237
MZA 006
ig-blo
ti......,
MZT 237
MZS 235
Suitable for use only
in conjunction with MZA 406
5
DA 1 HL
DA 7 N
DA 7 NL
DAV51-2)
MZH 141 (-2)
f1.IL.nitr
U"_J
MZS 235
DAV
MZH 141
MZS 210
MZT 237
J
.
MZA 406
MZM 142
Suitable for use only
in conjunction with
MZA 406
DA
S
NM-T
DA 1 NL
DA 7 N
DA7NL
KA 7-1 (-U)
KA 7U (-U)
*
33
Type
Acoustic
operating
principle
Frequeny
range
Directional
characteristic
Directivity
Free field no-load
at 1000 Hz
transmission
factor at 1000 Hz
(cancelling)
at
m
2
¿
7y
C
o-
c
4
ó
c
ñ
°
E
v
e m
Éá
Ë
g
F
ú
ñd
Ñ
vr
W
E
l7 3
o
a)
a
c
W
>
p
c
Cp
.V.
a+
'c
o.
tll
()
W
o
R
x
m
rn
t=
W
u
mo
ócn
°
É
m
E
Ñ
O
E.
a,
c
á
°
7
N
c
v
p
c
N
m
N
o.
E
c
ÿ
N
x
Y
ca c
al W
O
E
'C
î
E
c 0)
u¿
rn
u¿
u»u
m_
cm
=!auDi
u G
m
ti
m +
m
a;i
mu
N
c2!,
m
m
MD441N
0
30...20000Hz
MD441-2
MD441U
MD 421
130
/20dB
3dB
1.8mV/Pa
2dB
20052
1000!?
I
N
MD 421-2
30
.
17000 Hz
.
180 / 18 dB
2
dB
2
mV/Pa
2.5 dB
200
t'
200
! 1
MD 421 U-4
MD419N
!
30
.
.
.
.
.
.
15000 Hz
MD419U
-
0
MD 419 N-T
/ 22 dB
120
10
120
10 / 22 dB
mV/Pa
2,5 dB
200 !?
1000 ! ?
2.5 mV/Pa
2,5 dB
800 t7
4000 !1
1,3
t
-
MD 419 U-T
MD417LM
MD 417-6
50
0
15000 Hz
MD417K
1.4
mV/Pa
2.5 dB
250!?
1000!?
dB
1,4
mV/Pa
2,5 dB
2pp !?
10001_1
-3 dB
1,4
mV/Pa
2,5 dB
200 !2
1000
2.5d8
200!7
20057
2,5 dB
200 5!
200''
2.5 dB
20052
200!?
2.5 dB
800!.!
4000t1
40...16000Hz
120 / 24 dB
50
16000 Hz
120 /22 dB
-
50
16000 Hz
120 /20 dB
50
15000 Hz
MD 429
profisound
MD 427
MD 416
-
-
MD 211 N
-- -
MD211U
MD
-
N
-
(*
MD416U
-
-3 dB
profipower
Studiosound
30
...
20000 Hz
e
--
180
3
/17dB 3d8
---
I
1,3mV/Pa
mV/Pa
1,3
I
12
21 N
40...18000Hz
1.8mV/Pa
MD 21-2
----
-
MD412K
---_--'
-
--
-
---
-
---
---
I
50...12500Hz
120 / 20 dB
2
dB
2
mV/Pa
'
MD 412 LM
e
MD 200 LM
MD 200 K
60
.
0
13 500 Hz
.
-+
e
MD 200-6
MD 400 K
3
dB
60022
600
52
2,5 mV/Pa
3
dB
60012
600
52
I¡
0
_
MD400LM
2,5 mV/Pa
60
.
.
13500 Hz
.
120
i
10
/ 22 dB
---'
i
MD00-6
MD 402
4110
K
2.3
mV/Pa
3
dB
750t7
4000!!
1.2
mV/Pa
3
dB
200'-'
10005.2
1,3
mV/Pa
3
dB
200
/18d6-3d8
1.3
mV/Pa
3
dB
200t1
200
3
dB
200
20052
3
dB
-
MD 402 LM
80
.
12500 Hz
120
'
15000 Hz
180
/ 17
180
20 dB
2
dB
d8
3
dB
MD 402 U-Set
M 408
50
.
.
.
MD908N
MD908U
50
-
--
MD 908
_.
9
15000 Hz
-
0
--
.
-_
<-?
-----
-
-
--
-
200 !?
-
_
!!
--
MD 430-2
MD 430-2-T
_
MD 430-9
--
200
-
200
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
10000 Hz
120 / 18 dB
3
dB
1,8
mV/Pa
110 / 17 dB
3
dB
1,8
mV/Pa
.
21
-
--
'
--
-MD 430-18-T
MD 418
10000 Hz
50 H
20 °°
0
MD 214 N
-- --
-
---
60
...
15000 Hz
MD 214-1
MD 321 N
microphone:
200
U
MD 214 U-3
34
-
as
MD 418
r
-
1
at 300 Hz
at 300 Hz
mV/Pa
2.5 dB
bei 300 Hz
----2
40...20000Hz
at 300 Hz
mV/Pa
2.5 dB
0.40 mV Pa
2
dB
200l1
--
700 t?
200!'
52
1000!?
--4000
5 2
2005,
_
--
_
..- --_ ..-
m
Ñ
Ñ
C
C
7
p
O
OI
:
ñ
ÿ
c
w
ä
g
es
rl
ú
a
'v
q
q
m
Ó
Q
m
M
w
.Q
C
t
ñ
$1 ñt
C
v
E
7
&
C
DI
cx
p
?
ñ
X
2
o
C
7
Q
G
a
P
E
ñ
fip
Id
ró
_
-
-
--
ß
C
Ca
¡L
a
a
.a
+
Ó
Ó
8
Ea
Ó
n
Ç
^
p
9
n7
r
OCÚOIC
°aE$aa
0 ó éÑ
E.tl p= p= C
ñ ómeir:llPi
É
E
t*
E
E
iá ém
ú
C
gap
o
ñ0
á a,
8
4a
.a ra .a e
1-01 1-et
p$
Ó
Ó
ó8
e C
ea
r:
Ñ
nñ a.-- 38
7
7
8
.
á
9. t a_ a
vi
-
-
e
C
Pita
1
8
Ea
a
I
M
e
B
Á
i
c
Á
6
ñ'
J+
e8
.
"'
2
c
OC
17.
5 uVF5 uTeela
5,,V/5uTesla
-
5
4.
...
Of/5 pTesla
uV/5 uTesla
5
IIV/5 uTesla
5
9V/5uTesla
5
iV/SifTesla
ca. 450 g
245 x 33 x 36
ca. 425 g
270x33x36
ca.450g
203 x 46 x 49
ca. 530 g
ca. 500 g
215 x 46
ca. 530
49
x
185x45x45
ca.180g
185x45x45
ca. 190g
194x45x45
ea.180g
194x45x45
ca. 1809
180 x 45 x 45
ca. 220 9
180 x 45 x 45
ca. 220
180x45x45
ca.220g
úm:eroa. soo mm
ca. 250 g
oep: m.a.
ppro i$0
.
5
uV/5 uTesla
1:
40 pV/5 uTesla
ony.zxs
TT
m
ca. 200 g
ca. 320 g
i'S"siriiwmm
.320g
Länge120
ca. 125 g
0
Liirruufee:
ca. 125
123
129 x 46 x 46
'.-
g.
ca. 220 g
z1
mn.
Lw.: m.a.?oes
.:
g,
191X46x49
Ga..m:z.e.
<
143x46x46
140X38x38
140 X38 X38
ca. 290g
wa
' k-S°Q
x»
49 + 24
Standard camel.,
tnr:ww
9
Length 160
,Sm
Length160
.' 49 + 24
Length 160
105 g
1,5m
I
1,5m
10m
1
0 49 + 24
engtlt 180
i'. 49 + 24
49
t05g
Length 160
wim
21 x 145
....
conjunction wit desk top stand only Binder coupling No. 09- 0006 -61.03 can be used
b
+
33g
+có9:
310g
L.nyMMO e
5
uV/5 uTesia
esel..
350 g
!no,
:ese..
130
100 g
LengBi 130
100 g
length
Lettgth 90
75 g
.
100
Length 129
g
without dix
dia. 49
Length:290
75 x 2tt
X
28
ca. BuV/SuTesla
75 x 28 x 28
w. 20 uV/5 :,Tesla
23
1
N/5 ,,Tesla
ca. 370 g
`^ le.d: ao
wlMOw l..d: is0
retel.aE:eeO
wltnout
iew:'a0 $
75 x 28 x 28
180 g
dl.. es
L'neh` Inl.l:
eeous0e
290 g
0
.,
ar:ww
Standard
ror..é.a
Standard
mr.w.d
Standard cowl.,
.áw
a
_
a.nd.rd eouvL.
m.:.e.a
non
Inr.w.d
eO"li.a °n
ca. 300 9
Ñe.aeek+C 1e
-
thr.:dw
sl.neraeouvt..
ca.153 g
21 x T45
°i.&re:
le.a:
.vvroa. 1.0 0
with I.W:
PVroa. tso 0
-.
9
105 g
Length 160
.- 21
sl.naae eeuvL.
1059
1,Sm
.
_
.
e}
1059
.
tnr.:aw
ca. 280 g
49 + 24
-
Standard eouPl..
100uV/5!rTesla
5m
In
257 x33 x 36
Grip:
'
,
...
..
........
_ ' ....
..
.... ...
.....
Switchcreft coupling
5
,
"'
m'
.
"
3 -pin
'y
P
11.11
1
1,Sm
.
Comments
Weight
Dimensions
mm
f:
Z.
:iiII
.
.
37
7
8
N
4
1:_d
-
Magnetic field
Interference factor
at 50 Hz
¿
8
Z
z
Connection coupling
Plug wiring
Male connectors
s
,
,
without plug
Frpv
t:la0s
without plug
only to earth
35
2
ELECTRET CONDENSER MICROPHONES
Condenser microphones have gained a justified
reputation for sound perfection to studio standards.
For example, any professional will confirm that the
lower diaphragm weight in this type of microphone
enhances the transient response. It is hardly
surprising that many an owner of medium -priced
dynamic microphone nurses an ambition to buy a
condenser microphone sooner or later. Until now,
the high price of a really professional condenser
microphone has too often rendered it a mere pipe
dream.
With our range of Electret Condenser Microphones, Sennheiser has brought the advantages
of the transducer principle right into the reach of
the medium -priced class. These advantages
include, for example, the lower diaphragm weight
with resultant benefits to the transient response
and handling noise sensitivity, the smaller
dimensions and the uniformity of directional
characteristics at different frequencies. Senn heiser has been particularly successful in
emphasising the benefits of lightweight diaphragms through use of the "Back- Electret"
technology. The Sennheiser range of Electret
Condenser Microphones therefore slots ideally in
price and range of quality features between the
dynamic standard microphones and the dynamic
studio microphones.
Part
Model
Short Description
Page
No.
1617
1618
1901
1313
1316
1317
1279
1705
1685
1980
1982
1981
1681
1686
1940
1978
1979
1419
1498
1471
1848
1472
1849
1382
1217
K3N
K3U
Handgrip /Powering Module with small Tuchel connector plug
Handgrip /Powering Module with Cannon connector plug
K 30 AV
Handgrip /Powering Module with 8 -pin plug to DIN 45326
K 1
Handgrip /Powering Module with fixed 1.5 metre lead, plug to DIN 41524
ME 20
Omnidirectional Microphone Module
ME40
Cardioid Microphone Module
ME 80
Supercardioid /Cardioid Microphone Module
ME 88
Cardioid /Lobar Microphone Module
MKE 10 -3
Lavalier Clip -On Directional Microphone with Adapter for K 1, K 3 & K 30 AV
MKE 40 -3
Lavalier Clip -On Directional Microphone with Adapter for K 1, K 3 & K 30 AV
MKE 40 -6
Lavalier Clip -On Directional Microphone with Cardioid Characteristic
MKE 42
Directional Rod Microphone with Cardioid Characteristic
MKE 10-LM
Lavalier Clip -On Microphone with In -Line Battery and Standard LM Plug Connector
MKE 10 -6
Lavalier Clip -On Microphone with In -Line Battery and 3.5 mm Jack Plug
MKE 10 R
Lavalier Clip -On Microphone for SK 1010 and SK 1012 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 40 R
Lavalier Clip -On Directional Microphone for SK 1010 & SK 1012 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 40 -1 R
Lavalier Clip-On Directional Microphone for SK 1008 -3 & SK 1007 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 10
Lavalier Clip-On Microphone for SK 1010 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 10 -1
Lavalier Clip-On Microphone for SK 1008 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 2010
Omnidirectional Screw -On Microphone for SK 1010 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 2012
Omnidirectional Screw -On Microphone for SK 1012 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 4010
Cardioid Screw -On Microphone for SK 1010 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 4012
Cardioid Screw -On Microphone for SK 1012 Mikroport Transmitter
MKE 2002
Binaural Microphone for Dummy Head Stereo Recording
MKE 2002 Set Binaural Microphone for Dummy Head Stereo Recording with Plastic Head & Carrying Case
Summary of Remote -Powered Microphones
Summary of Microphones with Built -In Battery Powering
Techncal Data
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
39
39
39
40/41
40/41
40/41
40/41
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
43
43
44
45
46 -47
Modular HiFi Microphone System for Electroacoustic and Sound Film
Applications
TELEMIKEK3NK3UKl K3OAV
Modular System
TELEMKE
Today many Sennheiser customers are well aware
of the popularity which has been achieved by
interchangeable lenses among discriminating
enthusiasts for camera systems. This feature offers
the particular advantage of allowing the most varied
types of lens to be used on the one camera body
for such diverse forms of photography as zoom,
wide -angle, tele and similar. A similar diversity
exists in sound recording technology and it is for
this reason that a modular system has already
been employed to adapt separate microphone
grips and heads to high -quality condenser microphones. Sennheiser has now perfected just such
a modular system within a price range more
accessible to amateurs: here the audio amateur
needs only one grip /powering module onto which
can be screwed the microphone modules detailed
on this page.
Grip/Powering Modules
K3NK3UK1 K30AV
Each of the microphone modules described below
requires a power supply and an electronic circuit,
so that the module incorporates a 5.6 Volt battery
giving more than 600 hours of operation. But the
audio amateur would naturally need only one of
these.
What are the selection criteria? Only those persons
really needing the higher audio voltage delivered
by the K 1 should opt for the asymmetric output
circuitry offered by this model. For all other
applications the symmetric output, the plug -in
type connecting lead and the three -position bass
reduction switch are both useful and important.
In position 1 this switch holds the hifi frequency
response to below 50 Hz; in position 2 it causes a
reduction by 7 db and in position 3 a reduction by
20 db at 50 Hz. The excellent low -end pickup of
these microphone modules can give rise to
disruptive handling, wind or impact noises under
extremely unfavourable conditions, but these can
be filtered out with the aid of the various switch
settings without impairing human speech, the
basic frequency of which is around 100 Hz.
The K 3 N differs from the K 3 U in the connector
used, a small 3 -pin Tuchel plug on the former and
a Cannon plug on the latter. The On /Off switch is
common to all three grip /powering modules and
incorporates an LED to display battery condition
each time the switch is operated.
developing the K 30 AV grip /powering module
Sennheiser has taken full account of the
requirements of those users wishing to use the
K 3 grip/powering module also in conjunction with
video cameras.
The circuit of the K 30 AV has been assembled
without transformers in order to suppress
interference from the deflection fields generated
in the video camera. A two -stage switchable RC
filter ensures effective suppression of wind and
handling noises. The rolloff reduction at switch
setting 2 is 7 db and at switch setting 3 it is 15 db
(relative to 50 Hz). The power supply is either
In
from the 5.6 Volt battery in the grip or by remote
+ 15 V) via pin 8 of the 8 -pin
supply (+ 4
connecting plug. An LED shows the operational
readiness when the microphone is switched on.
Relevant technical data and all differences between
the various models will be found in the Summary
on Pages 44 47.
-
-
37
TELEMIKE Microphone Modules ME 20 ME 40 ME 80
Microphone Module
Microphone Module
Microphone Module
ME 20
ME 40
ME 80
The ominidirectional characteristic of this microphone module simplifies the conduct of interviews,
as it is no longer necessary to point the mike back
and forth from speaker to speaker. Its insentivity to
handling noise is another useful feature. The
uniform all- around pickup sensitivity permits more
interesting highlighting of broadcasts owing to the
selective background noise level. Moreover,
where it is possible to use only one single microphone for example for a round -table discussion
in a quiet environment
this microphone head
offers the ideal solution.
The cardioid directional characteristic of this
microphone module is ideal for working in
acoustically unfavourable surroundings tending to
generate feedback and in the presence of high
ambient noise and reverberation. During interviews it permits a more selective emphasis of the
voice of the speaker from environmental noises.
However, a degree of dexterity is required of the
interviewer, who must ensure that the microphone
is always aimed at the speaker. Other typical
applications for this microphone include dubbing
of amateur film, voice transmission on small PA
systems, music transmission from amateur
groups and bands and even for the teaching of
elocution and language courses.
Combination of a supercardioid with a shotgun
characteristic at frequencies above 2000 Hz
renders this microphone still more sensitive in the
main direction of a acoustic intake. It is therefore
suitable for use in those cases where the
directivity of the ME 40 Module is no longer
adequate. For example, this has led to widespread
adoption of this microphone module by live sound
amateur filmmakers in conjunction with the
MZG 802 and MZS 802 described overleaf.
The greater directivity of this microphone module
guarantees even greater protection against
feedback when used in PA systems.
-
-
170
100
250 Hz
M
...---000
4á000 Ms
F
000 MI
4000 Hz
--
500 Hz
2000 Ms
ME 40 Frequency Response Curve
m®®®m®®ego
®rizzarmremilimillanam
DIN 46800
WRg.uri>amom:-..:....-00
Eié
hill
HIM
lIM
WEN
:::es
-
MIMI; s7i6II
Rated frequency response with tolerance field
ME
oaco
Rated frequency response with tolerance field MKE 403
Relevant technical data will be found in the Summary on Pages 44
38
ME 80 Frequency Response Curve
IIIillNIEáEINIMIIIIIIMIN
mmimm®m®m
'®
Iésái
Ms
8000 Ms
DIII48800
0,0
Mz
150.
ED
ME 20 Frequency Response Curve
500
2000w
8000
- 47.
...
Rated frequency response with tolerance field MKE 803
TELEMIKE ME 88
Cavalier Clip on Microphones MKE 10 -3 MKE 40 -3
Microphone Module
ME 88
Combination of a cardioid characteristic with a
shotgun characteristic at frequencies above
1000 Hz renders this particular microphone ideal
for recording from even greater distances than any
of the modules described so far. Without any
exaggeration it may be claimed that this microphone module offers the audio amateur similar
scope to the facilities available to the professional
using the MKH 816 URF condenser microphone.
The extremely low weight of only 64 gr and
expanded foam windscreen render this mike
particularly suitable for use in this area. When used
in conjunction with a sound camera its ability to
suppress camera noises will prove particularly
beneficial.
MKE 10-3
MKE 40-3
The MKE 10 -3 version has been developed for the
benefit of users of the Telemike system wishing to
power their MKE 10 with one of the K 3 N, K 3 U or
K 1 grip /powering modules. For this purpose the
3 -metre connecting lead of the MKE 10 -3 has a
collartype screw adapter which simply screws onto
the grip/powering module in place of the other
mike modules to serve as a power source.
The MKE 40 -3 Clip -On Microphone has been
developed for owner of the Telemike system. It
can be worn inconspicuously and is ideal for
reporters, commentators and presenters
especially in the presence of high levels of ambient
noise, which are screened by the directional
characteristic of the MKE 40 -3.
The connecting lead of the MKE 40-3 is 3 metres
in length and fitted with a screw -type coupling
collar for connecting to one of the K 3 N, K 3 U, K 1
or K 30 AV grip /powering modules as a power
-
source.
Technical data and all differences are to be found
in the Summary on Pages 44 -47.
250
1
4
It
kNz
kHz
500
H
2 kH
.._
-.
120'
120...
8 kHz
'150..
180"
500
1000
01H 16000
.!I !®®
ME 88 Frequency Response Curve
MKE 10 -3 Frequency Response Curve
Hz-Hz-
2000 Hz
-
1000HZ--
MKE 40 Frequency Response Curve
IMIONIMINOMMIE11.1
MII111111111111111
11M®
®
IIIIMINIMIlII®IN
20
20
10
SO
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
20000 Hz
Rated frequency response with tolerance field MKE 883
39
Lavalier Clip-On Microphones
Micromike MKE 10 MKE 10 LM MKE 10 -6 MKE 40 MKE 40 -6
-h
LM
The main advantage of clip -on microphones is
that the distance between mike and speaker's
mouth always remains constant irrespective of the
speaker's movements. For example in the case of
discussion session the level needs to be set only
once.
Application of the electret technology has enabled
Sennheiser to develop these small, high -quality
but nevertheless economically priced Lavalier
clip-on microphones capable of withstanding
rugged operating conditions within their matt black
chromed all -metal housing. The MKE 10 is
omnidirectional and the MKE 40 cardioid. The pop
protection feature integrated within these capsules
can oe further erhanced in difficult recording
40
conditions with the aid of a windcreen which is
also included as standard. The basic versions of
the MKE 10 /MKE 40 can be connected directly to
the inputs of all units of equipment fitted with a
centre contact to DIN 45326 specifications for
powering a microphone. For all other equipment
connecting the battery adapters MZA 10,
MZA 10 U, MZA 10 N and the powering adapters
MS 10 P and MS 10 T are available. With these it is
possible to connect the MKE 10 and MKE 40 also
to asymmetric medium impedance M- inputs and
to symmetric low impedance N- inputs, more
specifically in a Cannon variant with Tuchel -type
plug connector.
Lavalier Clip -On Microphones
Micromike MKE 10 LM MKE 10-6 MKE 40 -6 MKE 42 MZM 10
To comply with the diversity of requirements of
customers ranging from amateur to professional
both microphones are offered in a variety of
versions. The MKE 10 LM (3 -pin standard plug
connector to DIN 41 524 specifications in LM
circuitry) and MKE 10 -6 (3.5 mm right -angled jack)
are fitted with a lead with integrated battery
adapter for a 1.4 Volt mercury cell (RM 675). This
battery adapter is also fitted with an On /Off switch
for the battery pack, which gives a service life in
excess of 600 hours. The 3 -metre connecting
lead permits direct connection of both microphones to live sound cameras. The -3 version is
available for using both microphones with the
powering grips K 3 N, K 3 U and K 30 AV in the
Telemike System (see Page 39).
The MKE 42 is available for fixed installation on
stages, lecterns, etc. and can be coupled with a
tubular base (400 mm length) to form an attractive,
unobtrusive unit.
All MKE microphones can be connected to the
battery adapter (see Technical Data) with the aid
of an extension lead. A windscreen is also included
as standard with the MKE 10 and MKE 40 Lavalier
clip -on microphones. You will find the technical
data and all differences between the versions in
the Summary on Pages 44 to 47.
Magnetic Mount MZM 10
This small, lightweight magnetic disc with a diameter of only 32 mm is worn on a neck cord and
positioned below the garments wherever the
microphone is to be positioned. The powerful
magnetic force of the four magnets ensures a
secure hold also through thick fabrics. This
ensures that the attachable microphone is always
held in the ideal acoustic position, i. e. centred
about 25 cm below the mouth.
The microphones described on this page are
intended for wired operation. Slightly modified
versions for wireless operation in conjunction with
the Mikroport system will be found on Page 42.
41
Microphones for RF Transmission
MKE 10- MKE
10R MKE 10 -1
MKE
40R
MKE40 -1
R
Microphones for
Wireless Transmission
have reported overleaf on hardwired
applications for the Lavalier clip -on /attachable
microphones. For many individual purposes,
however, it is important for the person wearing
this type of microphone to be able to move about
freely without being hampered by leads. You will
find the wireless Mikroport compenents for this
purpose in Group 6. The MKE 10 R and MKE 40 R
microphones are designed for connection to the
Mikroport transmitters SK 1010 and SK 1012,
where the power is supplied direct from the
transmitter. The clip -on or attachable microphone
is clipped to the lapel, tie, dress neckline or
positioned on the clothing in conjunction with the
magnetic holder MZM 10.
The MKE 10 -1 or MKE 40 -1 -R microphones are
designed for use in conjunction with the SK 1008
Mikroport transmitter and fitted with a special
connecting lead for this purpose. Our service
technicals will make the minor modification to the
Mikroport SK 1007 transmitter necessary for
operation of the MKE 10 -1 or MKE 40 -1 R.
Relevant technical data and all differences
between the various versions will be found in the
Summary on Pages 44 -- 47.
We
Plug -In Microphone Heads MKE 2010 MKE 4010 MKE 2012 MKE 4012
Plug -in microphone heads are needed to operate
the Mikroport transmitters SK 1010 and SK 1012,
which will always be necessary where the Mikroport transmitter is used as a hand -held microphone
or as a transmitter worn suspended from the neck
and is to be handed easily on to the next speaker.
The MKE 2010 and 4010 Plug -In microphones are
available for use in conjunction with the SK 1010
Transmitter and the MKE 2012 and MKE 4012
microphones for the SK 1012 Transmitter. The
MKE 2010 and MKE 2012 display an omnidirectional characteristic and thus pick up the
sound virtually uniformly from all sides. Their low
sensitivity to handling noise frequently permits
these microphones also to be used for children
with impaired hearing in their scholling as well as
in applications where no loudspeakers are being
used in the same room. If there is any danger of
acoustic feedback owing to use of speakers, the
MKE 4010 microphones (SK 1010) or MKE 4012
(SK 1012) are used, owing to their cardioid
characteristic, directed toward the mouth of the
person speaking whose voice is then emphasised
by contrast with the ambient noise.
Relevant technical data and differences between
the various versions will be found in the Summary
on Pages 44 47.
-
42
MKE 4010
MKE 2012
MKE 4012
Binaural Stereo Microphones
MKE 2002 MKE 2002 Set
.
Frequency response: 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Outstanding recording quality with electret
condenser microphone systems.
For binaural recordings on your own head or
using an artificial head.
Complete with battery power supply, one
battery charge lasting over 300 operating
hours.
When the RIAS radio station in Berlin broadcast
the first binaural drama "Demolition" on 3rd
September 1973 and Sennheiser Electronic
simultaneously launched its first binaural demo
record, the broadcasting world suddenly pricked
up its ears. S nce that time binaural stereo has
found a permanent place in stereo transmissions
broadcast by radio stations throughout Western
Germany. The spatial brilliance and remarkable
acoustic perfection in directivity and distance
render this system far superior to any other
technology in its field known today.
At the same time, however, dummy head stereo
is quite simple: the binaural MKE 2002 stereo
microphone is inserted in the ears of a dummy
head or, even better, in your own ears,
positioning the two condenser microphones
precisely at the point where the sound enters the
ear. At this point the sound incorporates all
information needed for perception of direction and
distance, which you then record on a tape
recorder. When listening to this recording at any
later date using open headphones, as described
on pages 54 to 60, the listener experiences
exactly the same sensations as if being present at
the original event. Sennheiser offers four demo
discs to anyone interested in dummy head or
binaural stereo *
The MKE 2002 binaural stereo headphone is used
by amateur tape recording enthusiasts for
recording plays and concert music, by language
and music teachers, by industrial and commercial
companies to record important meetings, by
recording companies for recording long -play
albums and by broadcasting stations for documentaries and radio drama.
The two high -quality condenser microphones are
mounted on the tips of an extremely lighweight
stethoscope. This stethoscope is linked by a
lightweight steel lead to the power pack
containing the 9 V battery cell (IEC 6 F 22), an
on /off switch and a pushbutton to operate the
battery level display. The 3 -metre connecting lead
is connected permanently to this powerpack and
plugged into a tape recorder. This lead carries a
standard plug connector to DIN 41 525 specifications wired to permit the MKE 2002 binaural
stereo headset to be connected to virtually all
conventional stereo tape recorders and stereo
cassette recorders. The operating manual is
accompanied by a connection handbook to
facilitate location of the correct wiring layout.
The MKE 2002 binaural stereo microphone is
designed basically to be worn on the human head.
For those wishing to use the MKS 2002 in
conjunction with a dummy head it is necessary to
order the MKE 2002 set version as this is the only
one comprising the additional dummy head and
necessary carrying case as standard. For outdoor
recordings, even in only limited wind conditions,
the windscreen MZW 2002 is also recommended.
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 44 to 47.
*
Dummy head stereo
Dummy head stereo II
Simeon 2 research
Direct cutting in dummy head stereo
Frequency response curves
.
Ç
,
__
M===
=
Mp
10dB
L=a==b..='li
=:=
Nf._ N Nr=..t..=
E
-
wr
llt
._,============
-_
Rated frequency response with tolerance lielol measured at m
Each micropnone is accompanied by [ne original test certificate as measured
..
,..
1
Recommended accessory:
at 5010
20.000 Hz
MZW 2002 wmdseen
43
Microphones with remote power supply
Clamps
Windscreen
Microphones
MZW 10
MZW 42
MKE 10-1
MKE 40-1
MZW 10*
MKE 10
MKE 10
R
MZW 42
MKE 40
R
and
quick-release
clips
Shockmounts,
desk and
floor stands
Lead
Filter,
Leads
Powerpacks
transformers
adapters,
receivers
SK 1008-3
R
MZA 10
MZA10N
MZA 10-U
SK 1010
SK 1012
MKE2010
MZV 10
MKE 4010
MZW 1010
SK 1010
MKE 2012
SK 1012
MKE 4012
MZW 10'
MKE 10-3 MKE 40-3
Y
o
+K3N
o
a
v
KA 7
MZW 42
U
MZN 16
P 48
MZF 802
U
rc
ó
MKE 10-3 MKE 40-3
+K3U
c
c
o
o
m
d
K 3 N
+ ME
E
20
MZS 144
KA
MZW30
K3N+ME40
MZS211
KA7
MZW 201
K3U+ME20
MZA 406
MZS 210
K3U+ME40
MZQ 415
MZS 415
+ ME 80
MZG 415
MZS 802
MZG 802
1
MZN16P48
MZF 802
TM 514 X
c10í
vc
o
G)
K 3 N
MZW 415
K 3
*
U+ ME
80
K3N+ME88
K 3
U+
ME 88
MZW 10'
MKE 10-3 + K 30 AV
MZW42
MKE40+K30AV
MZW 30
K 30 AV + ME 20
MZA 406
MZW 201
K 30 AV + ME 40
MZQ 415
MZW 415
K 30 AV
+ ME 80
MZG 415
K 30 AV
+ ME 88
MZG 802
*
c
KA 7 U
MZN 16
KA
MZN16P48
MZT 105-1
KA 7 U
MZN 16 P 48-U
MZT 237
KA
MZN16P48
MZT 441
KA 7 U
MZN 16 P 48-U
MZS 144
MZS 211
MZS 210
MZS 415
MZS 802
MZT 105-1
MZT 237
MZT 441
P
48-U
MZF 802 U
roa
ó
c.)
E
MM584X
á,
u)
MZF 802 U
TM584X
MZF 802
U
MZV 10
MZK
30 AV
included as standard
44
Microphones with built-in battery supply
Clamps
and
Windscreen
MZW 42'
Microphones
quick-release
clips
Shockmounts,
desk and
floor stands
Filter,
Leads
Powerpacks
transformers
Lead
adapters,
receivers
MKE 40-6
MKE 10 LM
MKE 10-6
MZW 10'
MKE 10-3 + K
MKE 10-3 +
MKE 103
KA
3 N
MZF 802
1
KA7
TM514X
KA 7 U
MZF 802 U
KA 1
MZF 802
KA7
TM514X
KA 7
MZF 802 U
3 K U
U
MKE 40-3 + K 3 N
MZW 42
MKE 40-3 + K
3 U
MKE 201
ME 20 + K
1
Y
O
MZW30
MZW 201
ME40+K1
S
K3N+ME20
r0c
vc
KA
MKE 403 N
1
za
3
KA7
a
`
MZF 802
TM514X
c
o
K3U+ME40
o
K3N+ME40
Q)
IS_
W
ó
U
K3U+ME20
MZS 144
K1+ME80
MZW 415
K 3 N
K 3 U
MZA 406
KA7U
tcp
+ ME 80
MZG415
MZS 415
KA 1
KA 7
MZF 802
TM 514 X
+ ME 80
MZG 802
MZS 802
KA 7-1
KA 7 U
MZF 802 U
MZT 105-1
KA
MZT 144
KA7-1
KA 7 U
t
3
ñn
a>
Ñ
L
MKE 10-3 + K 30 AV
°ó
MZV 10
MKE 40-3 + K 30 AV
MZK
MZW 30
MZW 201
K30AV+ME20
K 30 AV
+ ME 40
K 30 AV
+ ME 80
30AV
ci
E
MZF 802
TM
1
KA7
MZT 237
v
c
W
MZS 211
MZS 210
K3U+ME88
MZW 42
W
MZF 802 U
MZQ 415
K3N+ME88
MZW 10
41
ö
KA 7-1'
MZF802
U
3
o
o_
o
É 0
ái E
m
MZK
802
MZK
MZW 415
*
MZW 2002
802-1
K30AV+ME88
MKE 2002
MZS 144
MZS 210
*
included as standard
45
ELECTRET CONDENSER MICROPHONES
Model
Frequency
response
Acoustic
operating mode
TECHNICAL DATA
Directional
characteristic
Open circuit
transmission
factor
Electrical
impedance
ct
e
10
$
2
C
W
d
e.
u
m
c
9.W.
e
01
O`
41
a
áo
áa
t'a
w
ä
ME 20 + K
ME
51
0..!
c
.
U
W
U
e
w
al
G
W
«
e
c
0
d
V
w
v
ÿ
-
9
Ó
PW
9
Ó
P
g
'c
S.
ó
ÿ
m
m
2
50 Hz
-
15 kHz
K
1
50 Hz
-
e
15 kHz
11
ME80+K30AV
-_
0,5mV/µbar0.9mVqmar
mV/Pa ! 2,5 dB
8
ME88+K3N
0,5mVh,bar
50Hz-15kHz
Ein
+ K 30AV
MKE 10-R
MKE 10-1
+K 3 N
50 Hz
MKE10-3+K3U
MKE 10-3 + K 30AV
MKE 10-6
MKE 10 LM
MKE 40-R
MKE 40-1-R
MKE 40-3 + K 3 N
mV/mar '
mV/Pa * 2,5 da
0,15
1,5
0,25 mV/amar _
2,5 mV/Pa
2,5 dB
Q35 mV/µbar
=
de
3,5 mV/Pa - 2,5
1 mVhmar
mV/Pa
2,5 dB
-
10
015 mV/!mar
mV/Pa - 2,5 dB
-
MKE40-3+K3U
50Hz-20kHz
e
MKE 40-3 + K 30AV
MKE 40-6
MKE 40-4
MKE 2010
50 Hz
-
1,5
I
0,25mV/Pa
2,5
3
-
MKE 4010
MKE 2012
*
dB
wiring
Hz
600
I
52
ca,15 k52
0 at
switch sating
at
600 S2
ca. 66 dB
64 dB
52
at
switch setting
I
ca. 64 dB
600
52
ca. 66 d8
1,5
kQ
? 70 dB
Switch seeing
I
60052
13052at
switch setting
30052at
I
switch setting
I
_ ca. 70 dB
60053
60052
ca. 110 Q
600 SL
switch sating
600 4
ca. 60 dB
1
k<_?
4,7 k52
= 64 dB
ca. 110
52
300!? at
switch Wang
ang
ca. 60dB
ca. 62d8
4.7 k`--'
ca. 64 d8
kS2
65 k5 2
ca. 60 dB
4,7
ca 1k52
lo_2
4,7 k'
-
ca. 64 dB
15.=mó d"t°'
ca. 85
52
500
52
MS 10 TU
!swam loos dB
ca. 20
52
100
52
Battery adaptor
Battery adaptor
T,gr:go.°d'"°'
MZA 10
U
Battery adaptor
ca. 1k52
ca. 200 52
64 dB
?
1, k52
Powering adaptor for sound wire supply
N
Ca. 64 dB
2kS2
Powering adapto for phantom powering
MZA 10
I
60052
60052
dB
ia..dlaa loos OdB
I
ca.
k! !
I 3
-
ca. 64 dB
300 SZ at
ca. 62 dB
1
mV/Pa
,
d8
2 k52
ca.
3
dB
64
k52
kS2
3
_=:
1
1
*
4.71E52
ca.
ca.
0,3 mV/mar
411)
l kS2
ca,
Powering adaptor for mic ophones with plugs to DIN 45 326
46
Ca 64 dB
1,5 kS2
MS 10 PU
MZA 10
I
64 dB
3000at
I
60052
mV/amar =
mV/Pa * 2,5 dB
10 mV/Pa
0
300
1
SM - t mVhmar
40... 20000
at
aa.
11
SM
ng
52
'-
1.1
50 Hz _ 15 kHz
s
140
k52
Switch setting
52
switch setting
600 Q
mVpmsr mV/Pa t 2,5 dB
MKE 4012
MKE 2002
,5
2mV/Imar
0,35 mV/rymar
3.5mV/Pa t 2,5d8
m V/imar 10 m1V/Pa
2,5 dB
0,3
15 kHz
300
I
$
ca. 64 dB
1 mV/µbar
10mV/Pa 2,5 dB
I.
.
- 20 kHz
d8
2.5
0.8 mV/tmar
amV/Pa 2,5 dB
.E
-.
MKE 10
mV/Pa
5
4 at
switch setting
ca. 15
=
1,5 k52
k<_?
130
mV/Pa * 2,5 dB
5
ME80+K3U
MKE 10-3
mV/Pa
2,5 d8
3 mV/amar
2,5 dB
30 mV/Pa
ME88+K3U
120
0,55 mV/imar 5.5
ME80+K3N
ME 88
de
2.5
+
0,3 mV/Mbar mV/Pa
2,5 dB
3
ME 40+ K 30AV
+
mV/,bar
20 mV/Pa
+ K 3U
ca. 15
5,5 mV/Pa
1
ME 40
de
2,5
0,55 mV/µbar t- 2,5 dB
ME 20 + K 30AV
ME 80
ñd
-
mV/ubar
0.3 mV/amar :
3 mV/Pa * 2,5 dB
58 Hz = 15 kHz
3 N
?a
V
20 mV /Pa
+K
=Ñ
ou>
E
2
ME 40
p
E
=
ó
20+K 3 N
ME 40+ K
W
0
1
ME20+K3U
=
E
dÇ0
9
ó
4,7 k52
16
S?
Connector plug wiring
Plug connectors
s
s
ig
8.
2S
gÑ
a
i
á
z
ó
é
g
P
]
=Ó
ñ
'o°
á
2á
gm
!
9° Ö cg
if £
«i
ñ
vNi
p
o
-
ñ
E
áuNi
£=
a.8
$
E
m
ç
I
Y
;96
á
G
ó
a
y
¡
=
yi
1
L
;
u
çç
é
J.i á
U
m+
'i m
u
r3
a
m
u
m
ó
é°
Ém
roi
;
H
di
o
Ñ
ñ
_
a
II
m,
cm
i,R
°n
iV
s
g
ó
i
Power supply
i=
''
çó
2
.14
éé
.-0-2
n
m
Ó
.°.
r"
c°1
ñ
2
a
a
C
N=
;
é1
ár
-ñ
i%
.
U
I
s
:
d1
ó
ñ
-
i
:2
úW+$
LÁ2 á
O;
2
Cp
a
CSñ=
.°.2.
tNm+
dWf ñá
d_ î+
p
c
á
S
c
Ñ
Éá
G
p
má
e
>°
ka
°c m
ú
P
Eÿ
i^
$q
z
ráâ
m
rñ
ïn ínong
Ca. 120 g
19/22 dia.
186 long
Ca.
19/22 dia.
201 long
ca. 170 g
19/22
long'
186
R
S
Ca.
160g
C8. 121) 9
19/22 dia.
186 long
ca. 160 g
201 long
ca. 170 9
186wrdilga'
ca. 110 g
122
long'
ca. 155 g
lzglong°
ca. 195 g
19/22 Ma.
ca. 205 g
281
313
bng
19/22 dia.
298long
19/0
ñ9e
.
668long
4
4
-
4
Satin nickel
-
4
K
Satin nickel
ca. 145 g
g
ca.
15$ 9
719/40dia.
03 bng
19/40 dia.
4
4
Satin nickel
110g
19/22 Ma.
17710,,,,
19/22 dia.
4
4
Comments
Surface
finish
Ntt
>.
m
Weight
>
° nnil z
,:-
e
¢
Dimensions
W.
14 9
Satin nickel
and aluminium,
*
black
anodised
ca. 45 g
18 dla.
9 mm MO
ca. 125 g
*
mat-Mack
ehlomad
4
ca. 135 g
----
-
ca. 120 g
ca. 53g
ca. 61 g
All
4
ca. 50 g
i
t
12
4
ca. 160 g
aa
*
30long
Ca. 140 g
e
All
chromed
ca. 125 g
ca. 58 g
4
*
*
*
4
5/12 dia.
200/400/600
*
*
!
21,8 dia.
cang
.2710
18 9
Microphone
impedance
matched to the
Input impedance
of SK 1010
mat-black
chromed
I
21,8 dia.
ce
s. 27
*
1[
T
ca. 18 9
matt-black
chromed
Channel deviation
in transmission
range 3 da
L
ca. 195 g
§
u
ca. 98 g
101J81ó g
LIWIIH
.JK
:
ca. 88 g
mat-black
chromed
: 81
ca. 120 g
black
.
a1
ca. 130 g
black
68:22 .
78
ca. 130 g
black
68
22
_
.--
-+
°op
sa ii zz
______
47
3
Sennheiser MKH Range
RF CONDENSER MICROPHONES
The Sennheiser condenser microphones in using
RF circuitry are market leaders in so far as their
electro- acoustical characteristics are concerned.
They have also distinguished themselves by their
remarkable resistance to climatic conditions over
many years of intensive use.
RF circuitry
By contrast with condenser microphones with a
conventional dc-bias, the RF circuitry in the
capsule of a condenser microphone produces a low
impedance in the actual condenser transducer
element. The RF voltage across the transducer is
only in the order of 10 Volt instead of the high dcbias voltage which is otherwise necessary, this
voltage being generated by a noiseless oscillator
(8 MHz). The high operational reliability of the
microphone is, attributable to the capsule
impedance.
The principle of voltage matching is used in
connecting up both the Sennheiser condenser
microphones and dynamic microphones. There
are no adverse level or frequency response
effects between microphone and connected
equipment owing to the extremely low- impedance
circuits.
Power supply
Sennheiser offers condenser microphones for
both standardised powering systems, the audio
conductor and phantom powering. Both powering
modes permit the use of the same connecting
leads as in the operational dynamic studio microphones. The power can be supplied by battery
adaptor or mains powerpack.
The 12 V audio conductor or AB powering offers a
simple method for the use of battery adaptors.
Mains powerpacks are generally available for the
48 V phantom technology. In studio use the
powering voltage is made available primarily from
the centralised mixing board.
AB voltage sources must be switched off when
dynamic microphones are connected up. Normally
phantom voltage sources can remain switched on
where dynamic microphones are connected.
Sennheiser use the method laid down in standard
specifications for identifying the powering mode:
for AB powered microphones the suffix T is used
and for phantompowered microphones the suffix
P in conjunction with the powering voltage.
The MKH 110 and MKH 101 -1 low frequency
microphones deviate from the standard specification, these being powered asymmetrically via
special mains powerpack units.
Sennheiser condenser microphones for RF use do
not incorporate any audio frequency transformers
and are thus also insensitive to magnetic interference fields.
Owing to the extremely lightweight diaphragms
the microphones are also highly insensitive to
acceleration, i. e. handling noise. In most cases it
is thus possible to use the condenser microphones
without any spring shockmounts.
Sennheiser MKH range
The MKH abbreviation designates all Sennheiser
radiofrequency condenser microphones. The
standardised designations for powering using T or
P 48 have already been outlined above. In
addition the suffix letter U denotes a "Cannon"
plug connector. The suffix -3 denotes matt-black
finish by comparison with the basic finish in satin
nickel. The complete Summary will be found in the
following listing.
Interference protection
Sennheiser condenser microphones display very
high output levels, which reduces the danger of
interference feedback by more than 20 dB by
comparison with dynamic microphones. Consequently it is not necessary to impose any specially
high symmetrical requirements for the connecting
leads.
The microphones
are also provided with
generously proportioned RF filters to prevent RF
voltage leaking into the microphone lead and at
the same time providing further protection for the
microphones against RF voltages. Consequently
such special measures as double screening of the
leads and RF -proof fittings are unnecessary even
under the most difficult operating conditions.
SENNHEISER MKH RANGE
MKH 406
MKH 416
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
816
106
124
125
126
110
110-1
Cardioid condenser microphone with (T) AB powering or (P) phantom powering
Supercardioid /lobe condenser microphone for (T) AB powering or
49
(P) phantom powering
50
Shotgun directional microphone with lobe characteristic for (T) AB powering or (P) phantom powering
Omnidirectional condenser microphone for (T) AB powering or (P) phantom powering
Clip -on microphone system with omnidirectional characteristic
Clip -on microphone system with omnidirectional characteristic for AB powering (T)
Clip -on microphone system with omnidirectional characteristic for phantom powering (P)
Low- frequency microphone with omnidirectional characteristic and expanded frequency range to 1 Hz
Low- frequency microphone with omnidirectional characteristic and expanded frequency range to 0.1 Hz
51
52
53
53
53
54
54
56-59
Summary and Technical Data
No.
Model
1560 MKH 406 T
1561 MKH 406 T-3
1562 MKH 406 T U
1563 MKH 406 T U-3
1188 MKH 406 P 48
1512 MKH 406 P 48-3
1189 MKH406P48U
1513 MKH 406 P 48 U-3
Model
No.
Model
No.
1564
1565
1566
1567
1186
1510
1187
MKH 416 T
MKH 416 T-3
1568 MKH 816 T
1569 MKH 816 T-3
1570 MKH 816 T U
1571 MKH 816 T U-3
1190 MKH 816 P 48
1514 MKH 816 P 48-3
1511
MKH 416
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
416 T U
416 T U-3
416 P 48
416 P 48-3
MKH416P48U
P 48 U-3
1191
1515
Pt.
Pt.
Pt.
Pt.
Pt.
MKH816P48U
MKH 816 P 48 U-3
No.
Model
1593
1650
1604
1649
1285
1806
1286
1807
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
MKH
106 T
106 T-3
106 T U
106 T U-3
106 P 48
106 P 48-3
No.
Model
MKH 124
MKH 125 T
MKH 125 T-3
MKH125TU
MKH 125 T U-3
MKH106P48U
MKH 106 P 48 U-3
MKH 126 P 48
MKH 126 P 48-3
MKH126P48U
Explanation:
Model number without suffix = nickel finish with small Tuchel plug connector
U = nickel finish with Cannon plug -3 = matt black with small Tuchel connector plug
U -3 = matt-black with Cannon plug connector
48
MKH 126
P
0372 MKH 110
0373 MKH 110-1
48-3
3
Directional Studio Microphones MKH 406
MKH 406 TU
MKH 406 TU-3
MKH 406 T MKH 406 T-3
MKH 406 P 48
MKH 406 P 48-3
-
°
MKH406P48U MKH406P48U-3
-
120'
150'
150°
125 Hz
190°
250
500 Hz
1000 Hz
Hz
2000 Hz
Opp
Hz
8000
Hz
16000 Nz
-
4
--
--
--
- -
Frequency response: 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: Cardioid
Anti -feedback design.
High signal -to -noise ratio.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
Low sensitivity to handling noise.
MKH 406 T
The MKH 406 range of condenser microphones
are pressure gradient designs with cardioid
characteristics. The extremely lightweight, gold vapour- metallised plastic diaphragms
react
instantaneously to transients. With this signal
fidelity the MKH 406 gives the sound engineer the
possibility of creating high -quality recordings of
speech and music in the studio. Additionally the
extreme resistance to moisture and temperature
fluctuations renders this microphone ideal for
mobile transmission work, where the low handling
noise sensitivity offers an additional advantage.
The extremely low level of self -generated noise,
combined with the advantageous acceptance
angle of a cardioid microphone produces excellent
results when recording low level signals. The RF
circuitry ensures maximum immunity to electrical
and magnetic interference. The superlative
Recommended accessories
/
Windscreen
Desk stands
MZW 30
MZT 441
i
7 = r
!/VJ
MIT
MZW 201
/\
100
%I'
Frequency response curves
boom
MZO 415
MZS 142
MZS 144
210
MZG 415
MZS 211
MZB
MZH 142
MZH 21
MZT237
415
!
Floor stands/
Clamps
MZS 415
properties of the MKH 406 render it highly popula
both in the professional sector and for use by the
discriminating amateur tape recordist.
Technical data will be found in the Summary on
pages 56 to 59.
1
l
..,,.......
MZS 235
Filters/adapters/
amplifiers
Powe packs
MZA 15
ems/
-----
¶I:MZN16P48
MZA15U
MZN 16 T
G
MZN 6
MZF 15
16 P 48-U
16 T U
KA
1
dB
5o
0
0
MZF15U
7yer
( KAT 15--2
2
KAT 15-3
MZN
MZN
Connection
cables
KA7U
.. r_
.....á
..
z0
o
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
20000 Hz
Rated frequency response with tolerance field) MKH 406 T. measuring distance t m
Each microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured from 50 to 20,000 Hz
49
43
MKH 416 T-3
MKH 416 T
Directional Studio Microphones MKH 416
MKH416TU MKH416TU-3 MKH416P48 MKH416P48-3
MKH 416 P 48 U MKH 416 P 48 U-3
5
60"
el ,
,
`
-
7411111
1
Nan
ll)JJJJJ
1111111JU1111JJ1JJ11J1IlJllIIIJJUIJJJJJJJJI
150°
125 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
MZT 441
47i
MIT
/
LUZ"
MZN 16 P 48-U
MZN 16 T U
MZA 15
=21 8
MZS 415 MZO 415
MZB' MZC415
r
415
MZP815
MZS 142
MZS 144
210
MZS 211
(u1
firmm
,------,
--f7
KA
MZF 15 U
1
Connection
cables
KA
,:
I
MZS 235
KA
MZA 15 U
_
MZH 21
MZT 237
MZF 15
MZN 6
have been limited to a figure which keeps the
microphone sufficiently light in weight to enable it
to be suspended for lengthy periods on a fish pole,
for example for filming work.
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 56 to 59.
Floor stands/
boom
Clamps
Filters/adapters/
amplifiers
Powe packs
MZN 16 P 48
MZN 16 T
50
100
-- --
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
MZW 415
Hz
prevents the tendency to boom in the low
frequency ranges. The enhanced directivity by
comparison with a pure cardioid microphone
offers the user greater benefits under even the
most difficult acoustic conditions, so that this
microphone has proved particularly popular for
use in chat shows, for example. Reporters value
the MKH 416 for its low sensitivity to popping and
its mechanical stability. Increased directivity
combined with extension of the directional tube
characteristic eliminates indirect sound to
guarantee perfect recording even at long distances.
However, this microphone is equally popular for
close -range distances, as its small proximity effect
Desk stands
8000
16000 Hz
MKH416T
The MKH 416 range of condenser microphones
combine the characteristics of pressure gradient
and interference microphones. The directional
pattern is supercardioid for the lower and medium
frequencies and adopts a lobar configuration at
frequencies above 2,000 Hz. This directional
Windscreen
Hz
4000HZ--
--
1000 Hz
Frequency response: 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: supercardioid.
Particularly low feedback.
Low proximity effect.
High signal -to -noise ratio.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
Built -in pop filter.
2000
1
1
dB
50
I
40
30
7 U
20
10
'
(
_
1
KAT 15-2-2
KAT 15-3
)
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
1
..
-
20000 Hz
m,
Rated frequency response (with tolerance field) MKH 416 P 48, measuring distance
from 50 to 20,000 Hz.
Each microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured
Directional Studio Microphones MKH 816
MKH 816 TU
MKH 816 T U-3
MKH 816 P 48 U MKH 816 P 48 U-3
MKH 816 T MKH 816 T-3
MKH 816 P 48 MKH 816 P 48-3
Frequency response: 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Directional characteristic: lobar.
Extremely insensitive to feedback.
High signal -to-noise ratio.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
For long recording distances.
The MKH 816 range consists of shotgun microphones offering an extremely high standard of
directivity. By combining the interference and
gradient principles it has been possible to achieve
a basically lobar directional characteristic. The
MKH 816 picks up primarily the direct sound and
therefore reduces echo and interference, even at
a considerable distance from the sound source, to
a far higher degree than, for example, cardioid
microphones. This microphone is used particularly
in the TV and film industry where it is essential for
the microphone to remain out of shot or where the
microphone placement might impair freedom of
movement of the cameras.
Special measures have been incorporated to
ensure that the MKH 816 is impervious to wind
and pop noises. Nevertheless it is advisable to
use the windscreens available in the standard
range of accessories for outdoor recording or in
fast panning situations. The low level of selfnoise
of RF condenser microphones is particularly
important for picking up low sound levels at long
distances. It is for this reason that this microphone
has frequently resolved the most difficult recording
problems while still producing the highest sound
quality. Typical applications for the MKH 816 are in
sports braodcasting, studio recordings, outdoor
filming and in the recording of animal noises.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
MZW 815
MZW 816
Clamps
MZS 815
MZS 816
MZB 415
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 56 to 59.
Frequency response curves
Floor stands/
boom
MZS 144
trom
MZS 210
(/
L_
fMZPB16
MZS 211
Filters /adapters/
amplifiers
Powe packs
MZA 15
erraei
MZN 16P48
MZN 16 T
1/
MZN 16 P 48-U
MZN 16 T U
MZN 6
MZF 15
p
MZA15U
c
MZF15U
,,.,.
~
( KAT
15 -2
Connection
cables
KA
1
KA
7
KA7U
dB
50
l.0
30
20
10
0
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5 000
10
000
20000 Hz
KAT 15 -3
Rated frequency response (with tolerance field) MKH 816 P 48. measuring distance m.
Each microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured from 50 to 20,000
1
Hz
51
3
Studio Microphones MKH 106 MKH 106 T MKH 106 T-3 MKH 106 TU
MKH106TU-3MKH106P48MKH106P48-3MKH106P48U
MKH 106 P 48 U-3
Frequency response: 20 to 20,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Low self -noise level.
Suitable for high sound pressures.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
Extremely insensitive to handling noises.
humidity conditions, low self -noise levels, high
dynamic range and maximum immunity to electrical
and magnetic fields. The short length combined
with small diameter of all MKH microphone renders
them ideal for use whenever unobtrusiveness is
essential.
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 56 to 59.
The MKH 106 range of condenser microphones
incorporate pressure transducers to produce an
omnidirectional characteristic. This ensures that
the tonal quality and volume are totally independent
of the microphone positioning relative to the sound
source. Moreover there is no change whatsoever
in the tonal quality relative to the distance from the
sound source. The same applies to the immediate
vicinity, where the low pop sensitivity eliminates
any problems in close miking. The MKH 106 is
ideal for use wherever it is not necessary to
reduce noise interference and also where there is
no danger of acoustic feedback. These microphones are particularly popular for use in recording
and broadcasting studios and offer a number of
important advantages, including a high standard of
reliability, even in unfavourable temperature and
I
j'
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
MZW 30
MZT 441
Q°7
--'
MZS 415
105-1
MZT 417
Powe packs
MZA 15
ertri/
MZN 16 T
MZN 16 P 48
INEtMZA 15
U
/
MZN 6
MZS 144
®
Z
MZG
MZT 237
1
s
7 )ZS
MZQ 415
I
MZT
MZW 201
Floor stands
boom
Clamps
5
MZS 211
210
'
\
MZA 406
Filters/adapters/
amplifiers
MZF 15
--
MZF 15 U
MZH
21
MZS 235
Connection
cables
KA
d8
50
co
1
KA 7
30
20
KA 7 U
C=
_
:i==:=::_
==C
_
__
MEESIEME
10
0
111îz/
!
KAT 15-2
KAT 15-3
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
52
20000 Ho
Rated frequency response (with tolerance field) MKH 106 T, measuring distance m.
Each microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured from 40 to 20,000H2.
1
MZN 16 T U
MZN 16 P 48-U
10000
Clip-on Microphone Systems MK 12-3 MH 124 MH 124 T MH 125 T-3
-
MH 125 T U
MH 125 T U-3
MH 126 P 48 U
MH 126 P 48
-
Frequency response: 40 to 20.000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
"Invisible" clip -on microphone.
Insensitive to handling noise.
The small MK 12 microphone with a diaphragm
diameter of only 6 mm is particularly suitable for
use in TV studos, for MCs and quiz masters, for
stage actors and for use in interviewing. The
acoustic characteristics are ideal for the stringent
requirements imposed in studio operation. In
accordance with its intended application the microphone is of the pressure transducer type and is
insensitive to handling noise. The frequency
response rises continuously above 1,000 Hz to
compensate for the loss of highter frequencies
caused by the manner in which the microphone is
worn.
The MK 12 can be connected directly with the
SK 1007 studio pocket transmitter. For hardwired
operation the MK 12 is coupled with the MH 125
or 126 amplifier and can thus be powered from
A - B or phantom powering sources. The link
between the MK 12 and amplifier can be extended
to 20 m. The MK 12 also includes a small expanded
foam windscreen as standard.
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 56 to 59.
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
Frequency response curves
Clamps
Floor stands
boom
Filters /adapters/
Connection
amplifiers
cables
MZW 12
0
Included as
standard
Powe packs
xS
MZN 16 P
MZN
16Tl
s
MZA
MLA
15
15 U
=
MZF 15
KA
KA 7
KA
tt
7U
MZN 16
MZN 16
P 48 -U
T
U
-='=22==
t_
ca 20mV/W
==ta=
30
20
2
rat
10
(MZF15UU
ittto
r_rr.
1
IIMMIMINUMMIMMIMI
20
50
100
200
././M=1/1/11/
500
1000
2000
5000
10000
20000
dated frequency response with tolerance field)
nch microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured from 40 to 20.000 Hz
53
3
Low- Frequency Microphones
MKH 110 MKH 110-1
Frequency response:
MKH 110: 1 to 20,000 Hz.
MKH 110 -1: 0.1 to 20,000 Hz.
Omnidirectional characteristic.
For audible sound and infrasound.
Extremely wide temperature range.
Rugged and extremely resistant to adverse
climatic conditions.
Low sonsitivity to handling noise.
The MKH 110 and MKH 110-1 low- frequency
microphones are pressure transducers for special
applications. The radio frequency principle permits
the frequency range to be extended down to
almost 0 Hz. In accordance with special user
requirements the frequency scope of the MKH 110
has been designed to range from 1 Hz to 20,000 Hz
and of the MKH 110 -1 from 0.1 Hz to 20,000 Hz.
To match the applications the MKH 110 -1 has
been reduced in sensitivity by 20 dB by
comparison with the MKH 110. In conjunction with
this, however, the modulation limit has been
increased from 20 Pa to 500 Pa. Owing to the
special requirements imposed in outdoor use, for
example in aeronautical research and for infrasonic
recording, both microphones have been designed
for use at extremely low temperatures. These
microphones have been developed for special
applications and are not recommended for
recording of speech or music, because transmission could be impaired through infrasonic
disturbance. By contrast with the microphones
used in studio work, the powering via special
mains powerpacks is also asymmetric. When
connecting amplifiers in series care must be taken
to ensure that the low- frequency output carries dc
voltage. This dc can be blocked to the next unit in
accordance with the requirements down to the
lower limiting frequency.
Relevant technical data will be found in the
Summary on pages 56 to 59.
Frequency response curves
Recommended accessories
Windscreen
Desk stands
MZW 30
MZT 105 -1
©
Clamps
=
MZS 415
l
MZC 41s
MZW 201
MZT 441
t
MZT 237
"817
Powerpacks
MZ4 415
Filters /adapters/
amplifiers
.
Floor stands!
boom
MZS 144
.--..........,,Lz,
MZS 210
MZA 406
elopt
MZS 235
73
Connection
cables
MZN16X
KA1
etta/
KA 7
10
-io
MZS 211
MZH 142
MZH 21
DMIEEETmatt
54
-Hzi
e'
10
1m
woo
10000
Rated frequency response (with tolerance field) MKH 110 -1.
Each microphone is accompanied by the original test certificate measured from 40 to 20.000 Hz.
In the 0.1 to 40 Hz area the frequency response is monitored by a pistonphone measurement.
20 IMO
Microphones for A -B powering to DIN 45595
Windscreen
Microphones
Desk stands
Mounting
Hardware
Stands,
booms,
brackets
Powering)
leads
Powering
devices,
Filters,
adapters,
power packs
amplifiers
Connecting
leads
MZA 406
MKH106T
MZS
142
D
MZW 30
.
MZS 415
))
MKH 106 T-U
MZT 417
i
MZA 15
MZO 415
MZF 15
MZS 144
MKH 406 T-3
Awmwg)
MZW 201
MZT
MKH406TU
LJ
MZG 415
(Am-
MZH 142
MZH 21
MZT 441
MZW 426
-
MZA 15
105-1
MZS 210
MZF 15 U
U
'Ael.
MKH 416 T
lakaugazgaini-
KAT 15 -2
KAT 15 -3
MZN 16 T
MZT 237
n
MKH416TU
MZW 415
MZS
211
MZT
105 -1
MKH816T
MZS 416
MZP 816
KA
1
KA
7
KA
7 U
MZN 16 T
U
MZS 816
MZB
MZS 815
MZW 816
MKH816TU
415
MZG 415
MZN 6
MZW 815
YMZP 816
MK 12-3
+ MH 125 T
MZW 12
O
MZV 125
MK 12-3
0
+ MH 125 T-U
MZV 125
Microphones for microport transmitters
Windscreen
Microphones
Desk stands
Cyr
SK 1007
MK 12 -3
C
IP
MZW 12'
MK 12 -3
Mounting
Hardware
MH 124
I/
SK 1008
*
Included as standard
Microphones for phantom powering 48 V to DIN 45 596 specifications
Windscreen
Microphones
Desk stands
Mounting
Hardware
Stands,
booms,
brackets
'Powering
leads
Powering
devices,
power packs
Filters,
adapters,
amplifiers
IiConnecting
leads
1
MKH106P48
D
MZS 415
MZQ 415
)
MKH106P48U
MZW 30
MZT 417
MZS 142
LJ
MZG 415
"
MKH406P48
MZA 406
MZT 105-1
MZW 201
MKH 406 P 48
MZS 144
U
MZT 441
MZW 426
MZT 237
MKH416P48
MZH 142
MZH 21
MKH416P48
U
MZS 210
MZT 105-1
MZW 415
MZF 15
KA
1
KA
7
1
MZS 416
MZP 816
MZN16P48
Et.e
MZS 211
MZF 15
KA 7 U
U
MZS 816
MZW 816
MZS 815
MKH816P48
MZN16P48U
MKH816P48U
ITL
415
MZB 415
1MZP 816
MZW 815
MK 12-3
+ MH 126
P 48
MZW 12'
MK 12-3
O+MH126
P 48 U
Special microphones
Windscreen
MZW 30
MZW 201
Microphones
.
Z
MKH 110
MKH 110-1
*
Desk stands
MZT 104
MIT 105 -1
Mounting
Hardware
Stands,
booms,
brackets
MZS
MZS
MZS
MZS
Powering
leads
142
144
KA
210
KA
211
Powering
devices,
powerpacks
1
Included as standard
Filters,
adapters,
amplifiers
/Connect ing
leads
KA
1
KA
7
MZN 16 X
7
RF CONDENSER MICROPHONES
TECHNICAL DATA
Acoustical
Model
Frequency
response
mode
of operation
Directional
Powering
m
1-.4
characteristic
O.
f
pp
N
O
N
N
Ú
O
e
m
mr
púmñ
ÿ
óç
É
mc
p
Ch
a° >
ó
°
ÿ J
û
MKH406T
Ec
cE ÿ6
wE'm
.
,
,
MKH406P48
40
.
.
.
20 000 Hz
O
72 dB
30 Pa
+ze dB
á
ó
?
10 i.t
balanced
ca 72 CB
ce 75 Pe
48 V
u2 ee
40
ca. 8
... 20 000 Hz
R«
a
$8NI
á
á
MKH 416 P 48-3
40...20000Hz
MKH 416 P 48 U
balanced
=
-_--
MKH416P48U-3
nn
40. .. 20 000 Hz
ca. 10'.'
balanced
o
20
... 20000Hz
`
E
MKH 106 TU-3
R
?
u
balanced
ground trae
ca. 8
°?
,
2 V
ce. 6 m A
128 dB
48
v
mA
12 V
ca
2V
ca.6mA
z
15 Pa
dB
73
118dB
12V
Pa
ca. 72 dB
ca
ca.70de
ca- 3o Pe
JO
t24 dB
48 V
12 V
ca.
2
mA
d
ó
MKH 106 TU
V,
3Ñ
°
MKH 106 1-3
12
i
E)
MKH 106 T
.
,-,
a a
aa
MKHB16P48U-3
ca'
- lz4 dB
Sg
MKH 816 P 48-3
20 000 Hz
ca 72
°
.<
.
30 Pa
ó
balanced
ground free
`
MKH816P48
40 ..
mA
ñ
ca8s!
°
MKH816TU-3
2
..
ç?
MKH 816 TU
ca.
go
MKH816T
MKH816T-3
ca. 73 dB
o
ca-10"
¿
6ì
EE
12 V
-
:1
E
MKH416P48
-.
É
g
1z4de
12
2V
'
ca.6mA
a
8
0
MKH106P48
MKH106P48-3
MKH106P48U
20
...
ca. 10 .
20 000 Hz
MKH 124
module:
electronic module:
70
balanced
ca JO Pa
e8
124 dB
48
V
12 V
-
ca
2
ca.
5
mA
E É
.g^
MKH106P48U-3
40
20 000 Hz
ca.3,2mV/Pa
ca. ,32 mV7iber
ce.15011
2000!!
ce.6208
B
V2
V
mA
microphone module:
MKH 125 T
electronic module:
microphone module:
MKH 125 T-3
electronic module:
microphone module:
40...20000Hx
ca.2mVVbar
ca. 20
ca.200t:
ca
62dB
ca124ea
12V
'
2V
ca.6mA
12 V
Co. 2 mA
MKH 125 TU
electronic module:
microphone module:
MKH 125 TU
3
electronic module:
-.
microphone module:
MKH126P48
R
electronic module:
microphone module:
j
0
40
... 20
ta. 20 mV/Pa
ca. 2 mvnmar
000 Hz
C. 20 L
ca. 75 Pa
132 de
62 dB
48
V
$S
MKH126P48U
electronic module:
MKH 110
MKH 110.1
58
1_.20000Hz
0,1
... 20 000
Hz
20
2v0ba,
mmwPa
3
U
U
ñ
cs. 8 mA
R
51
balanced
ground free
ì 9ì
MKH416TU-3
2 V
f
á
áá
MKH 416 TU
v.
12
H
_
MKH 416 T-3
2i
N
1n
¿
e
9
MKH416T
O
O.
>
m
U
O
^
MKH406P48U-3
MKH816P48U
w
s.
o.
>A
ñ
c
a
ú
§8
-
a
P 48 U
<
m
i
«
L3
z
o
c
balanced
ground tree
oó
MKH406P48-3
li
2
ó
ca. 8 S2
R!
MKH406TU-3
2
Ñ
D
°
^
°Eì
20 000 Hz
MKH 406 TU
e
O
g
O.
d
áá
_
MKH 4061-3
MKH 406
°°
J
ÿó
u
mci
`
V
>
O
d
e
f1j
O o
á
=
W
J«
O
ci
40
Ñ
O
q
c
a
2
2
d
d
co
ca.
yo,'
zk!,
BO 11
2
w!
63 dB
3d8
20 Pa
47 dB
3
dB
500 Pa
-
6V- 1v
8
V
1
V
ca 6mA
ca. 8 mA
-
RF CONDENSER MICROPHONES TECHNICAL DATA
Model
Wiring
Connector
Cable plug
Dimensions
Weight
Remarks
Finish
in mm
ÿ
_e
>
O
¢
a
S
K
LL
N=
Z
i5
+
O
ipp
s
á
lJ
n
:,
NN
6
é}
Ó
1f0 OT Ç0
C
..
e
m
O
1g
6,^
-
O
0
i
it T
mé iú
T
r
I
r
$'
i
e
a
o
Gm
Ñ
il
OÓ 88
1nT
sa n 3'
O
á
3
e
E
"C:
O
e
j
X cp
6I
C
Y)
00
to
e.T
al W
J J
Ea
6
i.-
`F
C
G
Ç9sO
OU Qo
e0
00 án
tó
a
22
Er
MKH 406 T
saannickel
'19x150
ca. 120g
MKH 406 T -3
flat black
MKH 406 TU
satin nickel
'
19
x
ca. 135 g
165
flat black
MKH 406 TU -3
satin nickel
MKH 406 P 48
.' 19: 150
120 g
ca
flat black
MKH 406 P 48 -3
MKH 406 P 48
satin nickel
U
.' 19:
ca. 135 g
165
flat black
MKH 406 P 48 U -3
satin racket
MKH 416 T
19:235
160g
MKH 416 T -3
fiat black
MKH 416 TU
satin nickel
-
19:250
.'
-75g
MKH 416 TU -3
fiat black
MKH 416 P 48
satin nickel
I
_
ca. 160g
19a235
MKH416P48-3
flat black
MKH 416 P 48 U
satin nickel
.'
ca. 175 g
19 x 250
flet black
MKH 416 P 48 U -3
MKH 816 T
satin nickel
.' 19
1
ca. 360 g
540
MKH 816 T -3
flat black
MKH 816 TU
satin nickel
.'
19 x 555
ca. 375 g
MKH 816 TU -3
MKH 816
P 48
f 19:
flet black
satin nickel
ca. 360 g
540
MKH 816 P 48-3
flat black
MKH 816 P 48 U
satin nickel
ca. 375 g
flat black
MKH 816 P 48 U -3
MKH 106 T
satin nickel
19
:
ca. 120 g
140
flat black
MKH 106 T -3
0
MKH 106 TU
MKH 106 TU -3
satin nickel
ca 13sg
9:1.5.5
flat black
satin nickel
MKH 106 P 48
19:
.
ca. 120 g
140
MKH 106 P 48-3
MKH 106 P 48
flat black
U
satin nickel
'
19
ca. 135 g
155
MKH 106 P 48 U -3
flat black
L
MKH
124
MKH125T
MKH 125 T -3
MKH 125 TU
MKH 125 TU -3
MKH 126P48
Microphone:
RF Module:
:ÿ
e
2
Microphone:
P
RF Module:
Microphone:
RF Module:
o
0.2
P.
üa
LL
Microphone:
RF Module:
1
RF Module:
91 g
MK 12.
ep
;á_
19 x 140
E
11
o
c3
cc8
oS
T
.
4
9x36
12
...¢
LL
<
T
19 x 140
LL
a
T
flat black
ca. 120 g
satin nickel
ca. 37 g
flat black
u.
MK 12:
flat black
j
E
C
g
C
120 g
1.5x36612
ca. 37 g
flat black
.'19a1ss
ca. 135 g
satin nickel
g,
flat black
ca. 135 g
flat black
11.5:36x12
ca. 37 g
flat black
:1911140
cc. 1206
Saennickel
S936 a 12
: 155
.. 19
MK 12:
e.
ca. 37 g
ca.
11
il
~' '
ep
flat black
flat black
11.5'36x12
2T CT
Microphone:
RF Module:
ca.
. 27:43
Microphone:
P
RF Module:
Microphone:
MKH126P48U
2
./41( 12:
11../41(
5 x 36 . 12
MK 12:
11,5:36:12
.' 19
a
155
u
37
37 9
For connection
to Mikroport
transmitter
SIC
1008-3
flat black
ca. 135 g
seennickel
MKH 110
:20c126
ca. 90 g
Sannnickel
MKH 110 -1
s 20 a 126
u.90 g
satinnickel
59
4
HEADPHONES AND HEADPHONE/MICROPHONE COMBINATIONS
Today Sennheiser is the leading manufacturer in
the field of HiFi stereo headphones. Sennheiser
patent 1537700 was filed on the 4. 11. 1967 and
granted on 4. 11. 1976. Based on this copyright
alone, well in excess of two million HD 414 open
stereo headphones were manufactured and
marketed throughout the world. No other HiFi
stereo headphone has as yet achieved anything
like this figure. To secure and expand upon this
success Sennheiser has in recent years created a
wide range of stereo headphones from the budget
priced version right through to the electrostatic
top of the range models. Attention has been
concentrated on the "open" headphones, which
are particularly acoustically neutral and supremely
suitable also for the reproduction of dummy head
binaural recordings.
Part
No.
1664
1123
1659
0102
2067
1330
1948
2061
1953
1952
2069
1234
1844
1963
1961
1537
1299
1314
5084
5142
5126
1668
1164
1663
0792
1400
1845
0101
1887
1600
1378
1
Universal Jack Plug
Despite the variety of headphone connecting
sockets on hi -fi equipment it is possible with the
new PX 1 universal jack plug to connect up all
dynamic Sennheiser headphones to both Cube 5
and 6.3 mm jack sockets. The PX is a combination
connector incorporating a Cube -5 plug when the
jack is removed. With the aid of this connector you
can use the most varied range of equipment with
one single Sennheiser headphone. Additionally
the mated interconnecting plug system permits
two or more headphones to be connected up to
one headphone socket.
Electret headphones with control box and DIN standard loudspeaker plugs
set
set X Electret headphones with conrol box and lugs
Electret headphones without control box (supplementary headphone)
set
Electret headphones with control box and DIN standard loudspeaker plugs
set X Electret headphones with control box and lugs
Electret headphones without control box (supplementary headphone)
Optimum open hi -fi stereo headphones with jack plug
Open hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Optimum open hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Open hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
HDI 430
HD 424
HD 420
HD 414
HD 410
HD 400
HD 40
HD 40 TV stereo
HD 40 TV mono
HD 40 TV -6
HD 230
HD 224 X
HD 222
HDI 234 HiDyn
SI 234 HiDyn
SZI 434
HDI 406
SI 406
HD 4004
HD 4004 PX
HD 4004 -6
HD 430 -9
HD 424-9
HD 430 -9
HD 414-9
HD 400 -9
HD 222 -9
HD 412
HME 1019
HMD 414-6
HMD 224 X
Open stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Open stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Open stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Open stereo TV headphones with universal jack plug
Open mono TV headphones with universal jack plug
Open mono TV headphones with universal jack plug
Enclosed hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Enclosed hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Enclosed hi -fi stereo headphones with universal jack plug
Infrared stereo headphones
Infrared stereo transmitter with universal jack plug
Infrared stereo supplementary radiator for SI 234
Infraport stetoset headphones
Infraport mono transmitter
TV headphones with standard loudspeaker plug connector
TV headphones with universal jack connector
TV headphones with 6.3 mm jack connector
Optimum -open hi -fi stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Open hi -fi stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Optimum open hi -fi stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Open hi -fi stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Open stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Enclosed hi -fi stereo headphones with flexible suspension
Dynamic stickphone
Open headphone /microphone combination
Open headphone /microphone combination
Enclosed headphone /microphone combination
Summary and technical data
60
1
Short Description
Model
Unipolar 2000
Unipolar 2000
Unipolar 2000
Unipolar 2002
5131 Unipolar 2002
1817 Unipolar 2002
5117
5118
1336
5130
PX
Page
61
61
61
61
61
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
69
69
70
71
72
73
73
73
74
74
75
75
75
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
77
78
79
80/81
Ai_i
Hi -F Electret Headphones
unipolar
unipolar 2000 unipolar 2002
.
unipolar 2000
Frequency range: 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Open electrostatic transducer principle.
Suitable for connection to all stereo sound
sources with loudspeaker output.
Control box for two unipolar headphones with
optical overmodulation indicator.
The reputation for superiority, for use by the
professionals, is attached historically to both
condenser microphones and to electrostatic headphones. Sennheiser endeavoured to ensure that
its first electrostatic headphones operated the
open transducer principle. In addition the high
voltage powerpack required for previous electrostatic headphones was to be avoided. Sennheiser
has resolved both of these problems with the
unipolar 2000 hi -fi electret headphones, the first
open electret headphone in the world. After
thorough testing it was given the following
assessment by the chief editor of the magazine
"Hi -Fi Stereophonie", Karl Breh:
"As no other predecessor, this headphone
generates a sound quality which can be
described as ample, spacious, transparent and
volatile while nevertheless remaining well -
defined and completely natural. Naturally a
decisive role in the overall quality of this headphone is played by the large -area diaphragms.
The first -class workmanship is another noteworthy feature."
The two electrostatic transducer systems in the
unipolar 2000, with their extremely small oscillating
masses, convey undistorted reproduction of even
the finest sound structures. It is worth mentioning
that the highest frequency transmitted by the
unipolar 2000 is already well outside the human
listening range.
The HER 2000 control box required for the unipolar
is supplied in the "set" version with standard
loudspeaker jacks and in the "set X" version with
spade connector lugs.
Two unipolar electret headphones can be
connected to the HER 2000 control box, the
facility for the volume of one headphone to be
reduced by 6 or 12 dB is by pushbutton control. The
maximum permissible level is indicated by one
LED per channel. Additionally a switch is provided
in the control box for optional headphone /loudspeaker operation. The maximum switching
current is 5 Amps, i. e. 100 Watts to 4 Ohms.
Relevant technical data for unipolar 2000 and
2002 will be found in the Summary on pages
80 to 81.
unipolar 2002
Frequency range: 16 to 22,000 Hz.
Electrostatic two -way principle.
Suitable for connection to all stereo sound
sources with loudspeaker output.
Control box for two unipolar headphones with
visual overmodulation indicator.
By contrast with the unipolar 2000, the 2002 is an
electrostatic headphone which is enclosed about
the ear and open to the back. For the first time in a
headphone, the construction is based on an
electrostatic two -way system without switching
network. The concentric layout of these two
systems in one plane ensures avoidance of the
otherwise unavoidable distortion attributable to
propagation time and enhances the overall
volume.
In this mode of construction the diaphragm surface
consists of two parts, the inner surface radiating
the medium and high frequencies through the
rigidity of the air "padding" of 0.5 mm. The outer,
annular diaphragm radiates the low frequencies.
The smooth transition between these two systems
sensure total avoidance of undesirable response
irregularities.
61
Optimum -Open Hi -F Stereo Headphones
HD 430
Frequency response: 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Optimum -open dynamic transducer system.
Extremely small cobalt- samarium magnetic
system.
Whirl- shaped diaphragms.
Weight approx. 194 g.
Break -resitant steel connecting lead.
This is the best in the dynamic range of stereo
headphones marketed by Sennheiser. Repeatedly
the headphone has been compared by product
reviewers ano by other audio experts with the
unipolar 2000. This is hardly a surprise, since the
extremely small mass of its whirl- shaped
diaphragms imparts a superlative transient
response to the HD 430. To this is added the
extremely small diameter of fhe powering system
assembled from cobalt- samarium magnets and
which measures only 16 mm. These minimal
dimensions ensure that the ear inlet is not
obstructed by acoustically disruptive surfaces
which might impair the sensation of unobstructed
hearing.
Sennheiser describes this innovatory system as
"optimum- open ". The circumaural ear custions
in conjunction with the low overall weight and
nominal sealing pressure impart unparalleled
wearing comfort to the HD 430. In its simplest
terms this headphone offers an ideal combination
of all aspects, including tonal quality, wearing
comfort and design. It has therefore been no
surprise that it managed to achieve a leading
position among audiophiles throughout the world
within a few weeks of its introduction.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
80 to 81.
HD 430
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
NM
HZL
HZL
HZL
HZL
26 -4
26 -7
26 -3
26-17
Connecting
chains
1
HZK 414 -17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
62
Headphone
connection
Stereo
control
- r14_
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connection)
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
26 -4
26 -13
26 -17
26 -33
26 PX
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
g5Open Hi -R
Stereo Headphones
HD 424
Frequency response: 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Open dynamic transducers.
New, lightweight magnetic system.
Whirl- shaped diaphragms.
Large -area soft expanded foam ear cushions.
Weight: approx. 115 g.
Break-resistant stainless steel lead.
The HD 424 is the headphone which has, in terms
of quantity, achieved second place in the range of
headphones manufactured by Sennheiser. It is a
further development of our internationally
successful HD 414. With the HD 424, which in
addition to the well -proven whirl-shaped diaphragms, incorporates a new miniaturised magnet
system, it has been possible to achieve a further
improvement in the frequency response as well
as more favourable performance in respect of
intermodulation distortion.
The impedance of the new HD 424 is 600 Ohms,
which is optimised for the headphone outputs in
conventional use today.
Its weight of 120 g ensures that the headphone
remains comfortable even after it has been worn
for hours. The headphone capsules can be moved
up and down the headband to lock into the ideal
position for the wearer, ensuring correct positioning directly inline with the ears, irrespecitive of
the shape of the wearer's head. The velvet -soft
expanded foam earpads with a diameter of 90 mm
distribute the very low contact pressure uniformly
over the entire ear surface.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
Headphone
Connection
HD 424
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
11111113-,
HZL
HZL
HZL
HZL
26 -4
26 -7
26 -3
26 -17
HZK 414-17
(30-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connecting)
HZR 26 -4
HZR 26 -13
HZR 26-17
HZR 26 -33
HZR 26 PX
HZK 414 -17 -1
(10-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
63
Optimum -Open Hi-Fi Stereo Headphones
HD 420
Frequency response: 18 to 20,000 Hz.
Optimum -open dynamic transducer system.
Extremely small cobalt- samarium magnet
systems.
Whirl- shaped diaphragms.
Weight approx.: 129 g.
Break -resistant stainless steel connecting lead.
Here no wishes have been left unfulfilled. In its
major test report, the magazine "HiFi Stereo phonie" writes, among other things: "Comfort
extremely good, no distortion, excellent sound
definition. This is the dynamic headphone in the
upper middle class offering an extremely good
price to quality ratio."
The extremely small mass of the whirl- shaped
diaphragms imparts a superlative transient
response to the HD 420. To this feature is added
the extremely small diameter of only 16 mm of the
powering system manufactured with cobaltsamarium magnets. This ensures that the ear inlet
is not obstructed by acoustically discruptive
surfaces which might impede the sensation of
open listening.
.-
Sennheiser describes this innovation as "optimum open". The HD 420 offers an extremely high
standard of wearing comfort. It is the headphone
for the discriminating buyer who knows how to
value modern design, wearing comfort and
perfection of sound reproduction in equal
measure.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
80 to 81.
HD 420
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
HZL
HZL
HZL
HZL
26 -4
26 -7
26 -3
26 -17
Connecting
chains
64
Headphone
connection
.
HZK 414 -17
(30 -fold
HZA 414
headphone
connecting
chain)
headphone
connection)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
Stereo
control
(3 -fold
-
-}
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
26 -4
26 -13
26 -17
26 -33
26 PX
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
ili
Open Hi -Fi Stereo Headphones
HD 414
Frequency response: 20 to 20,000 Hz.
Open dynamic transducers.
New, lightweight magnet system.
Whirl-shaped diapragms.
Large -area soft expanded foam ear cushions.
Weight: approx. 73 g.
Break -resistant stainless steel connecting lead.
The HD 414 has become an international success
as the first "open" stereo headphone. The
principle is being exploited by Sennheiserlicencees
throughout the world.
The well -proven whirl- shaped diaphragms are
now also fitted in the HD 414. In conjunction with a
new miniaturised magnet system this optimises
the acoustic conditions, i. e. a more balanced
frequency response and further reduction in
intermodulation distortions. The impedance of the
new HD 414 is 600 Ohms which is thus adapted to
conventional headphone outputs in modern
equipment. Additionally it has been possible to
reduce the weight of the HD 414 significantly to a
mere 73 g, a clearly discernible positive feature
particularly when the headphone is worn for long
periods.
The soft, air-permeable expanded foam ear
cushions and very low contact pressure of the
headband ensure that the headphone lies gently
against the ears. The headphone capsules slide
along the headband and can be locked in an ideal
position to adapt to any shape of head.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
HD 414
Headphone
connection
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
HZL 26 -4
HZL 26 -7
HZL 26 -3
HZL 26 -17
HZK 414-17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connection)
HZR 26-4
HZR 26 -13
HZR 26 -17
HZR 26 -33
HZR 26 PX
HZK 414 -17 -1
(10-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
65
igStereo Headphones
HD 410 HD410-6
Frequency response: 20 to 18,000 Hz.
Dynamic transducer principle.
600 ohm systems.
Superlight, only 80 g.
Plug -in lead connectors.
This is particularly popular with younger people,
with a limited budget. Nevertheless they still want
to have the benefits of the traditional workmanship
and sound quality for which Sennheiser headphones are distinguished. Moreover the HD 410
is also suitable for universal use, as the connecting
leads are interchangeable. This means that this
headphone can also be modified at any time for
use as a TV stereo or TV mono headphone; all that
is needed is to replace the lead, which in the TV
stereo version HZR 26 -37 has a length of 7 m and
also incorporates a control unit. This permits
independent volume adjustment for the left and /or
right earphone.
Owing to its low weight and comfortable expanded
foam ear cushions, as with any other Sennheiser
headphone, the wearing comfort is optimised.
Even those music enthusiasts who prefer to
withdraw from the rest of the world for hours on
end to listen to their beloved music through the
HD 410 are hardly aware of the fact that they are
wearing a headphone. The HD 410 conveys the
total audible range with all nuances in bass and
treble that the music enthusiast may desire.
The HD 410 is suitable for connecting to any stereo
unit. It has a matt-black housing and chrome
yellow expanded foam ear cushions which can be
easily washed whenever necessary. The additional
embossed pattern on the earphone cases improve
the overall attractiveness of this headphone, which
is also an ideal gift.
The HD 410 is also available as a monitor headphone (mono) under the designation HD 410 -6. It
is fitted with a 3.5 mm jack connector and the
connecting lead is 0.9 min length. Parallel coupling
of the two capsules gives a rated impedance of
300 ohms.
For relevant technical data see pages 80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Universal plug connector
cisAlaWmt
Connecting
chains
HZL 26-4
HZK 414 -17
HZL26 -7
HZL26 -3
HZL26 -17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain
66
HD410
Headphone
connection
°
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connection)
Stereo
control
HZR 26-4
HZR26-13
HZR 26-17
HZR 26-33
HZR 26 PX
Infrared
Control
transmitter
units
Stereo Headphones
HD 400
Frequency response: 20 to 18,000 Hz.
Dynamic transducer principle.
600 Ohm systems.
Weight: approx. 80 g.
Break-resistant stainless steel connecting lead.
The HD 400 is an ideal complement in the internationally renowned Sennheiser range of stereo
headphones. It has been designed especially for
the younger generation who want to own a headphone of this quality at a reasonable price. The
wearing comfort is exemplary, owing to the
extremely low weight of only 80 g. The velvet -soft
expanded foam ear chushions are extremely
comfortable to wear and the audible impression is
fully equivalent to natural free hearing. The HD 400
does not exert any contact pressure even after it
has been worn for hours on end.
The entire audible range is conveyed with natural
bass and transparent treble. The headphone
capsule elements can be adjusted and lock into
any desired position on the headband. The
stainless steel connecting lead is extremely
rugged and well able to withstand large stresses.
The impedance of 600 Ohms allows the HD 400
to be connected without difficulty to any stereo
unit with the aid of the PX 1 unversal jack
connector or with the standard loudspeaker
connector plug.
The housing of the HD 400 has a matt-black finish,
contrasting attractively with the chrome yellow
expanded foam ear cushions which are easily
washed with ordinary domestic detergents.
See relevant technical data on pages 80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
Headphone
connection
HD 400
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
HZK 414 -17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
67
Stereo Headphones
HD 40
Frequency response: 22 to 18,000 Hz.
Open dynamic transducers.
Ideals price /performance ratio.
Extremely lightweight, only 60 g.
Excellent reproduction characteristics.
Pivoted earphone capsules.
With the HD 40 stereo headphone Sennheiser has
expanded the range of open headphones for
those customers wishing to obtain excellent tonal
quality and perfect wearing comfort at a budget
price. The headphone is extremely lightweight
and virtually unnoticeable when worn. The
relatively large headphone capsules sit comfortably
in position and adapt readily tothe ear. In addition the
larger headphone elements give a quality of sound
which is fully in line with customary Sennheiser
standards. The headphone capsules can be
pivoted by 90° about the headband axis to permit
safe storage in even the shallowest drawer, also
when travelling. The HD 40 is fitted with the PX 1
universal jack connector. This universal plug is
suitable forconnecting to Cube -5 sockets or 6.3 mm
jack sockets. In addition the multi -purpose connector permits two or more headphones to be
connected to one headphone jack socket. The
leads are fixed permanently and, as with all
Sennheiser headphones, are of stainless steel,
ensuring that even the most economically priced
stereo headphone from Sennheiser is just as
reliable and efficient in operation as its most
expensive counterpart.
Relevant technical data on pages 80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
HZK 414-17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414-17-1
(10 -told
headphone
connecting
chain)
68
Headphone
connection
HD 40
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
N Headphones
H D 40 TV- Stereo
H D 40 TV- Mono
H D 40 TV- 6
Frequency response: 22 to 18,000 Hz.
Open dynamic transducers.
Ideal price /performance ratio.
Extremely lightweight, only 60 g.
Excellent quality of reproduction.
Long connecting lead.
Pivoted headphone capsules.
There has been a dramatic and continuing increase
in the number of Sennheiser enthusiasts choosing
to use their headphones in conjunction with TV
viewing. The reasons are obvious, as frequently
one may wish to concentrate or does not wish to
disturb others. With the new stereo TV audio
systems the quality of sound can be heard with the
same brilliance as on has become accustomed to
from headphones used in conjunction with stereo
hi-fi equipment. The HD 40 TV headphones are
extremely lightweight and remain virtually unnoticeable when being worn, even for many hours.
At the same time the relatively large headphone
capsules sit comfortably on the ear and at the same
time guarantee perfect sound quality, owing to the
balanced capsule diameter which is essential for
good quality audio reproduction. The headphone
capsule also pivot by 90° on the headband so that
the headphone can, for example, easily be slipped
away safely under the TV set. Each of the stereo
TV headphones is fitted with volume controls. The
H D 40 TV Stereo is fitted with a 7 m long connecting
lead and a dual potentiometer to allow independent
volume control on both channels. The PX 1
universal connector jack is fitted to the connecting
lead, suitable for Cube -5 socket and 6.3 mm
connecting jack socket.
By contrast with the H D 40 TV Stereo, the H D 40 TV
and the HD 40 TV -6 are fitted with only a single
potentiometer for volume control in mono
reproduction. The PX 1 universal connector is on
the 7 m connecting lead for the HD 40 TV and a
3.5 mm jack connector on the HD 40 TV -6.
Technical data will be found on pages 80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
Headphone
connection
HD 40 TV
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmitter
Móo°
Control
units
HZK 414-17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
69
Enclosed Stereo Headphone with "Open Qualities"
HD 230
Frequency response: 10 to 30,000 Hz.
Widespread sound impression.
Two -way headphones without frequency
dividing network.
Dynamic treble system for conveying the
highest frequencies.
Lightweight wearing comfort.
Ideal screening of ambient noises.
This is the top -of- the -range headphone among
the Sennheiser range of enclosed headphones.
Here a skilful balance has been achieved in
producing optimum sound quality with a headphone which is apparently enclosed. Using these
headphones it is possible to extract the full sound
quality available even from digital sound carriers.
For this purpose the HD 230 offers a range
covering almost 12 octaves. This achievement
has been rendered possible by two technological
-
refinements:
In the headphone themselves use is made of two
dynamic systems. The wideband system has been
boosted by a tweeter system which, owing to its
small dimensions, is particularly suitable for
transmitting the high frequencies of 10,000 to
30,000 Hz. The transmission quality which this
produces fulfils all requirements imposed on an
enclosed headphone in the top quality bracket.
In addition the acoustic link between the front and
rear of the wideband transducer in the enclosed
housing produces the same audio -impression as
the open headphone, while at the same time the
headphones do not radiate any sound externally.
The low weight, relatively small contact pressure
force and the soft, annular ear cushions impart the
high wearing comfort for which the HD 230 is
noted. Anyone accustomed to wearing headphones over a lengthy period of time will know how
to value this feature. The impedance of 600 Ohms
permits trouble-free connection to any stereo unit.
As with all Sennheiser headphones, the HD 230
is fitted with the interchangeable, rugged stainless
steel connecting lead and PX 1 universal
connecting jack.
The technical data will be found in the Summary on
pages 80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
Connecting
chains
Headphone
connection
26 -4
26 -7
26 -3
26 -17
HZK 414-17
(30 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414-17 -1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
70
Stereo
control
-;
®--Th
HZL
HZL
HZL
HZL
HD 230
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connector)
HZR 26 -4
HZR 26 -13
HZR 26 -17
HZR 26 -33
HZR 26 PX
Infrared
transmitter
Control
units
Enclosed Dynamic Hi -F Stereo Headphones
53 HD 224
X
Frequency response: 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Enclosed dynamic transducers.
Thoroughly proven magnet system.
Weight: approx. 250 g.
Break -resistant stainless steel connecting lead.
This enclosed hi-fi stereo headphone guarantees
excellent screening of ambient noise. Emphasis
can be laid on the extreme wearing comfort,
excellent transmission range and brilliant treble
reproduction together with superb dynamic range.
The lightweight, soft ear cushions enclose the ears
comfortably to eliminate external noises without
any trace of discomfort, even after hours of
wearing.
HD 224
X
Even at low volume levels virtually no ambient
noises can be heard which might impair listening
pleasure. The superlative acoustic qualities of this
headphone render it particularly suitable for
binaural stereo listening.
Technical data on pages 80 to 81.
HD224X
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
HZL 26 -4
HZL 26 -7
HZL 26 -3
HZL 26-17
Connecting
chains
HZK 414-17
(30-fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414-17 -1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
Headphone
connection
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connector)
Stereo
control
Infrared
transmtter
Control
units
HZR 26 -4
HZR 26 -13
HZR 26 -17
HZR 26 -33
HZR 26 PX
71
Enclosed Dynamic Hi-Fi Stereo Headphones
HD 222
Frequency response: 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Enclosed dynamic transducers.
Extremely small cobalt -samarium magnet
system.
Whirl- shaped diaphragms.
Weight only 250 g.
Excellent sound sealing.
Break -resistant stainless steel connecting lead.
With this enclosed hi -fi stereo headphone Senn heiser offers a classic alternative for the
enthusiasts for enclosed headphones. Here no
compromise has been shown in applying the very
latest headphone technology: the small powerful
cobalt- samarium magnet system has been
incorporated, together with the well -proven whirl shaped diaphragms. The result is a headphone
with an extremely wide frequency range which
produces an unusually high dynamic performance
without distortion.
This headphone is extremely lightweight by
comparison with all other enclosed models.
Nevertheless its soft ear cushions guarantee
excellent sealing against ambient noises. The
colour scheme of black and gold with matt-black
-
ear cushions gives the headphone an appropriately
professional appearance. As with all Sennheiser
headphones this new model is also fitted with a
break resistant, plug-in stainless steel connecting
lead.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
80 to 81.
Recommended accessories
Connecting
lead
111101
HZL
HZL
HZL
HZL
26 -4
26 -7
26 -3
26 -17
Connecting
chains
HZK 414 -17
(30 -told
headphone
connecting
chain)
HZK 414 -17-1
(10 -fold
headphone
connecting
chain)
72
Headphone
connection
HZA 414
(3 -fold
headphone
connection)
HD 222
Stereo
control
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
26 -4
26 -13
26 -17
26 -33
26 PX
Infrared
transmitter
I
Control
units
4/Wireless Infrared Stereo Headphones
HDI 234 "HiDyn" with Stereo Transmitter SI 234 "HiDyn"
8uvg,mport
Wireless infrared stereo transmission.
With "HiDyn" compander system.
Frequency response: 20 to 20,000 Hz.
Enclosed dynamic transducer principle.
Wide dynamic range.
Separate volume control for each ear.
Three operating modes: mono left, stereo,
mono right
This Infraport stereo system from Sennheiser
fulfils the wish of many years standing for wireless
stereo listening in true hi -fi quality without
troublesome leads. You simply put on the HDI 234
"HiDyn" infrared stereo headphone and switch it
on. The invisible and guaranteed harmless infrared beam transmits the sound of your hi -fi stereo
system with optimum quality. You can adjust the
volume for each ear independently by means of
the easily accessible slide controls, which also
allow you to achieve a perfect balance. The
compander system used with the HDI /SI 234
"HiDyn" enhances the transmission quality and
widens the dynamic range: the "HiDyn" noise
The flat Infraport stereo transmitter SI 234 "HiDyn"
is only 23 mm in height, so that it can be pushed
unobtrusively under the control unit. One lead is
connected to the mains supply and the other to the
headphone socket on your amplifier. The SI 234 is
switched on by a small pushbutton switch. An LED
display indicates correct modulation level. If the
infrared light emission of the SI 234 "HiDyn"
stereo transmitter is inadequate in larger rooms it
can be boosted with an SZI 434 infrared stereo
booster unit. For this purpose a jack socket is
provided on the back of the SI 234 "HiDyn" for
connecting up the 7.5 m lead which is included as
standard with the SZI 434. The SI 234 infrared
transmitter is mains powered and fitted with an
On /Off switch and a modulation display. Using a
suitable adapter additional SZI 434 Infraport stereo
booster can be connected to the SI 234 "HiDyn"
transmitter.
Relevant technical data will be found on pages
85 and 93.
suppression process compresses the sound
signal to be transmitted at the transmitter end
initially to the point where the effect of any interference arising along the transmission path are
virtually eliminated. At the receiver end the audio
signal is then expanded in mirror image to the
point where it fully reflects the original audio signal
at the transmitter end but without being impaired
by any interference en route. It incorporates a
3- position switch which, ih addition to the stereo
transmission, provides two further switch settings
for "mono left" and "mono right ". This provides
you with a switch adjustment for selecting either
the local dubbed language or the original foreign
text when watching foreign films. Despite the
receiver circuit including the battery necessary for
this wireless transmission system, the HD 234
"HiDyn ", at 260 g, is no heavier than many
conventional enclosed headphones. The receiver
is powered from a 9 Volt battery. The maximum
adjustable volume of the SI 234 "HiDyn" has been
adapted to a requirement for sound recording
studios. The ear- enclosing annular cushion gives
this Sennheiser headphone a secure seating and
optimum wearing comfort.
73
itWireless
Infrared Monaural Stethoscope Receiver
Infrared Monaural Transmitter
SI 406
HDI 406
Frequency response: 100 to 10,000 Hz.
Wireless mono sound to both ears.
Stepless volume control.
On /Off switch.
Powered by rechargeable power plug.
Weight: only 65 g.
The wish frequently expressed particularly by
older TV watchers to be able to hear TV sound
more intelligibly without being tied to connecting
wires has now been fulfilled by the Sennheiser
infrared monaural sound transmission system.
All that is needed is to slip on the Infraport mono
stethoscope HDI 406 and switch it on. The invisible
and harmless infrared light beam transmits the TV
sound with a better quality of intelligibility than is
normally delivered by the ordinary
loudspeaker.
You can adjust the volume to exactly your own
requirements without inconveniencing other
members of the household or neighbours.
The power supply is obtained from a power plug
which is simply plugged into any mains socket
overnight for recharge. After being plugged in for
up to five hours the power plug is fully charged
and ready to run for the remaining 19 viewing
hours hext day. If more frequent use is required it
is advisable to purchase a second power plug to
allow alternate use as needed.
The infrared transmitter unit for the HDI 406 is of
particularly flat and unobtrusive design to avoid
impairing the overall visual impression of your TV
set. The Infraport SI 406 mono transmitter is only
17 mm in height so that it can be pushed away
under the TV set where it is completely out of
sight. One connecting lead plugs into the mains
socket and the other into the headphone
connection socket on your TV set. As your TV set
is switched on the SI 406 is automatically switched
on simultaneously and is switched off again automatically when the TV set is switched off.
Technical data will be found on pages 84 and 93.
N
74
For the hard of hearing the transmitter and receiver
unit are available in a special version designated
HDI 406 S /SI 406 S. This version maintains a
suitable
transmission
performance.
The
description of this equipment will be found on
pages 112 to 117.
OrDgmport
Dynamic Mono Headphones
HD 4004 HD 4004 PX HD 4004-6
Frequency response: 100 to 6,000 Hz.
Dynamic 17 Ohm transducer.
Bass and treble adjustment.
7.5 m connecting lead.
Weight: only 16 g.
This small HD 4004 dynamic stethoscope headphone is ideal for al' types of monaural sound
transmission. It is particularly popular with TV
enthusiasts wishing to hear late night programmes
without disturbing neighbours or sleeping children.
However, the HD 4004 is equally popular with the
younger generation for plugging into their portable
transistor radios, tape and cassette recorders,
record players and radio recorder units.
The HD 4004 transmits the sound from all of these
units fully and distinctly and adds an acceptable
volume. It can be adjusted from the volume control
on the unit and then from the built -in volume
control on the headphone itself as required.
Independently of the tone control on the unit, the
bass level can also be adjusted on the headphone.
The headphone is fitted with a universal jack
connector on the HD 4004 PX version and with
a 3.5 mm diameter jack plug on the HD 4004 -6
version.
The connecting lead is 7.5 m in length to allow
adequate freedom of movement. To ensure that
the HD 4004 and its connecting lead can be stored
away neatly after use, each HD 4004 is supplied
complete with a plexiglass frame into which the
headphone is simply clipped and the lead can also
be wound away neatly. This frame can be fastened
on any smooth surface, for example on the side of
the TV set.
See technical data on pages 80 to 81.
co
HD 4004
loudspeaker connector plugs
HD 4004 PX
HD 4004-6
universal jack connector
3.5 mm diameter jack connector
75
Hi -Fi Stereo Headphones with Coiled Flexible Suspension Leads
HD 400-9 HD 414-9 HD 420-9 HD 424-9 HD 430-9 HD 222-9
The Sennheiser hi -fi stereo headphone on a coiled
flexible suspension lead is an invaluable feature
which will be seen frequenctly at exhibitions and
trade fairs, in record shops, information booths and
wherever audio material is being generated. The
coiled suspension lead, which can be hung from
the ceiling, gives protection against tangling even
in circumstances of the most active use. Adaptation
to different heights of listeners is automatic and
it has been found time and again that headphones
suspended in this manner attract an extraordinary
number of passers -by, encouraging them to put
on the earphones and listen to whatever in-
Dynamic
Stick Phone
HD 412
Frequency response: 20 to 20,000 Hz.
Open dynamic transducers.
Thoroughly proven magnet system.
Weight: 105 g.
Rugged, heavy duty helically coiled lead.
Replaceable expanded foam ear cushions
with plastic cover.
Supplied including installation kit for setting up
counter service facilities.
The HD 412 dynamic stick phone from Sennheiser
is another interesting alternative for use as a sales
aid in record shops, general dissemination of
information and for trade fairs and exhibitions. If
suspension from the ceiling poses difficulties the
accommodation in some type of bar or counter
offers the only alternative. The stick phone is
accompaned by a suitable assembly kit for fitting
the phone into bar or counter tops. For stereo
76
transmission the phone should ideally be mounted
at a slight distance apart in pairs. The transmission
quality of the HD 412 is exactly the same as the
HD 414, as the identical systems have been
employed.
Technical data will be found on pages 80 to 81.
formation is beeing disseminated. It is for this
reason that Sennheiser markets its entire range of
open dynamic hi -fi stereo headphones in this
special version.
Technical data will be found on pages 80 to 81.
Open Headphone/Microphone Combination
HME 1019
Frequency response of headphone:
20 to 18,000 Hz.
Frequency response of microphone:
20 to 18,000 Hz.
Impedance of headphone:
300 Ohms (2 systems with 600 Ohms parallel).
Impedance of microphone: 1000 Ohms.
Extremely high standard of speech
reproduction to noise -compensated electret
condenser microphone.
The HME 1019 headphone /microphone combination can be connected directly to the 1019
simultaneous interpreter system (see page 81).
The headphone /microphone combination has
been designed and developed for continuous use
and is therefore fitted with an extremely lightweight HD 400 headphone which can be worn
comfortably for long periods of time. To keep the
combination down to a lowest possible total weight
of 130 g an electret microphone has been used,
in this case a noise cancelling electret condenser
microphone. The HME 1019 headphone /microphone combination provides the ideal solution for
working in noisy surroundings, e. g. in news
reporting or wherever loud noise can prove
disruptive, as for example in a simultaneous
interpreting system. This is where the noise
cancelling electret microphone comes into its own.
It is designed for close -talking and positioned at
mouth level. Exact positioning can be adjusted
through a 360 ° arc and which can also be mounted
either left or right and bent easily toward or away
from the mouth. The ideal distance from microphone to mouth should be about 2 cm or 1 inch.
Another advantage is achieved by use of the
extremely lightweight HD 400 headphone capsules
in conjunction with a specially developed headband. With a total weight of 130 g (including microphone this combinaton is ideal for comfortable
wearing for a period of hours on end.
77
gpOpen
HMD
Headphone /Microphone Combination
414-6
Frequency response of headphone:
20 to 20,000 Hz.
Frequency response of microphone:
50 to 12,000 Hz.
Dynamic transducer principle:
Headphone systems 600 Ohms.
Microphone system 200 Ohms.
Simple microphone adjustment.
Flexible microphone mounting.
Maximum microphone sensitivity in mouth
direction by pronounced patented "displaced"
directional characteristic.
At the time of the World Cup football competition
in Mexico u; 1970 the German broadcasting
organisation foresaw a special problem confronting
them: they were aware that the enthusiasm of football audiences in Central and South America was
said to be distincly greater than in Europe. For the
reporters working there in the football stadium this
meant that a considerable amount of crowd noise
was to be anticipated, on the order of 10 to 15 dB
abovethelevelstowhichtheyhad been accustomed
in Europe.
Conventional
headphone /microphone combinations were totally unable to cope with
left phone
aomo
aee o
o-eeeenw eeauency
0
right phone
Microphone
0
-
been reproduced in perfect quality despite
any amount of background crowd noise.
Rated frequency response (with tolerance field)
-
Microphone in close -talking
Microphone
Phones
aem
mo
geggerry neq,ne y
Q
these conditions. Consequently Sennheiser
launched development work on a totally new
headphone /microphone combination based on
the world -proven HD 414 model. A microphone which could be positioned at varying
angles to the mouth and with a directional
characteristic which could be described as
"displaced" in relation to the mouth was
developed and patented. As a result of this
unusual solution all transmissions on West German
radio and TV from the World cup championships
in Mexico
and naturally also from numerous
other similar events since that time
have
1
cm to the side of the mouth angle.
Microphone
Phones
o
0
Q
Stereo Connection impedance 600 Q per driver
ie
Monaural Connection, both 60052 drivers in parallel,
resulting in 3001 impedance.
Monaural Connection, both 600 Q drivers in series,
resulting in 1200 Q impedance.
Microphone
Technical
data
Response
Acoustical
Mode of
Operation
Directional
Characteristic
Pressure
Gradient
Super
Cardioid
Rejection
at 100 Hz
Open Terminal
Output Voltage
Electrical
Impedance
Magnetic
Interference
at 1000 Hz
at 1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
Lead
HMD 416 -6
50
HMD 224
78
...
12000 Hz
120 /20 dB
-2 dB
1
mV /Pa
.
3
dB
200
S1
1
iiV/5 iiT
Termination pigtails
Enclosed Headphone /Microphone Combination
HMD 224
Frequency response of headphone:
16 to 20,000 Hz.
Frequency response of microphone:
50 to 12,000 Hz.
Dynamic transducer principle:
Headphone drivers 200 Ohms.
Microphone system 200 Ohms.
Microphone easily adjustable.
Maximum sensitivity of microphone in direction
of mouth owing to distinctive "displaced"
directional characteristic.
The high electro- acoustical quality and rugged
mechanical design of the enclosed Sennheiser
HD 224 headphone with circumaural air -filled
double -layer plastic air cushions forms the basis
of the HMD
224
headphone /microphone
combination. The directional microphone used for
this purpose is identical to that used in the
HMD 414 -6 described previously and naturally
displays the same advantages. The combination of
headphone and microphone weighs a total of
only 360 g. It is therefore lightweight and comfortable to wear and is absolutely ideal for studio use
and a wide range of commercial application.
CC
right phone
C
:
....t:....
C:t.::=
Ç=ItClr.
Ra ed
Microphone
left phone
C=::
.....:==Ñ::
..............
MC::O:=GS::C:==Md:::=M
==C:L::=C
=.....
IMIIr.... ..
/..........
. .. M........r..
.....IC.
t_=N:'
.....................:.Ñ
tC
M
...._--s..Ñ M=- :::._r_
.....Nm.:::aaa.= .xs::-_.
_ :::==5_eS:«
::C= C==.:
::=10
MILER
Microphone
equency response (with tolerance field)
in
close -talking
1
cm to the side of the mouth angle.
Microphone
Phones
Stereo connection HMD 224 X impedance 200 Q per
driver.
f
.........
OC::::=tC,.
Phones
Monaural Connection HMD 224 C, both 200 Q drivers in
parallel, resulting in 100 Q impedance.
Microphone
Mono Connection HMD 224 X, both 200 Q drivers in
series, resulting in 400 Q impedance.
Headphones
Technical
Weight
Data
Connecting
lead
Comments
1.5 m long pigtailed
shockmounted
microphone
0
V
s
vñ
C C
It
IL'
U Ñ
aç
S
q
N y
Sa
dô
j-i
CÑ
vé
d
C
u)
Eó
Ó
U
`N
ó
fi
6
Z
yO _
%
W
p
Cá
CÑ
C
n
Q.
Oly
p
W
N
,
p
N
cet
c>a
supraaural
ca. 4.3
per driver:
HMD 416-6
20 to 20000 Hz
2000
52
dynam
HMD 224
16 to 20 000 Hz
at the ear, flat
200
5-2
(=
1
94 dB
mW corres. 0,1
1.41 mV
on 2000 Q
Pa) at
1
w
ponding
per driver: 94 dB
('- 1 Pa)at 1 mW corres 0.5 W
ponding 450 mV
<
1
N
ca. 230 g
steel cable
%
circumaural
ca.
5 N
ca. 360 g
on 200 Q
79
griTechnical
Model
Data- Headphones
Transducer
principle
S
a7
a
CA
p
C
o.
ó
a
d
Ñ
u
Q
d
...
16 .
Unipolar 2000
.
e
qg
>,
at 1000 Hz
ä
á
e
m
C
Ó
O
C
o
e
q
o >
W
E
vc_
y a
Distortion
c
u)
Si.
ci
L
.
C
ó aa
a
m
>
éw
=
o c
>
c
d
E's
¿
Es
fpA
îá
103 dB
110 dB
25 V
d8
25 V
g
ro
m
ai.:
íñ
p
ZÓ
52
109 dB
117
á
64'g
c
.
ç
.7;
c
a
22 000 Hz 4 - 8
.
Sensitivity
o
E
v'm
E
Éo
f
LE
o
v
p
,ri
< 0,1%
1
1cHz
. .
22000 Hz 4 - 8 52
16 .
.
.
20 000 Hz
600
52
0,1 W
< 0,5%
HD 430-9
16
.
.
20 000 Hz
600
52
0,1 W
< 0,5%
HD 424
16... 20000 Hz
600
52
per driver
0,1 W
< 1%
94 dB (1 Pa) at 1 mW
0.77 V on 600 Q
01 W
< 1%
Unipolar 2002
16
HD 430
HD 424-9
e
.
.
20 000 Hz
600
52
20 000 Hz
600
52
0,1 W
< 1%
600
52
0,1 W
< 1%
0,1 W
< 1%
0,1 W
< 1%
W
< 1,2%
1
0,1 W
< 1,2%
01 W
< 1,2%
0,1 W
ca. 1,5 %
0,1 W
ca. 1,5%
01 W
ca. 1,5 %
0,1 W
< 1%
16
. .
HD 420
18
.
HD 420-9
18
...20
HD 414
0
HD 414-9
.
.
.
20...
20000 Hz
600 52
20
20 000 Hz
600 Q
.
.
.
HD 400
20
HD 400-9
20
.
.
HD 410
20
.
. .
HD 40
HD 40
000 Hz
.
.
.
18 000 Hz
600
52
per driver
94 dB (1 Pa) at 1 mW
0,1
-0.77Von60052
N
18 000 Hz
600
18000 Hz
600
22 . . .18000 Hz
600
22
.
... 18000
Hz
52
94 dB (1 Pa) at
120 4
4
22 .. ,18000 Hz
170
HD 412
20...20000Hz
6004
HD 4004
100
HD230
10
HD 224 x
16
. .
16
... 20000Hz
Hz
17
mW
mW
- 900.77dBVaton 600
4
1
4
HD 40 TV Stereo
... 6 000
1
=0.77Von8004
S2
93
d8 at 1
mW per driver
=0.49Von1204
93 dB at
1
mW
20.41Von1704
per driver
94dB(1 Pa) at 1 mW
-0.77Von60052
94 dB (1 Pa)
at 0.5 V on 17 Q
150 mW
per driver
HD222
HD 222-9
80
0
0
16
...
.
. . .
94 dB (1 Pa) at
mW
0,2yy
30000Hz
6004
20 000 Hz
200" at mW2450mVon2004
0,5 W
60052
per driver
0,2W
94 dB (1 Pa) at 1 mW
= 0.77 V on 600 52
0,2 W
20 000 Hz
1
20.77 Von 6004
per driver: 94 dB
600
52
(1
Pa)
<0,3%
<
1
%
< 1%
Technical
Model
Data- Headphones
Weight
Cable
Coupling to
the ears
Remarks
ai
N
N
a,
a
'o
c
a7
d
U
co
z
*
Unipolar 2000
Two "uni po lar 2000/2002"
can be connected
to each control box
ca. 4,5 N
Unipolar 2002
HD 430
HD 430 -9
ca. 4 N
ca. 194 g (without cable)
85 cm long cable,
extends to 170 cm
ca.4 N
HD 424
ca. 2,8 N ca. 120 g (without cable)
HD 424-9
ca. 2,8 N
HD 420
ca. 3 N
HO 420 -9
ca. 3 N
HD 414
HD 414-9
ca. 129 g (without cable)
ca. 2,8 Ni ca. 73 g (without cable)
ca. 2,8 N
HD 400 -9
ca. 2,8 N
HD 410
ca. 2,8 N
HO 40
ca. 1,3 N
HD 40 TV
ca. 1,3 N
3 m steel cable
with stereo phone plug
85 cm long cable,
extends to 170 cm
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
85 cm long cable,
extends to 170 cm
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
85 cm long cable,
ca. 2,8 N
HD 400
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
extends to 170 cm
ca. 80 g (without cable))
ca. 80 g (without cable)
3
m
HD 412
supraaural', open
su P raaural', open
o
su P raaural', open
P
supraaural', open
supraaural', open
supraaurai', open
supraaural', open
Mono -headphones with volume control
HD 40 TV -6 same as HD 40 TV, but with jack plug 3.5 mm
supraaural', open
Stereo- headphones with volume control
long coiled cord,
extends to 130 cm
supraaural', open
ca. 16 g (without cable)
7.5 m long cable
with loudspeaker plugs
open air,
hooked into ears
circumaural.,
45 cm
ca. 4 N
ca. 260 g (without cable)
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
HD 224
ca. 4 N
ca. 252 g (without cable)
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
HD 222
ca. 4 N
ca. 250 g (without cable)
steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs
ca. 5 N
supP raaural', open
P
open
P
HD 230
HD 222 -9
supraaural', open
supraaural
P
steel cable
3 m
85 cm long cable,
extends to 170 cm
max. 5 A, e. g. 100 W on 4 4
Volume control: one output jack may be
dampened by 6 or 12 dB
circumaural, open
P
em long cable,
extends to 170 cm
3 m steel cable
with loudspeaker plugs PX
Overmodulatlon indicator: 1 LED per channel
Push button selecter loudspeaker /phones
circumaural, open
open
p
with loudspeaker plugs PX
ca. 105 g (without cable)
HD 4004
circumaural
supraaural
p
ca. 60 g (without cable)
ca. 1,3 N
open principle'
with loudspeaker plugs
7 m
HD 40 TV Stereo
steel cable
see explanations
sealed
circumaural',
sealed
circumaural',
sealed
circumaural,
geschlossen
81
.
5
WIRELESS INFRARED TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
In this novel transmission system for both speech
Monaural transmission
and music, invisible and totally harmless infrared
light is used as the carrier. The infrared light is
modulated with one or more auxiliary carriers which
are modulated by the various audio channels. The
infrared light is emitted by semiconductor diodes.
The quantity of diodes being governed by the
size of the room to be supplied. Normally the
transmitting part of the sound system is mains -
The first infrared sound systems were designed
for single -channel audio transmissions. This
first application comprised transmission of the
single -channel TV sound from the TV receiver
to wireless headphones. The solution we have
evolved is to employ a wideband transmission
using a carrier of 95 kHz. The frequency
modulation principle employed ensures the high
quality characteristics which are also familiar
to you from regular FM radio broadcasting.
This development was followed by more
powerful transmission facilities which opened
up the use of mono transmission for sound
in
theatre performances, for the hard of
hearing and for delivering clean sound direct to
individual listeners in the dissemination of
recorded or broadcast information.
powered.
At the receiver end portable, battery powered units
are employed in which the incoming infrared light
is transformed by semiconductor diodes into an
electrical signal. After further processing the
demodulated audio frequency signal is fed to
earphone or similar transducer.
Confinement to the room of your choice
As with visible light, infrared light cannot penetrate
walls, so that transmission is confined within a
given room. Consequently it is possible to operate
the same frequencies in adjacent rooms in parallel
without any mutual interference. The specific
limitation of infrared transmission to one room
ensures the frequently required privacy which is
not obtainable with other wireless systems.
Stereophonic systems
A two -channel system was created as a logical
further development of wideband mono transmission. The 95 kHz carrier which has already
been introduced in mono systems has continued
to be used for the left-hand channel of the stereo
broadcast, whereas a new carrier of 250 kHz was
established for the additional right -hand channel.
As with the mono system, this system has also
been adopted in West German standard specifications. The second channel is treated in the
Part
ûC1
?Caport
same way as the first, so that they do not mix.
Consequently the system is not confined solely to
use for stereo programmes but can also be
employed for two fully independent mono
programmes.
In addition to stereo transmissions in the home,
applications for the wideband two -channel system
lies especially in the professional sector of studio
sound production. Here the foldback signal is fed
to the musicians without any troublesome tangle
of headphone leads. Special versions of stereo
systems have been used with success in the
training and education of hard of hearing children.
Multi- channel systems
Mono and two- channel transmission systems
operate with wideband modulation. Additional
channels are required, particularly with major
conferences where a number of languages are
involved. Each participant wants to be able to
select his or her own language. By resorting to
narrow -band technology, nine channels are
created from the frequency band available, without
in any way impairing the high audio quality. The
nine channels are at a uniform spacing of 40 kHz
between the frequencies of 55 kHz and 375 kHz.
These systems are employed for simultaneous
interpreting, for cueing purposes in TV studios or,
for example, for initial instruction of foreign
personnel direct at their workplace.
Page
Model
Brief Description
HDI 234 HiDyn
SI 234 HiDyn
Infrared stereo headphones
84
84
DE 1019
Infrared stereo home transmitter with universal plug connector
Infrared stereo radiator
Mono infrared transmitter with universal plug connector
Wireless stethoscope headphone for wideband infrared receiver
Infrared retrofit receiver
Infrared one -channel control transmitter for mono transmission system
Infrared radiator for mono transmission system
Two -channel infrared control transmitter for two-channel stereo system
Infrared radiator for two -channel transmission system
Multi-channel system for nine audio channels, system 1019
Chassis for SI 1019, system 1019
Housing for SI 1019, system 1019
Cover panels for SI 1019, system 1019
Three -channel chairman's control unit, system 1019
Three -channel simultaneous interpreter as unit system 1019
Three -channel simultaneous interpreter control module, system 1019
HMD 414 -19
HME 1019
SZI 1019
GZN 1019
GZG 1019
HD 400 -6
TC 2 -26
TC 2 -36
EKI 1019
EZL 1019
Headphone /microphone combination
Headphone /microphone combination
Infrared high power radiator, system 1019
Mains unit for SZI, system 1019
Radiator mounting bracket, system 1019
Monaural headphone
Dynamic stetoset
Dynamic earphone
Infrared nine -channel simultaneous interpreter receiver, system
Charger unit for EKI 1019, system 1019
89
89
90
90
90
No.
1963
1961
1537
1314
1299
1380
1547
1548
1410
1490
1522
1742
1753
1752
1728
1729
1726
1727
1887
1612
1609
1642
1576
5115
5116
1523
1613
SZI 4.34
SI 406
HDI 406
HDI 408
SI 1011
SZI 1011
SI1012
SZI 1012
SI10191 -9
SIC 1019
SIG 1019
SIB 1019
TSR 1019
TS! 1019
Summary
Technical Data Infrared Headphones/Transmitters
84
85
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
91
91
91
1
01 9
91
91
92
93
83
Mono-Infrared Transmitter
SI 406
Infrared Wideband Receiver HDI 406 HDI 408
For high -quality monaural transmission.
Infrared transmitter:
Connects to all equipment.
Automatic On /Off circuit.
Automatic modulation.
Flat profile design.
Receiver:
For high quality wideband transmission.
Broad frequency range.
High signal-to -noise ratio.
The SI 406 infrared transmitter is designed for
high -quality wireless transmission of one audio
channel. With its six infrared transmitting diodes it
is suitable for supplying smaller rooms, mainly in
the home for transmission of TV sound. It can
supply any number of receivers within the
irradiated range. This extremely flat-profile
transmitter (17 mm) fits on or under any
set.
Connection to the TV or radio set in simply made
by plugging the connecting lead into the head-
N
phone or loudspeaker output on the set. After
connection to the mains socket or headphone jack
on the set the transmitter is ready for operation.
The infrared wideband HDI 406 receiver, a stethoscope headphone with built -in transducer, is for
use with the SI 406 transmitter. This is the most
frequenctly used infrared headphone.
An alternative is the HDI 408, a monaural receiver
for direct connection to Sennheiser headphones.
All infrared receivers incorporate individual volume
controls. The headphone receivers are powered
via plug -in rechargeable batteries (GZS 406)
which can be recharged directly from any mains
socket. For larger installations with several
infrared headphones a recharge bar GZL 406
with 22 individual compartments is available.
The transmitters and receivers described on this
page can be modified for the special requirements
of the hard of hearing. The description and range
of HDI 407 S receivers will be found on page 115.
Technical Data:
HDI 406 (Part No. 1299)
Number of channels
Carrier frequencies
Modulation
Deemphasis
Peak deviation
Acoustic system
HDI 408
alliNNIV
HDI 408 (Part No. 1380)
As HDI 406 but without built -in acoustic transducer. Suitable for
headphones HD 414/HD 424/HD 224/HD 420/HD 430.
Frequecy response 100 to 10,000 Hz. Suitable for connection
with other headphones with an impedance ? 50 Ohms by
means of 2.5 mm jack connector.
1
95 kHz
FM
50 Rs
± 50 kHz
Dynamic transducer witn acoustic leads to the ear
(Stethoset principle)
50 to 8,000 Hz
Frequency response
Maximum sound pressure (1 kHz)
Distortion factor at 1000 Hz and ± 50 kHz deviation
Signal to noise ratio to (DIN 45 405)
Power source
Operating life with one battery
106 dB
-3%
50 dB
Rechargeable plug GZS 406 2.3 to 2.6 V
approx. 15 hours to complete exhausition
approx. 5 hours in daily use
Weight
65 g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical Data:
Colour
Dimensions
Power supply
Carrier frequency
Modulation
Frequency response
Preemphasis
LF band width
Distortion factor
Dynamics
.
.
51406 (Part No. 1314)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Matt-black
approx. 200 x 80 x 17 mm
220 V, 30 - 60 Hz, approx. 5 W
95 kHz
FM
± 50 kHz
50 Rs
40 to 15,000 Hz
52%
The dynamics originating from the TV sound
remain intact.
950 nm
Wave length of the infrared light radiation
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
84
Stereo Transmitter SI 234 "HiDyn" and Stereo Receiver HDI 234 "HiDyn"
Radiator SZI 434
Transmitter:
With "HiDyn" compander system.
Wireless hi -fi stereo transmission.
Suitable for connection to all equipment.
LED modulation control.
High channel separation.
Increased output through radiator.
Small and elegant design.
Receiver (headphone):
With "HiDyn" compander system.
Secure seating and high wearing comfort.
Circumaural ear cushions.
High volume output.
The Si 234 "HiDyn" transmitter is designed for
wireless hi -fi infrared audio transmission. Its 12
diodes ensure adequate coverage of normal -size
residential rooms. The SZI 434 radiator is available
for highter requirements.
The SI 234 transmitter is suitable for connection to
virtually all sound sources. The input audio frequency voltage is set at optimum level with the
aid of the LED modulation control. The stereo
signal is converted in accordance with standard
specifications and radiated as infrared light via the
12 transmission diodes. The unit is powered by
means of a plug -type mains unit.
The HDI 234 "HiDyn" is available as hi -fi stereo
infrared headphone.
The circumaural cushion of the HDI 234 "HiDyn "'
ensures a secure fit and high standard of
wearing comfort. The compander system ensures
a high quality of transmission and enhanced range.
Two precisely separated channels, switchable for
monaural channel 1, monaural channel 2 ands
volume slide control separately for right and left
also permit precise balance adjustment as well as
the facility to hear through separate channels. The
headphone can be operated optionally by dry cell
or rechargeable battery.
The transmitter and receiver are fitted with the
"HiDyn" noise suppression system. Without
"HiDyn" and under otherwise optimum conditions
a signal -to -noise ratio of approx. 60 dB could be
achieved whereas with the "HiDyn" it is possible
to achieve a value of 72 dB. As with all compander
processes, with the "HiDyn" system linear
predistortions can be obtained relative to a level
which are cancelled out on reproduction in the
receiver.
the output of the SI 234 "HiDyn" transmitter is
inadequate in larger rooms, it can be increased by
use of the SZI 434 stereo radiator. Naturally
additional transmitters can be connected via
adapters if this is rendered necessary by the size
of room. The power supply is via the plug -in mains
unit of the respective transmitter.
If
Technical Data
SI 234
Frequency response
Modulation mode
Carrier frequency
Peak deviation /rated deviation
Deemphasis
Input voltage for rated deviation
Input impedance
Noise factor at 1000 Hz and rated deviation
Signal to noise ratio with HiDyn and HDI 234
20 to 20,000 Hz
FM
95 kHz /250 kHz
± 50 kHz/ ± 35 kHz
.
.
"HIDyn"
50 psec.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Service voltage
Weight
.
1.5V
3301152
<
1
approx. 65 dB to
DIN 45 405
220 V/50 -60 Hz, approx. 10 W
Transmitter: approx. 260 g
Mains unit: approx. 330 g
Technical Data
HDI 234 "HIDyn"
Frequency response
Modulation mode
Carrier frequency
Peak deviation /rated deviation
Preemphasis
Acoustic system
Noise factor at 100 Hz and rated deviation
Service voltage
20 to 20,000 Hz
Weight
Mode of wearing
Maximum volume level
Colour
FM
95 kHz /250 kHz
± 50 kHz /± 35 kHz
50 psec.
Dynamic transducer
<
1
9 V drive cell IEC 6 F 22
approx. 380 g
Circumaural
approx. 110 dB
black
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
85
Monaural Transmitter System
Control Transmitter
SI 1011 with
Infrared Radiator SZI
1011
lGgTfflport
For high -quality monaural transmission.
Modular assembly principle.
For large rooms.
Additional microphone input
Modulation indicator and limitor amplifier.
The mains -operated SI 1011 mono infrared control
transmitter offers an economical solution for use
in larger rooms. For this purpose it can be coupled
with a large number of infrared radiators, 8 SZI 1011
units can be connected directly to the SI 1011,
providing sufficient output to service a large room
of up to 400 m2 in area. Additionally the system
can be expanded with the aid of supplementary
mains units and high performance radiators
virtually without restriction. Detailed information on
further modular units and examples for planning
different systems will be found in further
Sennheiser publications.
The SI 1011 control transmitter incorporates two
asymmetric audiofrequency inputs: one high level input and one microphone input. A selector
switch permits either of these inputs to be selected.
An LED modulation indicator simplifies lining up on
the transmitter unit and a high -quality limiting
amplifier prevents overmodulation in the event of
excessive input levels. The SZI 1011 radiators are
connected to the output of the SI 1011 by means
of the leads available as accessories. These
infrared radiators (SZI 1011) have been optimised
for the specific requirements involved in monaural
operation. They incorporate 12 transmitting diodes
for infrared light and an additional red LED as an
operating indicator. A 3 /8" thread has been used
to facilitate mounting on brackets and stands.
Technical Data:
SI 1011 (Part No 1547)
Transmission frequency
Modulation
Rated deviation
95 kHz
FM
± 40 kHz
± 50 kHz
LED
Peak deviation
Deviation display
Interference deviation
for high -level input
for microphone input
40 Hz
100 Hz
inputs:
a) High level:
Sensitivity for peak deviation
Impedance
Audiofrequency transmission range (-3 dB)
Noise factor
b) Microfone input for dynamic 200 Q microphones
Sensitivity for peak deviation
Audiofrequency transmission range
adjustable from 30 mV to 3 V
101d2
20 to 20,000 Hz
=1%
0.4 mV
50 to 15,000 Hz
<
Noise factor
Outputs:
Service voltage
Maximum current for radiator
Radio frequencylevel
2 identical output jacks for switchcraft plug connector type A
Cannon type XLR -4 -12 C
%
approx. 700 mVeft to 60
4 M or
1
2
4
Power supply
Fuse
Power consumption
Dimensiona in mm
Weight
1
32 V
1.2 A
= radiofrequency
= earth
_ + power supply 32
V
220 V (110 V resolderable)
0.8 A semi time lag
maximum 60 W
295 x 200 x 107
approx. 5 kg
SZI 1011 (Part No. 1548)
Input level
300 to 1000 mV
Operating frequency
Frequency range
Input impedance
Wavelength of emitted infrared light
Radiated power
Service voltage
Power consumption
Operated pilot lamp
Housing dimensions
Length of connecting lead
Connecting plug
95 kHz
10 kHz to 180 kHz(
approx. 25 162
Weight
950 nm
approx. 100 mW
27 to 34 V
approx. 130 mA
red LED
200 x 80 x 23 mm
3m
Tuchel No. T 3360 -002 or appropriate
plug connector No. 09- 0013 -00 -05
4 = RF, 2 = screening, = -, 5 = + UB
approx. 450 g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
86
-3 dB)
2- Channel Infrared System with Control Transmitter SI 1012
auemport
and Radiator SZI 1012
SENKHEISER
INFRAROT-
STEUERSENDER SI 1012
For high -quality 2- channel transmission.
Modular assembly system.
For large rooms.
Symmetrical inputs.
Modulation indicator.
Limiting amplifer.
The mains-powered SI 1012 2- channel infrared
control transmitter offers an economical solution
for large systems. It can be coupled with a large
number of infrared radiators, for example up to
8 SZI 1012 radiators can be linked directly by
appropriate connecting leads with the transmitter.
This is adequate to cover areas of up to 200 m2
and a wide variety of applications. Furthermore,
virtually unlimited expansion is possible by using
supplementary mains units and radiators.
Each channel can be switched of individually,
allowing the transmitter to operate as a monaural
control unit as well. Appropriate connecting leads
link the SZI 1012 radiator to the output of the
SI 1012. These radiators have been optimised for
Additional information on individual modular units
and on the planning of large -scale systems is to be
found in detailed Sennheiser publications on the
infrared range (available on request).
The SI 1012 control transmitter has two
symmetrical inputs of equal value. Both channels
can be modulated independently of each other
and have their own LED modulation indicators.
A high -quality limiting amplifier in each channel
prevents overmodulation up to a high input level.
the specific requirements of stereo operation.
They incorporate 12 transmission diodes for
infrared light and an additional red LED to act as a
pilot indicator. A 3/8' thread is provided for
mounting on brockets and stands.
Technical Data:
SI 1012 (Part Nr. 1410)
Transmission frequencies
95 kHz and 250 kHz, can be switched on
separately
Modulation
FM
Rated deviation
Peak deviation
Deviation indication
± 30 kHz
± 40 kHz
LED line for each channel
40 Hz
Interference deviation
Inputs
Sentivity for peak deviation
Impedance
Audifrequency transmission range
Noise factor at1 kHz and 30 kHz deviation
Outputs
Service voltage for radiator
Maximum current for radiator
60 mV 3 V adjustable
10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
=
1
32 V
1.2 A
approx. 700 mVeff to 60
RF level
identical output sockets for switchcraft type A
type XLR -4 -12 C plug
2
4 M
= RF
2 = earth
1
4
.
-+32V
220 V (110 V, changed solder bridge)
0.8 A semi timelag
60 W
295 x 200 x 107
approx. 5 kg
Technical Data:
.
S2
plug or Cannon
Power supply
Fuse
Power consumption
Dimensions in mm
Weight
Input level
kS2
20 to 20,000 Hz
.......
SZI 1012 (Part No. 1490)
.
Frequency range
Input impedance
Wavelength of emitted infrared light
Emitted power
Service voltage
Power consumption
Operation monitor
Housing dimensions
Length of connecting lead
Connectors
.
.
.
.
.
20 mV to 700 mV
40 kHz to 400 kHz
approx. 4 kO
950 nm
approx. 110 mW
29 to 34 V
145 mA
by red LED
200 x 80 x 23 mm
3 m
Tuchei No. T 3360 -002 or appropriate
binder No. 09-0313-00-05
= RF, 2 = screen, 3= -, 5= + dc
1
Weight
approx. 450 g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
87
Mufti- Channel
40
lluuftport
System 1019
INFR4RpTSTEUERSEYDER
51 1019
s.eL,ll, ,up
cpx 4ot
.,.a.comm..
."z,
a,t
5_9
High -quality sound transmission.
Up to 9 channels.
Modular assembly principle.
Symmetrical AF inputs.
Limiting amplifier.
Modulation indicator.
The IR system 1019 permits simultaneous
transmission of up to 9 audio channels. Use is
made of the narrow -band system in which the
individual channels lie between 55 kHz and
375 kHz. The central control transmitter is
assembled from the range of modules available.
The picture above shows an example of the
SI 1019 assembled with 9 channels comprising
the SIK 1019, chassis SIC 1019 -20 and housing
SIG 1019.
The SIK 1019 channel modules are fitted with
input jacks, input transformer, sensitivity regulator,
control amplifier, modulation indicator, modulator,
decoupling network and On /Off switch.
The SIC 1019-20 chassis serves as the carrier of
the SIS 1019 -20 power supply module and
incorporates the mains unit, the central mains
switch, displays to indicate functioning of the dc
voltage supply and the summing amplifier and
output connection.
The SIG 1019 housing is constructed of sturdy
sheet steel. It is used whenever the chassis
cannot be installed in 19" frames. The SIB
blanking panels are used to cover unused
positions. The complete transmission system
comprises of a control transmitter assembled
from the modules as described in conjunction
with a radiator and any additional main units which
may be necessary. The SZI 1019 high
performance radiator should be used ideally as the
emitter unit. The EKI 1019 9- channel receiver is
available for the receiver system.
Applications for multi -channel infrared systems
extend all over the communications industry. The
most important area of use is in high quality
simultaneous interpretation systems, where there
is usually a large number of receivers in use with
one transmitting system. A further application, in
which relatively few receivers are employed, is in
cueing systems, for example, stage direction and
TV studios. The modular assembly principle
renders this system adaptable for a wide range of
different applications. To assist in this connection
Sennheiser offers supplementary information in
the form of leaflets and brochures for planning
engineers.
The SI 1019 is available in the following modules:
SIC 1019-20 (Part No. 1862)
19" Chassis with mains module.
SIS 1019-20 (Part No. 1863)
Power supply module.
SIK 1019, Channel 2 (Part No. 1744)
Channel module, 95 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 3 (Part No. 1745)
Channel module. 135 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 4 (Part No. 1746)
Channel module, 175 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 5 (Part No. 1747)
Channel module, 215 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 6 (Part No. 1748)
Channel module, 255 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 7 (Part No. 1749)
Channel module. 295 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel 8 (Part
Channel module, 335 kHz.
SIK 1019, Channel
9 (Part No. 1751)
Channel module, 375 kHz.
SIB 1019 (Part No. 1752)
Blanking panel.
88
1750)
Technical Data:
9- channel
Number of channels
Transmission frequencies
Modulation
Nominal deviation
Peak deviation
Preemphasis
Modulation indication
Deviation limiting
AF inputs
Input impedance
Input sensivity
AF frequency response
Noise factor at 1 kHz and 6 kHz deviation
RF output voltage
HF output impedance
Output dc
Maximum output dc
Power supply
Power consumption
Dimensions in mm (19" chassis with enclosing housing)
9
control transmitter
(channels switchable individually)
55 to 375 kHz in 40 kHz raster pattern
FM
± 6 kHz
± 7 kHz
100 ms
LED line
by limiting amplifier
symmetrical
10
k4
adjustable 60 mV to 3 V
50 to 7000 Hz
3%
2
Vss
604
32 V
1.2 A
220 V (110 V resolderable)
maximum 70 W
approx. 495 x 260
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
x
135.5
3- Channel Simultaneous Interpretation System
System 1019 (3- Channel)
k{}offlport
With increasing frequency people of various
nationalities are gathering to exchange ideas and
to learn from each other. In industry this can involve
conferences and training courses for foreign agents
and their service personnel, in the public service
and health field this can involve conferences,
conventions and symposia. All participants should
ideally be able to follow events and speakers in
their own language.
For these smaller conferences the conventional
simultaneous interpretation systems are frequently
too comprehensive, especially where the need is
only for two or three languages. However, it is
just such smal er conferences which are the more
frequent, as we have established in a special
survey carried out by Sennheiser.
This broad range of applications is covered by the
Sennheiser system 1019 infrared 3- channel
simultaneous interpreting system. The system
consists of individual modular groups which can
be combined to customer specifications. Use of
the very latest system modules guarantees rapid
and simple assembly and efficient handling.
As a result this particular system can never be
described as too big.
The 3- channel simultaneous interpreting system is
assembled as required. The Summary shows
which basic modules are essential:
1. Control transmitter including mains unit,
1
interpreter module,
4 infrared transmitter modules.
A fifth module is provided as spare.
2. The control station (TSR 1019).
3. 2 interpreter stations (TSI 1019) with 4 head-
phone /microphone sets (HMD 414 -19) or
HME 1019 including a connecting lead for the
interpretation system.
4. 1 high performance radiator with connecting
lead, For larger rooms it is possible to interlink
several radiator (1 radiator per 100 m2 approx.).
5. Receivers according to number of listeners
(EKI 1019).
6. Headphones according to model with earclips
or stethoscope, as required according to
number of listeners.
Technical data:
Dimensions:
Interpreter module DE 1019 (WxHxD)
Interpreter stations/control box TSR /TSI 1019
'
TSR 1019 control box
DOLMETSCHER - EINSCHUB
al
142 x 129 x 181 mm
72 x 125 x 230 mn
DE 19.1
Microphone connecting socket
Input impedance
Connections: Microphone
Electret microphone powering
Supply voltage for electret microphone
Line connecting socket
s
WWI
I
DE 1019 Interpreter Module
CAdiN
Y
O9
s
to DIN 45326
200 Ohms balanced
pins and 3
1
pin 8
12 V
Connections
to DIN 41 524
100 kOhms balanced
pins and 3
Input level
100 mV to 3 V
Input impedance
u_C oa
8 -pin,
TSI 1019 Interpreter Station
Headphone /microphone set connecting socket
Input impedance
Connections: microphone
headphone
powering for electret microphone
Supply voltage for electret microphone
Headphone impedance
Connections
5 -pin
1
8 -pin to DIN
45326
200 Ohms
pins t and 3
pins 4 and 5
pin 8
12 V
= 200 Ohms
pins 4 and 5
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
89
0
High Power Radiator SZI 1019
Drrempor
and Mains Unit GZN 1019
For large -scale systems.
Lightweight radiator.
High radiated output
Optimum modulation at all times.
4 radiators per mains unit.
Mains unit remote control.
The SZI 1019 infrared high performance radiator is
designed for infrared radiation in very large rooms.
It accepts the RF signals with their imposed sound
modulation from the control transmitter. These
signals are then transformed to the power
required to operate its 119 infrared transmitter
diodes. A red LED serves as the operating
indicator. Beyond its use in multi -channel
operation, the radiator is also ideal for use with
large -scale mono and 2- channel systems. One
high performance radiator can be powered direct
from the integral mains unit of the infrared control
transmitter. As several radiator are normally used
in large -scale systems, additional mains units
GZN 1019 -1 are available. Irrespective of the
number of channels to be driven, the radiators
always supply the maximum light output. As one
diode is required for each channel and for every
2 m2, this light output is sufficient, for example, for
driving 4 channels over an area of approx. 60 m2.
Four SZI 1019 high performance radiators can be
supplied from each GZN 1019 -1 mains unit. As it
is preferable for the mains unit to be set up
separately in the vicinity of the radiator, the mains
unit can best be remote controlled from the control
transmitter. The electronics system employed in
the mains units is designed to allow easy wiring of
even larger systems. The mains unit is cooled by
convection and therefore requires no maintenance.
The GZG 1019 bracket mount is frequently used
for securing the high performance radiator. This
arm is not included as standard equipment.
Technical Data:
SZI 1019 (Part No. 1612)
Frequency response
Input impedance
Number of transmitter diodes
Average current through a transmitter diode
Total mean infrared radiation output
Operating indicator
Service voltage
RF input voltage
40 to 400 kHz
4 kO
119
100 mA
approx. 1800 mW
by red LED
29 to 34 V
20 to 700 mV, maintained at optimum
modulation by automatic gain control
Power consumption
Dimensions with mounting stirrup
Weight
1.1 A
350 x 220
1500 g
x
45 mm
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical Data:
GZN 1019 (Part No. 1609)
Mains voltage
220V/110Vac
Power consumption
Output voltage
Max. output current
Dimensions in mm
Weight
max. 250 VA
33 V
4.5 A
260 x 160 x 160
approx. 7.5 kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
90
9- Channel Receiver EKI 1019
aukmpo
and Charger Unit EZL 1019
Receiver band width 50 to 8,000 Hz.
High channel separation.
Compact and rugged, receiver weight
only 120 g.
Economical rechargeable battery operation.
Portable charger unit doubled as
carrying case.
Space for 106 units.
Built -in test compartment
The small, lightweight EKI 1019 9- channel infrared
receiver is both convenient and rugged. It can be
worn with either a clip or round the neck by
lanyard. The power supply is from a built -in nickel
cadmium rechargeabl9 battery allowing an uninterrupted operating time of abort 13 hours. The
receiver is switched on by simply plugging in the
headphone lead jack. Three different types of
headphone are available as standard, HD 400 -6,
TC 2 -26, TC 2 -36 with 3.5 mm jack connector.
The required channel can be selected by means
of a 9- channel switch. The volume can be regulated
by means of the horizontal slide potentiometer.
All controls are recessed into the housing to
reduce accidental alteration of setting. The EZL
1019 charger unit permits simultaneous charging
of 105 EKI 1019 receivers. A timer is provided for
the charging period. A completely flat infrared
receiver battery requires about 14 hours for full
recharge. The unit switches over to trickle charge
automatically when the preset charging time
expires. A separate test compartment is provided
in the charger to check the service voltage of the
receiver. The suitcase design is particularly useful
for mobile operation of the complete Sennheiser
infrared multi -channel system.
EZL 1019
EKI 1019 (Part No. 1523)
Technical Data:
Number of channels
Receiving frequencies
Channel selection
Modulation mode
Nominal deviation
Peak deviation
Deemphasis
Operating mode
111111114'
9
.
.
.
.
.
.
55 to 375 kHz in 40 kHz raster pattern
rotary selector switch
FM
± 6 kHz
±
7 kHz
100 is
IF
Demodulation principle
Audio amplifier
Output impedance
Permissible loading
Output socket
Max. level at 200 Q load resistance (5 % distortion,
kHz, 4.5 V battery supply)
Max. level at
kM load resistance (5 % distortion,
kHz, 4.5 V battery supply)
Noise factor at 7 kHz deviation (f = kHz, load = 200 Q.
battery voltage = 4.5 audio voltage = 0.7)
Audiofrequency range
DIN signal to noise ratio
Channel separation
Power supply
Operating time with one battery charge
Weight
Dimensions in mm
Colour
1
Super heterodyn
455 kHz
Synchronous demodulation
Push -pull, short circuit proof
100 Q
magnetic of dynamic headphones 200 to
3.5 mm jack connector
0.9
2
000 Q
V
1
1
1.2 V
1
TC 2-26
TC 2-36
HD 400-6
i
max. 4 %
50 to 8,000 Hz
40 dB
> 40 dB
Rechargeable battery 4.8
V /50
mAh
approx. 13 hours
120 g
approx. 95 x 70 x 20
matt -black
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
\
Technical Data:
EZL 1019 (Part No. 1613)
Number of charging compartments
Charging current
Test current
Charging time for empty battery
Power supply
Power consumption
Dimension in mm
Weight
106, 1 test compartment
5 mA
25 mA
hours
110/220 V
approx. 20 W
740 x 550 x 180
approx. 30 kg
14
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
91
WIRELESS INFRARED TRANSMISSION
- ACCESSORIES
lluDgonport Transmitters
Accessories
SI 406
Home TV sound transmitter
Mono
SI 1011
Control transmitter
SI 234 HiDyn
Stereo/
2- channel
SI 1012
Control transmitter
Multichannel
System 1019
Multi- Channel System
(transmitter)
L1Qaport Receivers
HDI 406
,
SZI 1011
(Emitter)
GZL 1012
(4 -way connecting and extension lead)
SZI 434
Slave emitter for
SI 234 HiDyn
SZI 1012
(Emitter)
GZL 1012
(4 -way connecting and extension lead)
-
I
0
H
O
H
ii ii i
i'i
O
H
H
i
i
Q
:
SZI 1019
(Infrared high performance emitter)
GZN 1019 -1 (mains unit for SZI 1019)
GZL 1019, GZL 1019 -1, GZL 1019-2
(Control leads for SZI 1019 and GZN 1019)
GZG 1019 (articulated joint for SZI 1019)
Accessories
(Stethoscope receiver)
GZS 406
Rechargeable plug
Mono
HDI 408
(Stethoscope receiver)
HDI 234 HiDyn
(headphone receiver,
also for mono)
Stereo/
2- channel
HDI 234 HiDyn
open hi -fi headphone
Multichannel
EKI 1019
(9-channel narrow
band receiver)
92
EZL 1019 battery charger unit
HD 400 -6 Monaural headphone
TC 2 -26
Dynamic teleclip combination
TC 2 -36
Dynamic earphone with earmount.
0
Infrared Headphones with Transmitter- Technical Data
Model
Carrier
frequency
Frequency
response
ó
HDI 406
50
...
8 000 Hz
N
N
a
ta
O>
ll
E
N
ÿ
áE
vv
ÿ
u-
ác
50 kHz
95 kHz
FM
'o
N
.2
gE
c
r .i
j
.o c >
>,W a
V
o
_
C
Noise factor
Acoustic
system
C
....
c
iwm
e
at 1000 Hz
e
C C
Service voltage,
power
consumption
O
o.
.
Ec
E
.LO
Dynamic
transducer
50 us
(
3%
40 kHz Hub)
(
25 kHz Hub)
2,3 bis 2,6 V
>
0
N
SI 406
40
...
15 000 Hz
3
(
dB)
50/25
95 kHz
FM
50 is
kHz
-
1%
220 V /50
- 60 Hz,
ca. 5 W
ó
HDI 234
20...
20000 Hz
- 50/
FM
Dynamic
50 Hs
transducer
Lett channel:
(!
1 %
35 kHz Hub)
(
1 %
35 kHz Hub)
95 kHz
9 -V- transistor
battery
IEC6F22
Right channel:
250 kHz
SI 234
Model
20...20000
Hz
Weight/
Dimensions
FM
Finish
Coupling
to ears
Lo,
W
Ñ
,
2
SI 406
- 60 Hz
ca. 10 W
'
z
iii El
108 dB
Transmitter:
approx. 165 g
200 x 80 x 17 mm
220 V /50
N
d
o.
W
High impact
plastic housing
t,
Oo
E
65 g
O
Remarks
o
c
7
E
HDI 406
-
>
50 its
35 kHz
SI 406 and SI 406 S:
flat black
'
60 dB
Transformer:
approx. 200 g
Audio cable and plugs according
to DIN 45327.
SI 406 SX: Audio cable with pigtails
m
a
HDI 234
ca. 380 g
High impact
co
plastic housing
With "HiDyn" (can be switched off)
U
Audio
Transmitter:
approx. 260 g
SI 234
Transformer:
approx. 330 g
flat black
á
o
13
ú
a
circumaural
N
o
connector according to
DIN 45327
HF synch.
out
output:
y
1.3 Vpp for SZI 434
93
6
WIRELESS RF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Part No.
1850
1870
1851
1871
2109
Model
SK 1012
2110
SK 1012 -7
SK
SK
SK
SK
1012 R
1012-1
1012-1 R
1012 -6
Mikroport
Mikroport
Mikroport
Mikroport
Mikroport
transmitter with HiDyn (36.7/37.1/37.9)
transmitter with HiDyn (radio version 10 mW)
transmitter with HiDyn (100 mW)
transmitter with HiDyn (radio version 100 mW)
transmitter with HiDyn (narrow -band transmitter
.
.
.
.
.
.
with 10 mW)
MKE
MKE
MKE
MKE
MKE
MKE
MKE
2010
4010
40 R
SK 1010
SK 1010 R
SK 1010-1
SK 1010-1 R
SK 1010 -6
SK 1010 -7
SK 1010 -8
SK 1010 -9
EK 1010
EK 1010 -R
EK 1010 -6
EK 1010-8
EM 1001
EM 1003
1964
EM 1012
10
10 R
2012
4012
.
Page
95
95
95
95
Part No.
1966
1967
1968
95
1
771
Model
EM 1012-2
EM 1012 -4
EM 1012 -5
EM 1012 -7
Modules for multi-channel receiver
Technical data
EM 1026
101
102
103
104
104
105
105
105
105
105
105
107
107
108
109
109
110
110
110
Mikroport Control
Pilot tone system
95
42
Electret clip -on microphone (omnidirectional)
Electret clip -on microphone (cardioid)
Electret microphone (clip-on/omnidirectional)
Electret microphone (clip -on /omnidirectional)
Electret clip-on microphone (omnidirectional)
Electret clip -on microphone (cardioid)
Electret clip -on microphone (cardioid)
Mikroport transmitter (36.7/37.1/37.9 MHz)
Mikroport transmitter(radioversion)
Mikroport transmitter (100 mW)
Mikroport transmitter (radio version)
Mikroport narrow -band transmitter
Mikroport narrow -band transmitter
Pilot tone transmitter
Mikroport transmitter (VHF range)
Mikroport receiver (36.7/37.1/37.9 MHz)
Mikroport receiver (radio version)
Mikroport narrow -band receiver
Pilot tone receiver
1- channel narrow -band receiver
3- channel wideband receiver
Technical data
3- channel wideband receiver
Page
100
100
100
100
100
5- channel wideband receiver
5- channel narrow -band receiver (VHF)
5- channel wideband receiver (VHF)
5- channel narrow -band receiver
Technical data
Mikroport transmitter with HiDyn (narrow -band transmitter
100 mW)
1471
1472
1419
1940
1848
1849
1978
1470
1599
1586
1587
1682
1652
1696
1710
1614
1677
1631
1697
1920
1919
systems,transmitters and receiverscan beselected
which incorporate the Sennheiser "HiDyn" noise
suppression system.
The table is intended to facilitate selection and
assembly of Mikroport transmitter and receiver
systems. Those items marked with
are those
which can be used direct. In the event of othercombination requirements we suggest you contact your
Sennheiser After Sales Service Department or
Sennheiser agency. There you can also obtain recommendations on resolving wireless microphone
transmission problems which it has not been
possible to cover within the scope of this table.
includes recharging units for equipment operating
with rechargeable cells. To economise on the
limited space in the RF spectrum two different
systems are available. Wideband modulation produces the highest audio quality but requires a
considerable RF range. At a reduced RF band width
of 40 kHz it is still possible to achieve high quality
transmissions. Sennheiser also market transmitters and receivers in this narrow- bandwidth system.
This equipment is popular in theatres in conjunction
with multi -channel systems. To enhance the transmission quality in wideband and narrow -band
For more than 20 years Sennheiser has been supplying high quality wireless sound transmission
equipment. Depending on the transmission power
employed a distinction is drawn between wireless
microphones and auxiliary broadcasting equipment. Wireless microphones are manufactured in
a compact or miniaturised construction and available with outputs of up to 100 mW. Auxiliary broadcasting transmitters are available for outputs of up
to 10 W. On the receiver side both battery operated
pocket receivers and mains operated stationary
receivers are available. Our range of products also
42
42
42
42
42
42
96
96
1040
1041
1195
1117
1116
1118
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
0057
0928
1478
0798
1675
Technical data
Auxiliary broadcast transmitter (1 W)
Auxiliary broadcast transmitter (10 W)
Rechargeable battery with housing
10 W end stage for SER
Rechargeable battery with housing for SER
Mains unit
Auxiliary broadcast transmitter
Auxiliary broadcast transmitter
Technical data
Auxiliary broadcast transmitter (wideband)
Auxiliary braodcast transmitter (narrow -band)
Automatic recharger
Automatic recharger
Automatic recharger
SER 1 -3
SER 1-4
SER 1 -B 5
SVZ 10
GZB 4 -2
GZB 10
SER 10
SER 10 Variants
1
1
ER 2
ER 3
SZL 1010
SZL 15
SZL 25
Receiver Accessories
1636
1708
1714
98
98
0597
99
100
Diversity unit
Antenna splitter
Half -wave dipole
Telescope antenna
EZD 1010
EZW 1016
GZA 1000
TA 203
111
111
111
111
Compatibility of Sennheiser Mikroport Transmitters and Receivers
Receiver
D
3
°
.
ii
Y
w
Transmitter
SK 1010-R
SK 1010
(30-45
MHz)
SK 1010-1
SK 1010-1-R
(30-45 MHz)
SK 1010-6
(30 45 MHz)
-
SK 1010-7
(30 45 MHz)
-
SK 1010-8
(30 45 MHz)
-
SK 1010-9
(140-200
MHz)
SK 1012
SK 1012-R
(30 45 MHz)
-
SK 1012-1
SK 1012-1-R
(30 45 MHz)
-
SK 1012-6
(30 - 45 MHz)
SK 1012-7
(30 45 MHz)
-
SER 1-3
(25 110 MHz)
-
SER 1-4
(35 -110 MHz)
SER 10
(30 - 200 MHz)
94
(D
0,11
O
Q
Y
I
ai T-
9
d 3
ó ó
öc
.ñ
c=
OLr1
O,
i
YO
w.,
O
n°
v
3
ám
°
Ç
ON
O,
g0
w
I
3
w
I
2O
.0
m
m
D
3
d;aó
Ñ
d
°'-
[Nrj
N
ÇO
Ñ
0,
NN
NO
NN
0
3
O
m=
3
tO
Ú M
O
O,
.0
y
m
E
u
O,-
N
D
d
2Má
w
3
D
N
Ñ
ó
-.
NN
I
2Ñ
w_
t`
N
,[J
1
0_O
w
2CC
I
O
g0
w
O7
20
I
U.! T_.
Ñ
a
E
a1
a
^
?
O
3
Ñ
OQ
2
w
I
3
O
N
I
¢Ñ
w.
Ñ
Ñ
w.-.
I
I7filku'gpoK transmitters
SK 1012
A wide dynamic range through the use of
"HiDyn" compander circuitry.
Compact model with clip -on microphone
MKE 2012 (omnidirectional) and
MKE 4012 (supercardioid).
Optional selection of three operating modes:
Linear, Limiter, HiDyn.
Compatible with existing systems.
This SK 1012 transmitter with newly developed
compander circuitry for reducing noise levels is a
further development of the familiar range of portable
Mikroport transmitters. The housing from SK 1010
has been used. The exterior distinguishing feature
is the operating mode selector switch with 3 set-
tings:
"Linear"
No regulating control, deviation limited only by
clipping.
"Limiter"
Deviation limited by regulating control.
"HiDyn"
Compander mode and deviation limited by regulatory control.
As with all compander processes the "HiDyn"
system utilises linear pre- emphasis in the transmitter. Corresponding de- emphasis is used in the
receiver. Consequently a "HiDyn " -compatible
receiver is also necessary, for example EM 1026,
EM 1001 or EM 1003. The standard of noise
suppression achieved by the "HiDyn" process is
the "Lim" position the SK 1012 operates in the
same manner as the popular SK 1010 transmitter:
on exceeding full modulation (rated deviation) an
automatic level limiter comes into action. In the
"Lin" position the automatic level control is
switched off. The AF signal is limited harshly by
clipping 5 dB above full modulation level.
astoundingly good. Whereas without "HiDyn"
under otherwise optimum conditions a signal to
noise ratio of, for example, 60 dB is achieved, with
the "HiDyn" system it is possible to achieve a
value of 72 dB (CCIR 468, peak valuation). Where
the RF conditions are less than optimum the gain
is even greater. As the possibility is not to be
excluded that the SK 1012 transmitter may also
have to operate together with receivers incapable
of coping with "HiDyn ", the "HiDyn" system can
be switched off by the operating mode switch on
the side of the housing. The moulding at the bottom
end of the antenna is used as a switching tool. In
SK 1012
36.7/37.1 and 37.9 MHz (switchable)
or 3 frequencies between 30 and 45 MHz
SK 1012-1
1.5 MHz
Frequency stability at
temperatures between + 10° C
and + 40° C and deviation by
+ 10 % and -30 %
RF output to dummy antenna
.
Radiated power
Radiated spurious and
harmonic frequencies
Modulation
RF phase position (RF input
voltage: frequency deviation)
Rated deviation
Peak deviation in operating mode
linear
limiter
HiDyn
Signal to noise ratio (CCIR 468,
peak) relative to rated deviation,
input sensitivity 10 mV
linear
..........
limiter
HiDyn
Input sensitivity
maximum
minimum
Input impedance
Input socket wiring connections
10mW
1
mW
better than ± 15 kHz
100mW
approx. 10 mW
s4nW
54nW
FM
FM
selective internally by soldder bridge
±40 kHz
±40
± 75 kHz
± 75 kHz
± 40 kHz
± 40 kHz
± 40 kHz
=60dB
?60dB
B70dB
kHz
± 40 kHz
60 dB
60 dB
70 dB
mV/± 40 kHz deviation(typical)
200 mV/± 40 kHz deviation (typical)
approx. 40 kG
approx. 40 k52
Pin = AF input, Pin 2 = earth (- battery),
Pin 3 = earth (- battery), Pin 6, 7 (+ battery) must be
connected externally (remote switching facility),
Pin 8 = screened powering voltage for electret
capacitor microphones
1
SK 1012-1 R
As SK 1012. but with 1C0 mW RF output. Owing to the higher
output the operating time is reduced to about 30 % by comparison
with the SK 1012. This version is designed for German broadcasting stations on frequencies between 32.55 and 38.05 MHz.
SK 1012 -6
Narrow -band version of the SK 1012.
30 to 45 MHz.
1
frequency
in the area of
SK 1012 -7
Narrow -band version as SK 1012 -6, but with 100 mW RF output.
Technical Data:
SK 1012
Range of the sensitivity regulator 46 dB (typical)
Control range of limiting amplifier 30 dB (typical)
Distortion factor throughout
modulation range Ntot (1000 Hz) 1%
Modulation display with mode
switch set to "TEST"
LED, red
AF requency response
40 Hz to 20 kHz
+ dB -3 dB
Roll -off above 20 kHz
> 18 dB /Oct.
(active low pass)
Preemphasis
50 µsec
Power consumption
approx. 15 mA
Power supply
9 V battery IEC 6 F 22
Operating time relative to
battery type
approx. 8 hours with
Braunstein
(e. g. Daimon No. 333)
approx. 5.5 hours. with
nickel cadmium cell,
e. g. Varta Tr 7/8
approx. 32 hours
with alkaline manganese
cell (e. g. Mallory MN 1604)
Battery status check with operating
mode switch set to "TEST"
LED, green
Dimensions in mm including
microphone
150x46 x24
Weight with battery and
microphone
226 g
FTZ approval No
M-68/80
.
better than ± 15 kHz
countries.
SK 1012 R
As SK 1012, but for the West German broadcasting stations with
frequencies between 32.55 and 38.05 MHz.
Carrier frequency
1
As SK 1012, but with 100 mW RF output. The higher output
reduces the operating time to approx. 30 % by comparison with
the SK 1012. This version is licensed only for delivery to foreign
The SK 1012 transmitter is available in the following versions:
SK 1012
Mikroport transmitter, with 3 switchable wideband transmission
frequencies 36.7/37.1/37.9 MHz and 10 mW RF output.
Technical Data:
Max. frequency separation
between channel and channel 3 1.5 MHz
SK 1012-1
.
.
1
.
.
SK 1012-1
46 dB (typical)
30 dB (typical)
LED, red
40 Hz to 20 kHz
+1 dB -3 dB
> 18 dB /Oct.
(active low pass)
50 psec
approx. 40 mA
9 V battery IEC 6
F
22
(Braunstein not
recommended
approx. 1.5 hours
approx. 6 hours
LED, green
150 x 46 x 24
226 g
M-68/80
1
95
GaGor3porg -Transmitters
SK 1010 SK 1010-R SK 1010-1 SK1010-1
R
SK 1010-6 SK 1010-7
SK1010-8SK1010-9
High -quality transmission.
Wide or narrow -band.
Wide range of carrier frequencies.
Models with up to 100 mW RF power.
Range up to approx. 100 m.
High quality limiting amplifiers.
Batteries easy to change.
Despite its small dimensions the SK 1010 Mikroport transmitter offers highest quality. With the
screw -on MKE 2010 electret condenser microphone (omnidirectional characteristic) or the MK
4010 electret condenser microphone (cardioid)
it can be held comfortably in the hand or worn
around the neck. Owing to its small dimensions
and flat profile the SK 1010 is also suitable for use
as a pocket transmitter. The best microphone to
use for such applications is, for example, the
MKE 10 clip -on microphone. Other low impedance
dynamic microphones are equally suitable for
direct connection. The SK 1010 transmitter
operates reliably and efficiently even when sub-
'ected to rugged treatment. As a power source a
conventional 9 V battery or a nickel cadmium
storage cell can be employed. The latter can be
recharged while fitted by means of two external
charging contacts on the transmitter in conjunction
with the automatic battery recharger SZL 1010
(see page 110).
The battery status and the limits of the SK 1010 can
be checked by means of 2 LEDs with the operating
mode switch in centre position. In addition to the
high -grade limiting amplifier, an active filter ensures
exactshaping of the modulation frequency response.
The wide range of models of the SK 1010 ensures
compliance with the varying regulations which apply
in different countries. The SK 1010 Mikroport
Transmitters have been tested and approved both
by the Federal German Telecommunications Office
and by numerous foreign telecommunications
authorities. The frequency range 30 to 45 MHz is
available on wide band modulation with the models
SK 1010, SK 1010 -R, SK 1010 -1 and SK 1010 -1 R.
These models differ in output and have different
West German licensing numbers. On the narrow
band the SK 1010 -6 and SK 1010 -7 are available
in the same range. The SK 1010 -9 covers the
frequencies of 140 MHz to 220 MHz. The special
version of the SK 1010 -8 is used for wireless
pilot tone transmission in filming work.
SK 1010-6 (Part No 1632)
Technical Data:
SK 1010 (Part No. 1470)
Carrier frequencies
3 frequencies switchable between 30 and 45 MHz
with maximum frequency interval of 1.5 MHz
between channel t and 3
Frequency stability between + 10° and + 40 ° C and battery voltage deviation
of +10 % and -30 %
RF output/radiated output
Radiated spurious and harmonic frequencies
Modulation mode
Rated deviation = peak deviation
Interference deviation (noise assessed to DIN 45 405)
Connection socket
AF input voltage for rated deviation
± 15 kHz
10 mW /approx.
4 nW
mW
Preemphasis
Power consumption
Power supply
Operating time with Varta rechargeable Tr 7/8
Operating time with alkaline manganese cell
Dimensions (with microphone) in mm
Weight with battery and microphone
10 mW /approx.
4 nW
1
mW
S
FM
FM
± 40 kHz
100 Hz
8 -pin to DIN 45326
8 -pin to DIN
adjustable from approx.
mV to approx. 20 mV
approx. 36 dB over rated deviation
adjustable from approx.
mV to 20 mV
approx. 36 dB over rated deviation
40 Hz to 20 kHz (- 3 dB)
50 Rs
approx. 10 mA
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
40 Hz to 12 kHz( -3dB)
50 Rs
approx. 10 mA
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
approx. 8 hours
approx. 48 hours
=1%
AF frequency response
frequency between 30 and 45 MHz
± 2.5 kHz
1
1
Control range of limiting amplifier
Interference factor (itot 1000 Hz) throughout entire modulation range
1
approx.8 hours
approx. 48 hours
±
kHz
20 Hz
8
45326
1
s2%
150x46x24
150x46x24
approx. 226 g
g
approx. 226
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress
SK 1010 R (Part No. 1599)
As SK 1010, but licensed only for West German broadcasting
stations on the frequencies between 32.55 and 38.05 MHz.
SK 1010 -1R (Part No. 1587)
As SK 1010 -1 with 100 mW RF output for broadcasting stations
on the broadcasting frequencies.
SK 1010 -8 see wireless pilot sound system.
SK 1010 -1 (Part No. 1586)
SK 1010-7 (Part No. 1652)
Narrow -band version as SK 1010 -6, but with 100 mW RF output.
Increased current consumption reduces the operating time to
about 30 % by comparison with SK 1010 -6.
SK 1010-9 (Part No. 1710)
Narrow -band version as SK 1010 -6, but for frequencies betweei
140 and 220 MHz and 50 mW RF output. Increased currer
consumption reduces the operating time to about 30 % by corn
As SK 1010, but with 100 mW RF output. Higher current consumption reduces the operating time to about 30 % by comparison with SK 1010. Only available for export.
96
parison with SK 1010 -6.
Vnurp,por n Receivers
EK 1010
EK1010-REK1010-6EK1010-8
High transmission quality.
Wide or narrow -band modulation.
Wide range of carrier frequencies.
Quartz oscillators.
2 outputs (2 mV fixed, 2.5 V adjustable).
Electronic squelch, can be switched off.
LED battery check.
LED operating pilot light.
Easy battery change.
The EK 1010 Mikroport receiver is a mini -receiver
of the highest quality. It is of identical mechanical
construction to the SK 1010 and its small size
enables it to be carried unobtrusively, for example
The battery status is displayed by a green LED
when the operating mode switch is in centre position. Headphones, induction coils or extension
leads can be connected to the output of the
EK 1010. An output voltage of 2 mV is available
as a fixed level at the 8 -pin socket, in addition to
which the low- impedance output in the same
socket can be adjusted by up to approx. 2.5 V.
Similarly at the output socket a bridge enables the
fixed electronic squelch to be deactivated.
The EK 1010 wideband model has 3 switchable
receiving channels from the 30 to 45 MHz range.
The widest spacing between these channels
should not exceed 1.5 MHz. Our range includes
the EK 1010 -R, which is the same model but
intended for the frequencies used by West German
in a pocket or around the neck with the accom-
panying lanyard. All versions are fitted with quartz
crystal oscillators and rugged ceramic filters. The
high stability of the receiving frequency ensures
long -term reliable operation. The power supply is
obtained from a conventional 9 V 6 F 22 battery
or a nickel cadmium rechargeable cell of the same
type. It is not necessary to remove the cell from the
receiver for recharging. Recharging contacts on
the housing permit automatic recharging with the
aid of the SZL 1010 recharger. A red LED lights up
to indicate when the receiver is switched on.
Technical Data:
broadcasting stations. For operation in the 40 kHz
frequency raster the narrow -band model EK 1010-6
is available and also covers the frequency range
between 30 and 45 MHz. Designed in double
superhet the unit affords single channel working
only. 1 main application is in radio tour guide
systems and for assisting the hard of hearing (see
page 97). The EK 1010 -8 is designed for the
special requirements of wireless pilot sound transmission. The EK 1010, EK 1010 -R and EK 1010 -6
receivers include a headphone as standard, comprising the HZS 1 -1, HM 35 and HZL 18 -30.
EK 1010 (Part No 1614)
EK 1010-R (Part No. 1677)
Receiving frequencies
Max. 3 frequencies switchable between 30 and
45 MHz with max. frequency separation of 1.5 MHz
between channels 1 and 3
± 40 kHz
Rated frequency deviation
Adjacent channel separation at an interference signal ratio of 10
Sensitivity at rated frequency deviation for 26 dB S/N
RF input
AF output (asymmetric)
Output connection socket
Output voltages at rated frequency deviation and input voltages
:
?
1
2 pV
Audiofrequency range ( -3 dB)
Deviations from rated frequency response (deemphasis 50 Rs)
Distortion factor (1000 Hz FM, rated frequency deviation, 400 pV antenna voltage,
output voltage IV)
Antenna voltage for 50 dB unweighted signal to noise ratio relative to rated frequency
deviation
Electronic squelch
Power supply
Ouiescient current consumption
Current consumption with modulation (RL =
Operating time relative to battery type
1
k4)
Dimensions in mm
Weight
60 dB at 400 kHz interval
2RV
antenna GZA 1010
source impedance approx. 10 Q
rated loading a 100 Q
8 -pin socket to DIN 45326
approx. 2.5 V adjustable
approx. 2 mV fixed
50 Hz to 15 kHz
±2dB
SZL 1010
EZU 1010
eduction coil
:onnecting lead for EZI 100
eduction loop
EZI 100
HZL 32
EZI 1010
±
frequency between 30 and 45 MHz
8
kHz
dB at 40 kHz interval
? 60
a2 RV
antenna GZA 1010
source impedance approx. 10 0
rated loading a 100 o
8 -pin socket to DIN 45326
approx. 2.5 V adjustable
approx. 2 mV fixed
50 Hz to 12 kHz
L-5_,3%
10 pV
fixed at approx. 4 pV
20 pV
to 6 pV internally adjustable, factory setting
approx. 4 pV
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
approx. 12 mA
approx. 7.5 mA
approx. 15 mA
approx. 15 mA
approx. 6 hours, nickel cadmium to approx. 30 hours approx. 6 hours nickel cadmium to approx.
alkaline, e. g. Mallory MN 1604)
30 hours alkaline e. g. Mallory MN 1604)
145s46x24
tecommended accessories:
lecharger
tarrying and holding belt
1
±2dB
=2%
approx. 215
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress
EK 1010-6 (Part No. 1631)
g
1
145x46x24
approx. 215
g
For technical data on the EK 1010-8 see under "Wireless Pilot Sound System ".
(Part No. 1478)
(Part No. 1616)
(Part No. 1634)
(Part No. 1635)
(Part No. 1615)
97
gytEluczocro Receivers
EM 1001 and EM 1003
Compact dimensions.
EM 1001:1 narrow -band receiver channel with
"HiDyn" noise suppression system.
EM 1003: 3 wideband receiver channels with
"HiDyn" noise suppression system.
LED field strength display.
Facility for outside supply 12 to 24 Volt.
Facility for headphone listening.
The two Mikroport receivers EM 1001 and EM 1003
are small, compact and equipped with the "HiDyn"
noise suppression system. The EM 1003 is a
3- channel wideband receiver. In its standard version it is designed for operation on the 3 Mikroport
frequencies of 36.7, 37.1 and 37.9 MHz, which
are switched by pushbuttons on the front panel.
The EM 1001 is a 1- channel narrow -band receiver
for a frequency in the range of 30 to 45 MHz. Both
receivers are also suitable for mobile use owing to
their compact dimensions and the facility for outside voltage supply (12 to 24 Volt dc). The connecting sockets and controls are arranged on the
front of the unit. The R. F. field strength is displayed
by 3 LEDs of different colour, so that clear information is provided on the level of the incoming
signal. The AF signal is available floated symmetrically with a level of 1.55 V (= 6 dBm) and the
5 -pin output socket (DIN 41 524). A 2 mV level is
available on contacts 4 and 5 for connecting low level inputs. For monitoring the transmission quality
direct at the receiver a headphone can be connected with a dice -5 connector and the listening
volume is adjustable. A connecting socket is
provided on the back of the receiver for the
telescopic antenna which is included as standard
a BNC socket for connecting independent
antennae. Both receivers are equipped with the
"HiDyn" noise suppression system. This professional compander system permits a very significant
increase in the useful dynamic range.
To exploit these advantages to the full, it is
suggested that a "HiDyn" transmitter should be
used suitable for the Mikroport receiver, e.g.
SK 1012. To ensure compatibility with other transmitters, for example SK 1010 or SK 1007, the
"HiDyn" expander can be switched off.
and
Back view
EM 1001
98
EM 1003
tldgrr x
r
Receivers
EM 1003
EM 1001
Technical data:
EM 1003
Receiving frequencies
3
Rated deviation
max. spacing
± 40 kHz
Adjacent channet selection
Output voltage to AF output connection at rated deviation (antennae voltage > 1.5 RV)
EM 1001
frequencies between 30 to 45 MHz, switchable,
2
MHz
70 dB
1.55 V ± 2 dB (pins and 3)
± 2 dB (pins 4 and 5)
adjustable between o to 1.55 V ± 2 dB
20 Hz to 20 kHz ± 2 dB
1
.
2 mV
Output voltage to headphone socket at rated deviation (antennae voltage > 1.5 RV)
AF frequency response
Distortion factor at rated deviation, kHz and mV antennae voltage
Deemphasis
Unweighted signal to noise ratio at 40 kHz rated deviation and
1.5 pV RF voltage
10 RV RF voltage
50
RF voltage
Unweighted signal to noise ratio at 40 kHz rated deviation. "HiDyn" operation and
1.5 pV RF voltage
3
pVRFvoltage
10 pVRFvoltage
Unweighted signal to noise ratio at 8 kHz rated deviation and
2
pVRFvoltage
30 pVRFvoltage
200 pVRFvoltage
Unweighted signal to noise ratio at 8 kHz rated deviation, "HiDyn" operation and
2
pVRFvoltage
10 pVRFvoltage
30 RV RF voltage
Electronic Squelch
1
.
1
.
1
frequency
in the range 30 to 45 MHz
± 8 kHz
65 dB
1.55 V ± 2 dB (pins and 3)
2 mV ± 2 dB (pins 4 and 5)
adjustable between 0 to 1.55
20 Hz to 12 kHz ± 2 dB
1
1%
3%
50 µsec
50 µsec
V
± 2 dB
26 dB
50 dB
60 dB
60 dB
?70dB
80 dB
.
26 dB
50 dB
60 dB
.
RF input
AF output
Headphone output
Current supply
Current consumption
Dimensions in mm
Weight
0 to 300 RV internal, adjustable.
factory setting 3 RV
50 Ohms, asymmetric, BNC
symmetric, floated,
internal impedance approx 20 Ohms
rated loading 200 Ohms
5 -pin connector to DIN 41 524
asymmetric. adjustable
rated loading > 10 Ohm
dice -5 connector to DIN 45327
110/220 V. 50 to 60 Hz (resolderable)
or 12 to 24 V external supply
approx. 110 mA
46 dB
70 dB
80 dB
0 to 300 µV internal. adjustable,
factory setting 10 RV
50 Ohms, asymmetric. BNC
symmetric, floated.
internal impedance approx. 20 Ohms
rated loading 200 Ohms
5 -pin connector to DIN 41 524
asymmetric, adjustable
rated loading > 10 Ohm
dice -5 connector to DIN 45327
110/220 V, 50 to 60 Hz (resolderable)
or 12 to 24 V external supply
approx. 110 mA
170x120x53
170x120x53
1120
1120
g
g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
99
GYággroporf
Receiver
EM 1012
High quality Mikroport receiver.
With "HiDyn" switchable squelch.
Compatible with SK 1010 and SK 1012.
Battery operation or 12 V external powering
possible.
The EM 1012 Mikroport receiver is a mains
operated receiver which can be operated on up
to 5 quartz- stabilised reception channels. This unit
is a further development of the EM 1010 receiver.
Equipped with the "HiDyn" noise suppression
system and an improved IF amplifier, the EM 1012
offers a high standard of transmission quality and
reliability. It has already been prepared for the
possibility of diversity operation with the EZD 1010
slave unit. The EM 1012 can be operated either
with the SK 1012 transmitter or with the SK 1010
transmitter. When operated with the "HiDyn"
SK 1012 transmitter, signal to noise ratios are
achieved which are about 12 to 35 dB higher than
with the EM 1010. In its standard version the
EM 1012 is suitable for operating in the 3 Mikroport
frequencies of 36.7, 37.1 and 37.9 MHz. The
following variations are also available:
EM 1012 -2 5- channel wideband 30 to 45 MHz
EM 1012 -4 5- channel narrow -band
140 to 190 MHz
EM 1012 -5 5- channel wideband 140 to 190 MHz
EM 1012 -7 5- channel narrow -band 30 to 45 MHz
A further button permits the operating voltage to
be displayed. The EM 1012 can also be powered
by batteries or through an external connection
from a 12 V source. It offers additionally a con-
As with the EM 1010 a meter select switch is
provided on the front of the unit. Either the received
field strength or the deviation of the transmitter
can be indicated.
Wideband
Narrow -band
Receiving frequencies
36.7, 37.1 and 37.9 MHz
5
(EM 1012)
to 190 MHz range, max.
frequencies
Technical Data:
in the 140
interval between channels
and 5 = 3 MHz
(EM 1012 -4) 5 frequencies
in the 30 to 45 MHz range,
max. interval between
channels and 5 =
3 MHz (EM 1012 -7)
1
1
Receiving frequencies in special
frequencies in the 30
to 45 MHz range, max.
interval between channels
and 5= 3 MHz (EM1012 -2)
5
1
5
Rated deviation
Adjacent channel rejection
Output voltage at rated deviation
and with more than RV
antennae voltage
155V ±2dB
Audifrequency range
20 Hz to 20 kHz
Deviation from quoted frequency
response (deemphasis 50 µsec
max. ± 2 dB
Non -linear distortion at rated
deviation and kHz modulation
frequency
1%
Weighted signal to noise ratio at
40 kHz deviation and 1.5 RV
antennae voltage
(without HiDyn)
? 26 dB
(with HiDyn)
60 dB
Weighted signal to noise ratio at
8 kHz deviation and 3 RV antennae
voltage
(without HiDyn)
(with HiDyn)
Weighted signal to noise ratio
at 40 kHz deviation and more
than 10 RV antennae voltage
(without HiDyn)
=50dB
(with HiDyn)
?80dB
Weighted signal to noise ratio at
8 kHz and more than 30 RV
antennae voltage
(without HiDyn)
(with HiDyn)
.
±8kHz
=60 dB(
-f =40 kHz)
1
1.55 V ± 2 dB
20 Hz to 12 kHz
max. ±
2
1
100
Wideband
3%
=
26 dB
55 dB
a
50 dB
70 dB
dB
Narrow -band
Signal to noise ratio CCIR 468
(peak) at 40 kHz deviation and
more than 50 RV antennae voltage
(without HiDyn)
a 60 dB
(with HiDyn)
a 75 dB
Signal to noise ratio CCIR 468
(peak) at 40 kHz deviation and
more than 50 RV antennae voltage
(without HiDyn)
55 dB
(with HiDyn)
= 70 dB (typical 74 d8)
Electronic squelch, switchable,
aerial voltage adjustable
2 to 20 RV
3 RV factory setting
Input
asymmetric for 60 Ohm source impedance,
13 mm RF connector to DIN 47283
Input 2
symmetrical for 240 Ohm sources to DIN 45317
Output
floating output impedance approx. 20 Ohms
Rated loading 200 Ohms, 5 -pin standard connector
socket to DIN 41 524
2 or more receivers at the connector sockets,
Diversity operation
interlinked for diversity, 5 -pin standard connector
to DIN 41524
Combining circuit operation with diversity EZD 1010
possible
Tape recorder remote control
Tape stop connector socket to be linked with the
remote control connection of the tape recorder
5 -pin standard connector socket to DIN 41 524
Headphone connection
Dice -5 connector to DIN 45327. internal impedance
15 Ohms, inserting plug switches built -in loudspeaker
off. Output connector socket adjustable
Poer supply
optionally from the built -in mains unit 110/220 V,
50 to 60 Hz, from 2 x 9 V power source, e. g.
Pertrix No. 439. Daimon No. 229 (operating time in
battery operation approx. 20 hours) or from a 12 V
motor vehicly battery
Power consumption in mains
approx. 4 W
operation
Fuses
0 2 A semi time lag
Dimensions in mm
294.5 x 172.5 x 102
Dimensions in mm with handles
and feet
294.5 x 195.5 x 102
approx. 3.3 kg
Weight
.
.
.
.
.
1
frequencies in the
140 to 210 MHz range,
max. interval between
channels 1 and 5 =
3 MHz (EM 1012 -5)
±40 kHz
70d8
f =400 kHz)
systems with selected frequencies, the diversity
slave unit EZD 1010 and the high performance
antenna GZA 1000.
nection socket for headphones, whereby the
monitoring loudspeaker is switched off automatically. A comprehensive range of accessories is
Technical Data:
version
available as for all other Sennheiser receivers.
These include the telescopic antenna TA 203,
the antenna coupler EZW 1010 for multi-channel
.
Multi-Channel Gágre,
o
Receivers
EM1026EMA1026.EMB1026 EMC 1026 EME 1026EMG1026
For maximum professional quality
requirements.
Superlative intermodulation.
High selectivity.
Quartz- crystal oscillators.
Maximum of six receiver modules per frame.
Built -in diversity operation.
Built-in antenna splitters.
Audio monitor.
19" modular rack design.
Comprehensive LED displays.
"HiDyn" noise suppression system.
The multi -channel EM 1 026 receiver is designed
for the special requirements of simultaneous
reception of numerous Mikroport channels. Special attention has been paid to avoiding the disruption caused by intermodulation between the
individual channels. In addition it fulfills the needs
of the professional user in respect of operating
convenience and flexibility.
The mechanical layout is designed for the 19"
rack system. The unit can accomodate a maximum
of 6 EME 1026 receiver modules and 1 EMA 1026
connection urit within 1 EMC 1026 chassis. A
rugged sheet steel outer cabinet EMG 1026 is
available to accommodate the chassis. The receiver
is available for frequencies in the 30 to 45 MHz
range. In addition to the standard EM 1026 thus
assembled, the EM 1026 -R is also available for
use in conjunction with German broadcasts, this
unit incorporating solely the channels available to
West German broadcasting stations between
32.55 and 38.05 MHz. The chassis EMC 1026
incorporates the mains unit and the entire wiring
leading back to the plug couplings to the individual
receiver modules. The EMA 1026 connection unit
slides into the right -hand side of the chassis. This
incorporates the central mains switch for the complete unit and the RF inputs, AF outputs and a facility
for monitoring individual AF signals separately and
together with adjustable volume. The RF signal
is distributed from the connection module via built in antenna splitters to the EME 1026 receiver
modules.
The receiver modules are single -channel to ensure
best possible selectivity. The front panels on the
modules incorporate an operating mode switch
for switching off the individual channel. The incoming RF voltage and the transmitter deviation
can be displayed optionally by means of a pushbutton switch. Excessive deviation between transmitter and receiver frequency is displayed by
LED.
A particular feature is the diversity facility provided
in the receiver modules: activating a slide switch
will interspace two adjacent receiver modules so
that the receiver with insufficient input signals will
cut itself off before any interference becomes
voltages of several millivolts. The potentiometer
for the squelch switching threshold is also accessible from the front of the unit, a green LED adjacent
to this potentiometer indicates "squelch off"
status.
If the receiver does not incorporate six channels
any vacant spaces can be blanked off by blanking
plates EMB 1026.
By means of the built -in RF antenna splitters and
additional external accessories it is possible to
couple several EM 1026 units to form large scale
systems (antenna splitter EZW 1016 and high
performance antenna GZA 1000). The GZL 1026
BNC connecting leads are included as standard.
This permits, for example, the signal from one
antenna to be distributed over all six modules
within one chassis. In "HiDyn" operating mode
is is possible to achieve an extraordinarily high
reduction in interference noise, which is reduced
by the expander. A "HiDyn" transmitter, for
example the SK 1012, is required for linear dynamic
transmission.
audible in the output. This extends from background noise up to the range of maximum input
101
Muff- Channel WdGiTpocf' Receivers
EM1026EMA1026EMB1026
1026
EMC
EME 1026 EMG 1026
Technical Data:
EME 1026 (Part No. 1775)
Receiving frequencies
Input
Output
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Rated deviation
Output voltage at rated deviation and above 1.5 V RF voltage
Audiofrequency range (- 2 dB)
.
.
.
.
.
Deviation from desired frequency response (deemphasis 50µs)
Distortion factor at rated deviation (modulation frequency kHz, RF voltage mV)
Start of limiter operation (- 3 dB)
Unweighted S/N ration at rated deviation and 1.5 BV RF voltage
Unweighted S/N ratio at rated deviation and 10 µV RF voltage
Unweighted S/N ratio at rated deviation and 50 RV RF voltage
Maximum unweighted S/N ratio at rated deviation
Unweighted S/N ratio in HiDyn mode, at rated deviation and 1.5 µV RF voltage
Unweighted S/N ratio in HiDyn mode, at rated deviation and 3 RV RF voltage
Unweighted S/N ratio in HiDyn mode. at rated deviation and 10 µV RF voltage
Adjacent channel selectivity with 400 kHz offset of a second transmitter (2- transmitter system)
Intermodulation relative to S/N = 26 dB (2- transmitter system), carrier spacing 400 and 800 kHz
IF- selection
Image frequency rejection
Electronic squelch adjustment
Combing- circuit only with diversity mode)
1
frequency between 30 and 45 MHz
asymmetric for 50 Q source impedance
floating symmetrical, output impedance fo 29
rated loading 200 0
1
± 40 kH z
1.55 V ± 2 dB (adjustable internally from
550 mV to 3.1 V ± 2 dB
20 Hz to 20 kHz
max. ± 2 dB
1
.
.
1
s 1µV
.
.
? 26 dB
= 50 dB
?
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
60 dB
S 70 dB
? 60 dB
S 70 dB
? 80 dB
= 80 dB
O 85 dB
? 90 dB
O 80 dB
0 to 100 RV at EMA input
6 RV fixed at EMA input
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical Data:
EMA 1026 (Part No 1772)
Antenna splitter.
input. 3 outputs (2 outputs (2 built -in with wired outputs)
Frequency range
Insertion loss
Distribution loss
Decoupling of outputs
Antenna splitter, input, 2 outputs (1 built-in, input and outputs accessible)
Frequency range
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ito
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
100 MHz
= 0.85 dB
4.8 dB
? 25 dB
1
1
to 100 MHz
= 0.5 dB
Insertion loss
Distribution loss
Decoupling of outputs
Audio outputs. 6 output sockets to DIN 41 524 for receiver locations
Output voltage with receiver at rated deviation
Source impedance
Rated loading
Headphone monitor output
Output voltage adjustable
Source impedance
Rated loading
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3 dB
?
1
.
20 dB
to 6. output floating, symmetrical
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1.55 V ± 2 dB
approx. 20 0
S 200 0
6.35 mm lack connector
O to 1.55 V
< 20 0
> 100 0
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical Data:
EM 1026 (Part No 1771)
Power supply
50 to 60 Hz,
Mains fuses
Power consumption fully equipped
Dimensions in mm
Weight
0.63 AT
190 to 240 Vino 220 V operaton
95 to 120 V in 110 V operation
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
102
approx. 55 VA
540 x 330 x 165
16 kg
52,
Mikroport Control
Remote controlled alternating operation of up
to 10 Mikroport transmitters on the same frequency or in two groups on two frequencies
each on five transmitters.
Only one receiver required for up to 10 Mikroport transmitters.
With Mikroport control it is possible to extend the
range of applications for the wireless type microphone (Mikroport). It is thus possible to switch on
each
or off alternately up to 10 microphones
operating on the same frequency for example in
case of discussions. For reception purposes only
one Mikroport receiver is required. This means
that, for example in the case of discussions, up
to 10 microphones can be distributed throughout
the room for which "permission to speak" is given
by remote control. It is also possible to form
2 groups each of 5 microphones. Commands for
switching on or off microphones are passed by an
ultrasonic signal which is generated by the control
unit, radiated via ultrasonic loudspeakers and
received and analysed by the microphones on
the Mikroport transmitter.
-
-
The CM 1022 control transmitter forms the nucleus
of the system. It generates all control signals
necessary for switching over the Mikroport transmitter. The designation CM 1022 denotes 3 modules, the control module CMS 1022, the chassis
CMC 1022 and the housing CMG 1022 together.
The housing CMG 1022 provides space for a total
of 4 modules. In standard equipment the 2 first
spaces are occupied by the CMS 1022 control
module. The 2 free spaces can either be occupied
by additional amplifier modules CMV 1022, each of
which supplies 2 additional ultrasonic loudspeakers
CML 1022 for very large rooms or with 2 Mikroport
receiver modules EME 1026. Unused cassette
space are covered by blanking plates EMB 1026.
The operating control sector on the control module
carries 10 buttons for selecting the individual
Mikroport transmitter and 2 "clear" keys for special
requirements. 2 operating modes are possible
with the control transmitter:
Operation of two groups each of 5 Mikroport
transmitters (= 2 receiving frequencies).
2. Coupling of both groups of 5 to form one group
of 10 transmitters (= receiver frequency).
The portable Mikroport transmitters (ideally SK
1012) are fitted only with the CMM 1022 remote
controlled microphone for use with the Mikroport
control system. In addition to the microphone
capsule this unit incorporates a complete ultrasonic
receiver and a logic circuit for analysing the ultrasonic signals emitted by the Mikroport control
transmitter. These ultrasonic signals originate from
the aforementioned loudspeaker CML 1022, which
is linked with the control transmitter CM 1022 and
suitable for either wall or stand mounting. The
loudspeaker is provided with a quick change
threaded insert for mounting on stands with a 3/8 ",
1/2" or 5/8" x 27 G thread.
1.
1
Technical data CML 1022
Impedance
Rated loading
Dimensions in mm
Weight
4
Ohms
16 W
90x 50
x
120
approx. 740 g
103
Pilot Tone System
SK 1010-8 EK1010-8 GZP 101
For 50 Hz pilot tones in film and TV production.
For greater mobility.
Tape recorder remote start with GZP 101.
Clap utilisation with GZP 101.
For operation with Eclair and Arriflex cameras.
For many years the pilot tone system has been
used as a synchronising aid in film and TV work.
The wireless Sennheiser pilot tone system cancels
out the need for wiring connections between the
tape recorder and camera. It consists basically
of the narrow -band transmitter SK 1010 -8 and the
pilot tone receiver EK 1010 -8. Both units are
quartz- crystal stabilised and obtainable in the range
between 30 and 45 MHz. The West German
broadcasting organisations use the officially
approved version for the channels available to
them. The transmission or receiving antennae can
be fastened to the camera or tape recorder carrier
strap. The SK 1010 -8 is connected to the camera
by a short lead. The transmitter, powered by its
own battery, is switched on simultaneously with
the camera. As soon as the camera emits the
pilot tone a red LED lights up on the transmitter.
The operating time of the transmitter depends on
the type of battery used. We recommend alkaline
cells which allows an operating period of approx.
10 hours.
The EK 1010 -8 pilot tone receiver receives the
signal radiated from the transmitter to the camera
and supplies the 50 Hz camera pilot tone to the
pilot tone track of the tape recorder. Owing to the
low power consumption an alkaline cell will operate
the receiver for approx. 30 hours. Here it is also
possible to use inexpensive transistor radio batteries but these deliver only approx. one quarter
of the aforesaid operating time. Under difficult
conditions it may be helpful to extend the antenna
upwards beyond the carrying strap. Telescopic
antennae are also available as optional accessories
for transmitter and receiver, these being screwed
into the units in place of the wire antennae.
The GZP 101 pilot tone slave unit enhances the
scope for wireless synchronisation. The tape
recorder, equipped appropriately, is started simultaneously as the camera is switched on. After the
camera has run up to operating speed the pilo
tone is delivered to the tape recorder input (as with
operation without slave unit). If tape recorders with
built -in pilot tone oscillators are used the slave
units can be used to start the oscillator. The clapper
impulse transmitted by the camera starts the built -in
oscillator in appropriately equipped tape recorders.
The slave unit can also be used for wired operation.
In addition to the automatic function the tape
recorder and pilot tone oscillator can be started
manually by means of two switches.
Details on connecting leads for the most frequently used cameras and tape recorders are
available on request.
Technical Data:
SK 1010-8 (Part No 1696)
Carrier frequency
Frequency stability between + 10° C and 40 ° C
and deviation in battery voltage by + 10°4 and- 30 %
RF output/radiated power
Radiated spirius emmissions
Modulation
Rated frequency deviation
Peak deviation
Interference deviation (weighted to DIN 45 405)
AF input voltage for rated frequency deviation
Distortion factor at ± 7 kHz deviation
Audiofrequency response
Current consumption
Current supply
Operating time relative to battery type
1
frequency between 30 and 45 MHz
better than ± 2.5 kHz
100 mW /approx. 10 mW
-4nW
FM
± 8 kHz
± 15 kHz
20 Hz
1V
s
2%
40 Hz to 12 kHz
approx. 35 mA
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
approx. 2.5 hours (nickel cadmium cell,
e. g. Varta Tr 7/8) approx. 10 hours (alkaline cell,
e. g. Mallory MN 1604)
145x46 x24
Dimensions in mm
Weight
approx. 215 g
EK 1010-8 (Part No. 1697)
Receiving frequency
Rated frequency deviation
Adjacent channel selectivity at an interference /useful ratio 10
Sensitivity at rated frequency deviation for 26 dB S/N
RF input
AF output
Dimensions in mm
Weight
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
.
.
.
ç
1
RV
antenna GZA 1010
source impedance approx. 10 Ohms,
loading = 100 Ohms
Output voltage at rated frequency deviation and input voltage >
Audiofrequency range ( -3 dB)
Current consumption (RL =1k52)
Current consumption
Operating time relative to battery type
.
frequency between 30 and 45 MHz
± 8 kHz
60 dB in 40 kHz spacing
t
:
.
2 RV
.
.
.
.
1V
170 Hz
.
approx. 15 mA
9 V battery (IEC 6 F 22)
approx. 6 hours (nickel cadmium cell,
e. g. Varta Tr 7/8) approx. 30 hours (alkaline cell,
e. g. Mallory MN 1604)
145
x46x24
approx. 215 g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
104
Auxiliary Broadcast Station Transmitters
SER
1 SER 1-3
SER 1-4 SER 1-B 5 SZV 10 GZB 1-2 GZB 4-2 GZN 10
For optimum transmission quality.
Rugged and reliable.
Portable.
10 W and 1 W options.
For long -range operation.
Battery or ac operation.
Separate mains unit for continuous operation.
For connecting with dynamic and condenser
microphones.
Line input + 6 dB.
Wide range of possible carrier frequencies.
Wide or narrow -band modulation.
The SEr Transmitters for high quality audio transmission have proved very successful both in Germany and abroad, especially for broadcast reporting and news gathering.
Two power ranges are available to accommodate
the different distance ranges to be covered.
The SER 1 -3 model is designed for an RF output
power of 1 W. It consists of the transmitter head
and the rechargeable battery SER -B 5. The
same transmitter head is used also with the
SER 1 -4. It has two inputs: all low- impedance
dynamic microphones and 12 V AB- powered condenser microphones can be connected to the
microphone input. The condenser microphones
are powered directly from the transmitter. The
line level input (+ 6 dB) can be switched alternatively by a slider switch to the modulator. In
addition to turning on the system, the operating
mode switch also controls display of the battery
level, the RF level and deviation on the built-in
moving coil instrument. The unit is available with
1
peak deviations of 15 kHz or 75 kHz and can thus
be used for frequency allocation rasters in the
40 kHz or 300 kHz range. The required deviation
must be specified when ordering. It is possible to
attach to the output socket either the antenna which
is incorporated in the carrying strap of the carrier
case supplied as standard, the accompanying
steel band antenna or a remote antenna connected
by lead.
The power supply for the transmitter is obtained
from the battery pack SER 1 -B 5. This offers a
capacity of 1 Ah at a voltage of 15 V and permits
continuous operation for approx. 4 hours. The
SER 1 -B 5 cell can be recharged with the SZL 15
charger unit, which switches off automatically when
charging is completed. The recharge time is approx.
14 hours. The GZB 1 -2 rechargeable battery is
used in conjunction with the SZL 25 fast recharger.
The SER 1 -4 is available for increased transmission
output of 10 W. This output is achieved by coupling
the transmission head described above with the
SZV 10 output stage. For technical reasons the
leather carrying case is not available with SER 1 -4.
In addition to the amplifier, this output stage also
incorporates the necessary filters for suppression
of spurious radiation. Owing to the increased
current consumption a more powerful GZB 4 -2
battery pack is available for the boosted version.
The GZB 4 -2 battery pack offers a rated capacity of
4 Ah at a voltage of 15 V, giving the SER 1 -4 an
operating period of more than 2 hours. The GZB 4 -2
incorporates special sinter cells suitable for fast
recharge, for which a special connection is incorporated adapted to connect with the SZL 25
recharger. The charge is then completed within
one hour so that continuous operation is also possible with only 2 battery sets in alternating use.
Sennheiser offers the GZN 10 mains unit as a
further accessory to permit operation either from
the 220 V lighted mains or from a 24 V motor
vehicle battery. Further data will be found on
page 107.
105
Auxiliary Broadcast Station Transmitters
SER
1
SER 1-3 SER 1-4 SER 1-B 5 SZV 10 GZB 1-2 GZB 4-2 GZN 10
Technical Data
SER 1 -3 /SER
1
-4
RF section
Transmitting frequencies
frequencies in the 25 to 110 MHz
range, max. 0.5 MHz separation
SER -3: 1 W, SER 1 -4: 10 W
50 0 coaxial (UHF connector socket)
FM max. ± 15 kHz (50 F 3),
max. ± 75 kHz (150 F 3)
5 x 10-5 (at 50 F 3)
2
RF output power
1
Output connection
Modulation
.
Frequency stability (± 10 % Ugatt and temperature
-10 ° to
+
40'C)
10x10-
(at
150F3)
AF section
crophone input
M
-
.
_
.
.
switchable for dynamic N microphones
and 12 V capacitor microphones
0 6 to 15 mV, adjustable
.
AF input voltage for ± 8 kHz (± 40 kHz) rated deviation
S/N ratio (relative to nominal deviation weighted to DIN 45405 and with 50 p deemphais)
AF frequency response
>
53 dB
40 Hz to 16 kHz (+ to -2dB)
suitable for 200 Q sources
1
Line input
Input resistance
AF input voltage for ± 8 kHz (± 4 kHz)
Signal to Noise ratio (relative to rated deviation)
Ó3k4
55 V
62 dB
45 Hz to 20 kHz
1
>
Audiofrequency response
Distortion factor at rated deviation
Limiting amplifier
Start of limiter operation
Limiter characteristic
(
>1%
+1 to -2dB)
acting on both inputs
± 8 kHz deviation (± 40 kHz deviation)
above 8 kHz deviation (40 kHz deviation)
Over -modulations up to 36 dB are corrected to
dB. The distortion factor remains below 2 %
50 is
1
Preemphasis
Operating voltage
Function range
Current consumption at Ugatt = 15
15 V
12 to17V
SER 1 -3 at W approx. 250 mA
SER 1 -4 at 10 W approx. 1.3 A
15 V 1 Ah (SER -3 5) GZB 1 -2 (forr SER -3)
15 V 4 Ah (GZB 4 -2) for SER -4
SER -3 with SER -B 5
3 -4 hours
SER 1 -3 with GZB -2
3 -4 hours
14 -16 hours
SER -3 with GZB 4 -2
SER -4 with GZB 4 -2
2 -3 hours
V
1
Rechargeable batteries
1
1
1
Operating time
1
1
1
1
1
Built-in gauges for
operating voltage, RF output voltage
and frequency deviation
Scope of delivery
SER
1
-3
SER
1
-4
transmitter with SER -B 5 rechargeable
battery, leather carrying case with provisional
antenna in carrying strap (( /4 steel band antenna
or 120 cm steel band antenna with extension coil
transmitter with GZB 4 -2 rechargeable battery
and 1./4 steel band antenna or 120 cm steel band
antenna with extension coil
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Dimensions with battery box in mm
SER 1 -3
SER 1 -4
170 x 135
340 x 135
x
x
65
65
Weights
1 -3 (control transmitter with 1 W output stage)
SZV 10 (10 W output stage)
SER -B 5 (1 Ah rechargeable battery)
GZB 1 -2
GZV 4 -2 (4 Ah rechargeable battery)
SER
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
106
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1.1 kg
.
.
.
0 8 kg
1 0
kg
approx.
2 5 kg
1
kg
Auxiliary Broadcast Station Transmitter
SER 10
Antenna GZA
1
(or GZA 2)
SER 10 with
rechargeable battery GZB 4 -2
For optimum transmission quality.
Output power switclhable 1 W /10 W.
Built -in cue receiver.
Frequency response 30 MHz to 200 MHz.
Wide or narrow -band version.
Compact, rugged construction.
Rechargeable battery operation.
AC power supply unit.
The SER 10 transmitter continues the extremely
successful range of equipment for auxiliary broadcasting. Note,vorthy characteristics of this extremely compact mobile transmitter unit are the
switch -selectable RF output power of 1 W or 10 W
and a built -in cue receiver. This cue receiver permits, for example, relaying of instructions to the
reporter. A common antenna is used for both
transmitter and receiver.
The control panel incorporates a moving coil
instrument for monitoring the various functions of
the unit. The rotary selector swich can be set to
obtain readings on transmitter deviation, output
voltage, battery level, input voltage of the receiver
and frequency deviations of the incoming signal.
The input socket is for connection of dynamic
microphones, 12 V AB powered condenser micro-
phones or for connecting up a programme line.
A rotary switch controls selection and level matching. In addition a level matching filter can be brought
into play for the microphone settings. Frequency
deviation takes effect only when the microphone
is being used. In line operation the input is symmetrical and designed for a level of + 6 dB.
A third rotary switch is provided for selection of
frequency and output in the transmitter sections.
The receiver section also has its own rotary switch
for selecting one of 4 receiving channels. LEDs
display the operation of transmitter and receiver.
The receiver output voltage is available at a fixed
level at a socket on the front panel.
The standard model operates on transmitting
frequencies of 77.53 and 77.59 MHz ata maximum
deviation of 15 kHz. The cue return path is in the
20 kHz channel spacing raster pattern for the usual
frequencies around 160 MHz. The modules can be
varied both on the transmitter and on the receiver
sides. The transmitter side is able to cover a total
range of 30 to 200 MHz and the same applies to
the receiver side. The unit can be set up both for
wide and narrow -band operation. Owing to simultaneous operation of transmitter and receiver using
a common antenna it is generally necessary for
the transmission and receiving frequencies to be
separated by a factor of about 2.
Power supply for the unit comes from the GZB 4 -2
rechargeable battery which is rapidly recharged
with the SZL 25 charger unit. The GZN 10 mains
unit can also be used forthistransmitter. The SER 10
is supplied with a wide leather carrier belt for
portable use. See page 108 for technical data.
GZN 10
Mains unit for SER 10 (also SER 1 -3, SER -4,
ER 2 and ER 3) is used in place of the rechargeable
battery on the transmitter and permits operation
from the 220 V lighting mains system and from 24 V
motor vehicle batteries. When operating the GZN
10 with SER 1 -3, SER 1 -4, ER 2 and ER 3 from a
24 V motor vehicle battery care must be taken to
ensure that the positive terminal is connected to
the housing.
Current supply:
220 V/110 V
1
Output:
Dimension in mm:
Weight:
Colour:
or
24 V motor vehicle battery
15 V /max. 2 A
277 x 135 x 87
3 kg
black
SZL 25, see page 110
107
Auxiliary Broadcast Station Transmitter
SER 10
Technical Data:
RF transmitter section
Transmission frequencies
RF output into 50
Modulation, FM
dummy load
SER 10 -0 (Part No. 1724)
SER -10- Variations (Part No. according to model)
77.53 and 77.59 MHz or 2 frequencies
between 87.5 and 104 MHz (SER 10 -17)
10 W and
W, switchable
50 F 3 (SER 10 -17 150 F 3)
30 to 200 MHz max. 2 channels,
frequency spacing max. 1.5 %
5 to 10 W and 1 W switchable
1
:
Rated deviation /peak deviation
Frequency stability at ± 10 % Ugattand temperature- 10 ° to + 55° C
Suppression of harmonics
AF transmitter section
Input
Input voltage for rated deviation
Dynamic microphones
T- capacitor microphones
Line (auxiliary)
AF frequency response (- 3 dB)
Microphone
Microphone with roll -off filter
Line (auxiliary)
Distortion factor at rated deviation
Modulation range of limiting amplifier (distortion
Signal to noise ratio (DIN 45405)
Microphone input, deviation set to 9
Microphone input, deviation set to
Line input
Preemphasis
Current consumption, transmitter
± 8 kHz/ ± 12 kHz (SER 10 -17
±510 -5
:
±510 -5
=65dB
?58 dB
%)
1
± 40 kHz/ ± 75 kHz
± 10 kHz
=58 dB
switchable for dynamic low
impedance microphones
12 V T condenser microphones and line
switchable for dynamic low impedance
microphones
12 V T condenser microphones and line
0.6 to 20 mV adjustable
0.8 to 28 mV adjustable
1.55 V
0.6 to 20 mV adjustable (max. 600 mV)
0.8 to 28 mV adjustable
1.55 V
20 Hz to 15 kHz
200 Hz to 15 kHz
30 Hz to 15 kHz
200 Hz to 15 kHz
30 Hz to 15 kHz
20 Hz to 20 kHz
200 Hz to 20 kHz
30 Hz to 20 kHz /70 kHz
=36 dB
=36 dB
=36 dB
=52dB
?60dB
=60dB
=52dB
=60dB
?60dB
=52dB
?58dB
50
50 is or without
approx. to 1.5/0.6 A
20 Hz to 15 kHz
<1%
1
150F3
50F3
± 40 kHz /± 75 kHz) ± 8 kHz /± 12 kHz
<1%
1.s
approx. 1.5/0.6 A
<1%
-58dB
1
RF Receiver section
Reception frequencies (max.
4
channels)
Frequency spacing channel to channel
1
RF band width
Sensitivity for 26 dB S/N
Start of limiting (2 dB drop)
Adjacent channel selection
AF receiver section
Output voltage at rated deviation
AF frequency response (- 3 dB) at 100 pV RF
Deemphasis
Distortion factor at rated deviation
Weighted S/N ratio
RF modulation reserve
Receiver current consumption
160 00 fo 160.18 MHz and
164.50 to 164.78 MHz
80 kHz
20 F3
30 to 160 MHz conditional on receiving
frequency: transmitting frequency >
200 kHz
600 kHz
S 70 dB
<1.8 RV
<2pV
?60 dB
150F3
1.55 V
180 Hz to 3 kHz
6 dB /octave or linear
1.55 V
35 Hz to 12 kHz
50 Rs
1.55 V
35 Hz to 20 kHz
50 as
?50dB
?6dB
?
approx. 50 mA
approx. 40 mA
<1
<
1
pV
pV
<
5%
?
6
<3%
> 50 dB from 15 pV RF
d
approx. 120 mA
Current supply
Rechargeable battery
Operating time
15 V, 4 Ah (GZB 4 -2)
approx 2 -3 hours ( transmisson with 10 W and receiving)
approx. 5 -6 hours (transmission with W and receiving)
approx. 30- 100 hours (receiving only)
battery level,
transmitter output voltage,
receiver input voltage,
transmitter modulation voltage,
receiver modulation voltage
SER 10 transmitter with or without receiver
Carrying strap GZU 10
Steel band antenna GZA t or GZA 2
Battery bos GZB 4 -2
1
Built-in gauge for
Scope of delivery
Dimensions with battery box
Weight with battery box
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
108
2 or
50F3
305 x 135 x 65 mm
approx. 4 kg
< 0.5
<2pV
<2pV
?45 dB
<1%
60 dB from 20 pV RF
=6 dB
Auxiliary Broadcast Station Receiver
ER 2 and ER 3
Receivers for high audio quality.
Wideband receiver ER 2.
Narrow -band receiver ER 3.
Wide frequency range of 25 to 145 MHz.
Maximum channel separation 0.5 MHz.
Quartz- crystal oscillators.
Line output and headphone output.
Adjustable squelch.
Rechargeable battery operation,
approx. 20 hours.
Leather carrying case.
Shoulder strap and steel band antenna.
The mechanical construction of the Sennheiser
auxiliary broadcast station receivers is adapted to
the auxiliary broadcast transmitter SER 1. As in the
latter, the complete electronic system is incorporated in one unit head, whereas the power supply
is coupled by a quick -release clamp to the lower
partof the unit. This mechanical approach combines
two features, on the one hand the flat battery can
be quickly replaced, and on the other, continuous
mains operation can be connected through the
GZN 10 power unit. A rechargeable battery SER
1 -B 5 is included as standard and gives the receiver
a 20 -hour operating period.
The selectivity of the ER 2 is designed for wide band modulation. It is capable of handling peak
deviations of 75 kHz and is intended for use in the
300 kHz channel separation raster pattern. Under
these conditions it is possible to achieve full
utilisation of the audio transmission range of 30 Hz
to 20 kHz.
The ER 3 version is designed for the 40 kHz
channel separation raster pattern. With this narrow
channel separation it is essential to adapt to both
the deviation and the audiofrequency transmission
range. Whereas it has been necessary to comply
with telecommunications regulations in dropping
the deviation with a maximum of 15 kHz to one fifth
of the wideband, the limited reduction in the audiofrequency band width to 12 kHz still permits
transmissions in high quality. The ER 3 is popular
with West German broadcasting stations on the
two available auxiliary broadcasting frequencies of
77.53 and 77.59 MHz.
Both receivers are designed for double superhet
reception to achieve a high standard of selectivity.
The quartz -crystal oscillators ensure high long-
term stability and insensitivity to interference from
other carriers.
Adjacent to the line output is a headphone socket
for audio- monitoring. The selector switch is used
to switch on the unit and shows settings on the
moving coil meter for battery level, input voltage
to receiver, squelch threshold and the audio frequency output. The squelch switching threshold
is set from the potentiometer knob accessible from
the front.
Included as standard with the receiver are a steel
band antenna and the leather carrying case with
integral antenna in the carrying strap. Owing to
its low weight, the receiver can be carried quite
easily for many hours operation at a time.
Technical Data:
ER 2 (Part No. 0057)
ER 3 (Part. NE 0928)
Receiving frequency
2 frequencies in the range of 25 to 145 MHz,
2
max. spacing 0.5 MHz
RF input
Frequecy stability
Reception principle
1st IF
2nd IF
Modulation
Sensitivity at 40 or 8 kHz deviation
Selectivity at channel spacing of 0.3 MHz with 40 or 8 kHz deviation
coaxial 60 52 (Amphenol connector socket)
3 x 10 -e, quartz- crystal controlled
double superhet
10.7 MHz
470 kHz
± 75 kHz deviation (150 F 3)
better than 211V for 26 dB S/N
55 dB of spacing at an
interference /useful ratio
of 10
60 dB
:
Image rejection of 2nd IF
Image rejection of st IF
Squelch
1
Squelch switching threshold
AF transmission range
Distortion factor at 40 or 8 kHz deviation
AF output
Impedance
Output voltage
Headphone connection
Built -in meter for
Function switch
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operation time fully charged
Rechargeable battery
Dimensions with battery box in mm
Weight of receiver
Weight of battery box
a
1
adjustable 0 to 5 pV
30 Hz to 20 kHz ± 2 dB
1%
rated loading 300 0.
symmetrical and floating,
Tuchel T 3082
approx. 5052
55 V for 40 kHz deviation
approx. V, R = k52
operating voltage. RF input voltage.
squelch level, AF output voltage
serves simultaneously as
1
1
On /Off switch
12 to 16V
50 mA
approx. 20 hours
15 V,
Ah
1
170x136x65
1
09
kg
kg
70 dB
a 80 dB
70 dB
switches AF output on
single pole via relay
1
frequencies in the range of 25 to 145 MHz,
max. spacing of 0.5 MHz,
preferably 77.73 and 77.59 MHz
coaxial 60 S2 (Amphenol connector socket)
3 x 10 -s, quartz -crystal controlled
double superhet
10.8 MHz
455 kHz
± 15 kHz deviation (50 F 3)
better than 2.5 pV for 26 dB S/N
60 dB
1
switches AF output on
single pole via relay
adjustable 0 to 5 pV
30 Hz to 12 kHz ± 3 dB
S 3%
rated loading 300 52,
symmetrical and floating,
Tuchel T 3082
approx. 50 52
1.55 V for 8 kHz deviation
approx. V, R = k52
operating voltage, RF input voltage,
squelch level, output voltage
serves simultaneously as
On /Off switch
1
1
12 to 16 V
50 mA
approx. 20 hours
15 V,
t
Ah
170x 136x65
1.1 kg
0.9 kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
109
Battery Chargers
SZL 1010 SZL 15 SZL 25
SZL 1010:
Automatic recharger for
SK 1010 and EK 1010.
Dual unit.
Digital control of charging cycle.
Accelerated charge with overload protection.
SZL 15:
For rechargeable battery SER
1
-B 5.
Electronic charging system with automatic
cutout.
Meter and light indicators.
SZL 25:
For quick- charge
(1 hour).
Rechargeable battery GZB 4 -2.
Triple monitoring system of charging cycle
with overload protection.
the case of battery- operated equipment the
user is frequently confronted with the choice as to
whether to use dry cells or rechargeable batteries.
Frequently, either economic consideration or high
load capacity with low voltage loss would support
the choice in favour of rechargeable batteries.
Sennheiser has taken account of these requirements by using for wireless microphones the 9 V
battery for which an equivalent rechargeable battery
is readily available. Rechargeable batteries are
used to power auxiliary broadcasting transmitters
from the time they leave our works. Special battery
chargres for these batteries are available in the
Sennheiser range.
The SZL 1010 is for recharging batteries used in
the SK 1010 transmitter or EK 1010 receiver. This
unit is in the form of a double- charger, so that for
example in the case of the equipment recommended for lecture halls with one spare transmitter,
only one charger is needed. Also the combination
of one transmitter with one receiver EK 1010 can
be recharged with one single SLZ 1010 unit.
The automatic charging process operates in a
multi -phase circuit, whereby an increased charging
current in the first stage allows the charging time
to be reduced by up to 60 %. The digitally controlled cycle then automatically switches over to
trickle charge maintaining optimum charge and
service life of the rechargeable batteries.
The SZL 15 charger is for automatic recharging
of the SER -B 5 batteries. These offer a capacity
of 1 Ah and are used to power the SER 1 -3 and
the auxiliary broadcast receivers ER 2 and ER 3.
The SZL 15 operates at normal charge, so that
In
The SZL 25 is an automatic battery charger for
quick- charging the GZB 4 -2 batteries. These batteries are of the sinter -cell type with a capacity of
4 Ah and can be fully recharged within one hour
with the SZL 25. The special feature of this unit is
a quick- charge programme controlled by voltage,
temperature and time. It ensures a safe and rapid
recharge in conjunction with the temperature
sensors incorporated in the battery set. After a
fastcharge of about 1 hour the unit switches automatically to a reduced trickle charge. LEDs are
provided to show the charge function and battery
maximum charging time of 14 hours is needed
for a completely flat battery. During the charging
process the unit carries out an automatic check of
the charge level at periodic intervals. The selected
check cycle indicates when the battery has been
recharged and as soon as this level has been
reached the charging current is switched off. The
periodic check is continued so that after a longer
period of time and partial loss of charge the
recharging process can be restarted automatically.
The battery charge can be checked at any time by
means of pilot lamps and a built -in moving coil
meter.
a
condition.
1
Technical Data:
SZL 1010 (Part No. 1478)
SZL 15 (Part No. 0798)
Charger for
Charging bays
Charging current
Recharge time, flat battery
Power supply
Power consumption
Dimensions in mm
Weight
SK 1010 and EK 1010 with cadmium cells
SER
.
.
2
27 mA. 9 mA automatic switchover
approx. 5 hours, max. 8 hours
110 Ví220 V
4 VA
160x100x66
approx. 550 g
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
110
1
-3, ER 2 and ER 3 with cells SER
-B 5
SER 10 and SER
1
-4 with cells GZB 4 -2
1
1
100 mA with automatic cutout
14
SZL 25 (Part-No. 1675)
1
hours
110 V/220 V
8 VA
296 x 94 x 165
3.5 kg
4 A,
150 mA automatic switchover
approx.
1
hour
110 V/220 V
100 VA
281 x 150 x 100
approx. 5.5 kg
Receiver Accessories
F7D1010F7W1016F7W1016-1 EZW 1016-2 GZA 1000 TA 203
EZD 1010:
Diversity switching unit for EM 1010.
EZW 1016:
Compact RF divider to 250 MHz.
4 -way
and 2 -way distributors.
Wide range of compatibility.
EZW 1016-1:
6 -way
distributor to 250 MHz.
EZW 1016-2:
distributor with integrated
steep -edged filter.
6 -way
GZA 1000:
Half -wave antenna for 32 to 42 MHz.
Stable tripod and mast clamp.
With 5 m coaxial lead.
TA 203:
Telescopic antenna for EM 1012.
When using wireless microphones, "dead spots"
can arise as a result of multipath propagation.
This can be remedied by resorting to a diversity
operation to achieve particular operational reliability. A simple diversity mode is possible by using
squelch circuits in the EM 1012. However, maximum operating reliability can be achieved with
the aid of a combining circuit, whereby 2 EM 1012
units are coupled with the EZD 1010 auxiliary
diversity unit. LEDs on the front of the EZD 1010
indicate which receiver is switched through to the
output.
The EZW 1016 antenna dividers permit the splitting
or combination of RF signals with minimal loss.
Combination is employed to bring the signals of
several antennae to the receivers in the case of
extended systems. Splitting or division is used to
distribute the signal from one antenna uniformly
to several receivers. The basic EZW 1016 incorporates one 2 -way and one 4 -way divider, both of
which are separated from each other. This permits
distribution from a given point to 2 or 4 outputs
and vice versa according to circumstances. The
2 built -in dividers permit a large number of different
layouts. Numerous combinations are possible with
additional EZW 1016, but as the amount of energy
available must be spread over the number of units
connected, it is not adisable to link too many consumer units to one single source.
The EZW 1016 -1 permits operation of up to 6
receivers from 1 antenna.
With the EZW 1016 -2 an additional steep -sided
3- circuit helix filter with low insertion loss is fitted.
Interference signals lying outside the 4 MHz range
are effectively suppressed by the filter. This reduces the danger of intermodulation noise in multichannel systems from transmitters operating outside the waveband being used. The filter can be
balanced on a frequency between 130 MHz and
210 MHz.
The GZA 1000 halfwave antenna is suitable for a
wide frequency range. It is supplied complete with
a stable tripod stand with 3 removable legs. The
mast clamp which is also included as standard
provides an alternative method for rigging the
aerial clear of the ground. A particular feature of this
antenna is its considerable insensitivity to environmental influences and the remarkable gain by
comparison with a quarter wavelength aerial. The
GZA 1000 comes complete with 5 m coaxial connecting lead RG 58 and pigtail ends for fitting the
appropriate plug connector for the receiver input
socket.
The TA 203 telescopic antenna fits directly into the
slide socket on the receiver EM 1012. This antenna
is particularly suitable for smaller systems and
provides considerably better and more cleanly defined transmission values than would be obtainable
from improvised antennae. A second, retaining pin
prevents the antenna from twisting in the socket.
.
SENNNEiTEp
ANTENNENWEICHE
EZW
IPA
SPLIT IFN
GZA 1000
Technical Data:
Frequency range
Distribution loss
Insertion losses
Output decoupling
Dimensions in mm
Connecting socket
Impedance
Height
Weight
.
EZW 1016 (Part No. 1708)
EZW 1016-1
EZW 1016-2
30 to 125 kHz
30 to 250 MHz
8 dB (1 input, 6 outputs)
8 dB (1 input, 6
3 dB (2 -way
6 dB (4 -way
dB
26 dB
168 x 120
BNC
50
divider)
divider)
1
.
.
.
.
x
50
2dB
26dB
168 x120 x50
BNC
504
1
frequency between 130 and 210 MHz, band width
outputs)
GZA 1000
4
MHz
32 to 42 MHz
4 dB
26 dB
168 x 120 x 50
BNC
50
3.90 m
1.6kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
111
7
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
New products have been developed for medical
applications through the modification of existing
matured technologies. For example Sennheiser
has made use of both infrared and RF technologies in this connection. Knowledge accumulated
from the application of technology and operational
safety and reliability has formed the basis for
development of the ausculation trolley, a device
which permits wireless transmission of a patient's
cardiac heart sounds through infrared headphones.
Further developments in RF technology include
the Mikroport transmitters and receivers which
have proved such a significant aid in enabling
students with hearing disabilities to be integrated
into normal school education classes. The inherent
versatility of Sennheiser products in the service of
modern medicine is also emphasised by our
"hearing trainer" equipment and the wireless
infrared system as well as the range of equipment
providing better listening facilities for TV sound.
Part
Designation
Brief description
Page
No.
5135 WA 1000
5136 WA 1010
"BEDSIDE TEACHING "ausculationtrolley
"LECTURE ROOM" ausculation trolley
113
1614 EK 1010
1417 SK 1010
Mikroport receiver for the hard of hearing
Mikroport transmitter for the hard of hearing
114
114
1340 HDI 406 S
1674 HDI 407 S
115
1341 SI 406 S
Infrared TV headphones for the hard of hearing
Lavalier receiver for connecting up Sennheiser headphones
and other listening aids
Infrared retrofit receiver for the hard of hearing
Monaural infrared transmitter for the hard of hearing
1526 SI 406 SX
1941 SI 406 SY
Monaural infrared transmitter without AF plug
Monaural infrared transmitter with microphone
1381 HDI 408 S
1876
1877
1878
1879
1954
SKI 1011
EKI 1011
SZI 1011
SZL 1011
EZT 1011
1009 MKE 201 special
1341 SI 406 S
1674 HDI 407 S
1634 EZI 100
112
Infrared pulsing transmitter
Infrared pulsing receiver
Infrared pulsing transponder
Automatic recharger
Teleloop
Special electret microphone for audio -training
Infrared transmitter for audio -training
Infrared receiver for audio- training
Induction loops for audio-training
113
115
115
115
115
115
116/117
116/117
116/117
116/117
116/117
118
118
118
118
Auscultation Trolley
77
WA 1010 WA 1000
.
Infrared control transmitter
SI 1011
Stethoscope mixer
and filter unit
SK 1010
MikroportReceiver
Emitter unit
SZI 1019
EM 1009
flap,
automatic lead
12 x NDI 406-X
Compact unit.
Easily transportable.
Including 10 infrared stethoscope headsets.
Brilliant sound transmission.
Additional commentary via Mikroport system.
In the past auscultatory findings have been extremely difficult to convey to a larger group of
people. This problem has now been resolved by
our new system, whereby heart sounds are conveyed by wireless transmission of invisible and
totally harmless infrared light without any tangle
of leads from the sickbed or in the lecture room
direct to the students. The physician is able simultaneously with his assistants or students, to make
a diagnosis of the heart sounds. Use of the Mikroport system with the WA 1010 model renders it
possible to give additional explanatory comments
which are also transmitted to the infrared stethoscope headphones worn by the students.
The auscultation trolley
The Sennheiser
"Lecture Room" centralised
auscultation trolley unit (WA 1010) is equipped as
follows:
MKE 10 microphone auscultation instrument,
rubber tube, triple -head stethoscope
stethoscope mixer and filter unit
infrared control transmitter SK 1011 -X
Mikroport receiver EM 1009
1 Mikroport transmitter SK 1010
infrared emitter unit SZI 1019
battery recharge bar GZL 406, specifically for
GZS 406 rechargeable batteries
10 IR stethoscope receivers HDI 406 -X
1 battery charger SZL 1010 for SK 1010
1
1
1
1
1
1
The centralised "Bedside Teaching" unit (WA
1000) is supplied without the Mikroport receivers
EM 1009, the Mikroport transmitters SK 1010 and
without the battery charger SZL 1010.
The system is incorporated in a "Caddinox" hospital trolley and fitted with an automatic mains lead
system.
GZL 406 special
Functional principles of the system
The auscultation noise is transmitted initially from
the stethoscope head via the rubber tube to the
electret microphone. It is then passed to a stethoscope mixer and filter unit. The filter consists of a
switchable, variable band-pass filter with a transmission range of 75 Hz to 1.5 kHz. The band -pass
filter can be switched to "high -pass filter" and
"band -pass filter" function. The band -pass filter
consists of a combination of high -pass and low pass filters. The high -pass filter allows only high
frequencies to "pass" unmuffled, as compared
with the low -pass filter with the low frequencies.
It can be tuned by hand and thus offers the user
the facility for filtering out the frequencies of
importance for the desired auscultation signal.
Most of the audible cardiovascular occurrences in
case of either health or illness fall within the
frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 kHz. The transmission system has a linear frequency response
in the range of 50 Hz to 8 kHz (without stethoscope
head and rubber tube).
The Mikroport receiver EM 1009 is connected to
the mixer input on the mixer and filter unit. Together
with the Mikroport transmitter SK 1010 this
provides the possibility for the auscultation lecturer
to make appropriate comments. The mixer permits
fade-in or fade -out of the commentary or auscultation noise. The signal is then fed to the infrared
control transmitter SI 1011 -X, which amplifies the
signal and supplies a control signal for the IR
emitter unit SZI 1019.
The infrared emitter unit is integrated in the auscultation trolley and IR transmission is through reflection from the room ceiling to the IR receiver.
Here the IR receiver is the wireless stethoscope
headphone HDI 406 -X. Owing to physical circumstances the system is limited to enclosed
rooms. Use of infrared light as a transmission
medium for noise and physiological events also
opens up the possibility for conveying palpitation
findings. The individual modules in the system
have already been in use for some time with
considerably success in wireless IR audio transmission and RF audio transmission.
113
Ti
Wireless
LG,t'opoc
System for the Hard of Hearing
Under certain conditions children with a hearing
disability can be integrated in normal school
classes instead of being obliged to attend
special schools for the hard of hearing. The
Sennheiser wireless Mikroport system offers
an ideal aid to achieve this end.
virtually every country throughout the world
about 0.22 % of all people are born with hearing
disabilities sufficiently serious to require special
educational facilities it they are not to be left
seriously disadvantaged. For example in West
Germany alone almost 20,000 children are being
educated in such special schools for the hard of
hearing. However, it has been found that about
5 to 10 % of these children fulfil the requirements
which would permit integration in normal school
classes with the aid of the Sennheiser wireless
Mikroport technology.
This technical aid is based on the voice of the
teacher being picked up from close proximity by
a transmitter SK 1010 and transmitted to the child
with the hearing disability by means of a Lavaliertype receiver EK 1010 to allow the child to hear
clearly. In day to day schooling the procedure is
as follows: on entering the classroom the student
with a hearing disability puts on the Mikroport
transmitter SK 1010 and switches it on before his
lesson commences. The child wears the Lavalier
Mikroport receiver throughout the entire lesson
and it transmits the signal, i.e. the teacher's voice,
in excellent quality inductively to the hearing aid of
the child.
In
114
These hearing aids are incorporated in the transmission path because it has been found that every
person with a hearing disability has become so
accustomed to wearing and using the hearing aid
that even a transmission of high technical quality
would be less readily understood if the hearing aid
were to be bypassed. However, to this is added
the fact that the child with a hearing disability in any
case uses its existing hearing aid for two additional
purposes: on the one hand any verbal contribution
to the lesson by class mates, which would not be
carried via the teacher's transmitter, must be
heard, whereas, on the other hand the child with
the hearing disability must be able to hear his or her
own voice, which it also picks up via the hearing
aid, in order to ensure distinct and correct pronunciation at all times.
How is it possible to recognise the abovementioned 5 to 10% of children with a hearing
disability and who might be suitable for this mode
of integration? A common characteristc of all of
the children assisted in this manner to date has
been above average intelligence. Obviously this
intelligence assists the children to supplement
those parts of spoken texts which, despite all
technological advances, still remain uncompre-
hended, to the point where complete sentences
are understood and absorbed. Another characteristic of all children thus assisted is a uniformly
high degree of spontaneity, a definite motivation
to learn and considerable willingness on the part
of parents to assist where possible.
The final, but equally important requirement for use
of this wireless Mikroport system is a high standard
of speech discrimination of at least 70 % in close talking with the aid of hearing aids which have
already been worn for some time by the child in
question.
The considerable responsibility involved in furnishing assistance toward integrating a child with
a hearing disability into the normal school curriculum has caused Sennheiser Electronic to train
a carefully selected number of hearing aid acoustic
specialists for making this technology available
to children with hearing disabilities. A list of these
Mikroport specialist consultants is available from
your Sennheiser agent.
Infrared Technology for the Hard of Hearing
SI
406 S SI 406 SX SI 406 SY HDI 406 S HDI 407 S HDI 408 S
For high quality monaural transmission.
Matched dynamic compression.
Ultra-simple operation.
High reproduction level.
Extremely lightweight receiver.
With hearing aid - wireless - one ear
Without hearing aid
All previous headphones for transmitting radio/TV
sound for the hard of hearing have required a
connecting lead, which has repeatedly proved to
be the troublesome link in the chain. This connecting lead is no longer required when using
Sennheiser infrared transmission systems. The
systems used for the hard of hearing are of a
special design for the special requirements involved, incorporating matched dynamic compression, which is of particular importance for hearing
deficiencies with recruitment, and the reproduction
level has been raised to the degree necessary
for the hard of hearing. All Sennheiser equipment
for the hard of hearing includes the suffix code
letter "S ". These versions of our equipment are
supplied to specialist hearing aid suppliers, who
are able to demonstrate the individual devices and
also have additional information on other Sennheiser products for persons with a hearing disability.
MINIM
Without hearing aid
frequent removal
- wireless - both ears -
With hearing aid - wireless - both ears
Without hearing aid - wireless - both ears
particularly comfortable wearing
With hearing aid
frequent removal
-
wireless
-
both ears
-
-
®
The SI 406 S is a monaural infrared transmitter
with dynamic compression. Otherwise it is identical
to the standard SI 406 version.
With the SI 406 SX the universal plug connector
has been discarded, so that this version can, for
example, be connected permanently to a unit by a
qualified expert. Other plug connectors can also
be matched to the free lead ends.
- wireless - both ears
.'
Without hearing aid
- wireless - one ear
The SI 406 SY is used for TV sets which do not
have a headphone socket as standard. This transmitter is provided additionally with an angled
electret microphone for mounting on the side on
the TV set, with the microphone itself positioned
directly in front of the loudspeaker aperture to pick
up the full acoustic quality of the sound. The transmission quality is excellent not withstanding 2 -fold
transformation through loudspeaker and microphones. The transmitter can be mounted without
any need to interfere with the interior of the TV set.
The HDI 406 S is a monaural stethoscope headphone for particularly loud volume. Otherwise the
data are identical to those of the standard HDI 406
version (see page 74).
The HDI 407 S is a receiver which can be clipped
to the clothing of the user or worn around the
neck with a cord. It is intended for connecting up
with Sennheiser headphones or other hearing
aids.
The HDI 408 S is electrically equivalent to the
HDI 407 S, differing only in its mechanical features.
It can be connected as sole receiver directly with
the special headphones HD 414 S -2.
11111111111111g
HDI 408 S
115
77.
Infrared Pulsing System
SKI 1011
EKI 1011
SZT 1011
SZL1011
EZT 1011
Infrared system with portable, battery
powered transmitter.
Comfortable and safe wearing of
transmitter and receiver owing to their small,
lightweight design.
Adequate coverage in rooms of
average size.
No installation work required.
The new 1011 system is a parallel development
to the familiar Sennheiser infrared systems. With
the portable SKI 1011 transmitter it is possible to
pick up the voice of the speaker and to transmit
it by wireless via infrared light to the EKI 1011
transmitter. This ensures that the voice which has
been picked up clearly and distinctly is conveyed
with equal brilliance to the ear of a user, for example
a person with a hearing impediment. As with all
other infrared systems, this system is used in
enclosed rooms where there is no possibility of
disruption from unduly bright daylight. This ensures
that the information transmitted is limited to the
room in question. It is thus possible, for example,
to operate identical wireless transmission systems
in directly adjacent rooms without any mutual
interference, for example in schools.
116
The portable, battery- operated infrared transmitter
has become feasible through the use of the newly
developed pulsing modulation system. Despite
the fact that it is powered by only three mini -cells,
the emitted power of this transmitter is sufficient to
give complete coverage in rooms of normal size
up to about 30 m2. The range of operation can be
further enlarged with the aid of the SZT 1011
transponder (infrared light pulse amplifier).
When operating transmitter and receiver with
rechargeable batteries in place of dry cells, these
batteries can be recharged directly in the transmitter or receiver with the aid of the battery charger
SZL 1011, which is provided with a quick- charge
bay for the more powerful transmitter and a standard
charge bay for the receiver.
The sound can be transmitted by wireless system
to the hearing aid of the carrier with the aid of
induction loop EZT 1011 connected to the receiver
EKI 1011.
Infrared Pulsing System
SKI 1011
EKI 1011
SZT 1011
Technical data:
Radiation power
AF transmission range
SZL 1011
EZT 1011
SKI 1011
(
-3 dB)
750 mW
100 to 7000 Hz
Microphone Input:
Input socket
Input impedance
Input sensitivity
Socket wiring connection
8 -pin Tuchel, screw -type
approx. 50 kOhm
4 mV for limiter start
(to be dropped by 20 dB by deviation control)
pin 1 to AF, pins 2 and 3 to earth, pin 8 to UB
Line Input:
Input socket
Input impedance
Sensitivity for ± 15 kHz deviation
Power supply
Operating life relative to battery type
Dimensions in mm
Weight with battery and microphone
Colour
jack socket 3.5 mm
approx. 250 kOhm
100 mV (to be dropped by 20 dB by deviation
control)
3 minicells (IEC 6 R) optionally nickel cadmium
rechargeable batteries 1.2 V /500 mA /h or
alkaline cells
approx. 4 hours with nickel cadmium rechargeable
batteries, approx. 14 hours with alkaline batteries
100 x 55 x 43
approx. 200 g
black
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical data:
EZT 1011
Frequency range
Plug connector
Impedance
Magnetic field strength
300 to 10,000 Hz
3.5 mm diameter jack
47 Ohm
100 mA/m at kHz and 10 mVA
1
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical data:
szL 1011
Number of charging bays
Charging current
2
Charge time
Power supply
500 mA in quick charge bay, 50 mA in standard
charge bay, 9 mA trickle charge
hour quick charge
14 hours for normal charge
220/110 V 50 /60 Hz + 20 %
1
-15%
Dimensions in mm
Weight
Colour
160 x165 x 75
1200 g
grey
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical data:
Output:
Output connection
Impedance
Output
AF frequency response
EKI 1011
3 5 mm
diameter jack connector
min 50 Ohm
50 mW to 50 Ohm
100 to 7000 Hz
Input:
Input connector
Impedance
Sensitivity
Connector wiring
Power supply
Operating time relative to battery type
Dimensions in mm
Weight with batteries
Colour
8 -pin Tuchel connector, screw -type
approx. 3 kOhm
approx. 1 mV (for limiter start)
pin to AF, pins 2 and 3 to earth, pin 8 to + VB
3 mini-cells (IEC R 6) optionally nickel- cadmium
rechargeable batteries 1.2 V, 500 mA/h or
alkaline cells
approx. 20 hours with nickel- cadmium
rechargeable batteries, approx. 72 hours with
alkaline cells
100 x 55 x 43
approx. 180 g
black
1
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
Technical data:
Sri' 1011
Emitted power
Number of transmitter diodes
Room area coverage '
Number of receiver diodes
Supply voltage
> 2500 mW (pulse light output)
Power consumption
Maximum pulse repetition rate
Transmission pulse width
Dimensions in mm with cover for transmitter and receiver diodes
Weight
Colour
no load approx. 3.5 VA, max. approx. 10 VA
80 kHz ± 10 %
35
more than 80
m2
8
220 V/110 V + 20 % (resolderable)
-15%
1
s
± 10 %
14Óx 100 x 53
approx. 1000 g
black
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
117
Hearing Trainer
MKE 201 special SI 406 S HDI 407 S EZI 100
SI
HDI 407 S
EZI 100
Portable, thus suitable for use in a different
room at any time.
Maximum freedom of movement for the user.
Extension by additional infrared receiver.
Easy matching to existing hearing aid.
User -monitoring by speaking into microphone.
The hearing trainer is a highly promising aid for the
training of patients with a hearing and speech
disability. With the aid of this system the training
information is brought directly to the ear of the
patient. Sennheiser has pioneered a new approach
with this system. With the aid of infrared technology it is now possible for teachers and students
to complete the training programme in physical
isolation from each other, i.e. by wireless system.
This means that each person concerned has considerable freedom of movement. The teacher or
instructor speaks into the MKE 201 special electret
microphone, which is linked with the SI 406 infra-
118
red transmitter. The microphone picks up words
and sounds which are then radiated by the infrared
emitter. The student carries the infrared receiver
HDI 407 on which the induction loops EZI 100 are
located. These tiny wafers are clamped to the ear
behind the hearing aid, thus ensuring a direct
transmission of sound to the hearing aid. The
adjustment of frequency control elements (tone
control) and the maximum sound pressure level is
eliminated, as the hearing aid has already been
adapted to the wearer. It is now no longer necessary
to make any technical adjustment of the type which
has otherwise been customary with hearing training
equipment.
406 S
MKE 201
Special
SAUDIO STUDIO EQUIPMENT
Audiofrequency transmission units which would
satisfy the studio requirements of today were
among the first products manufactured by Senn heiser. Over the intervening decades there has
been continuous change and development in this
range of products. Where we were initially producing power amplifiers, transmission systems
evolved subsequently through to one of the first
active loudspeaker boxes. Technical innovations
constantly replaced existing models. The M 101
auxiliary broadcast portable mixer desk proved
particularly successful.
Sennheiser lays particular emphasis on adapting
the range of audio studio equipment to the specific
requirements of the profession. Consequently the
range always offers technically advanced products
with characteristics and features which guaranntee
maximum user benefit. Analytical work in the field
of speech and music has opened up the area of
signal processing technology. One particular
example of such signal processing is the vocoder,
with its immense variety of applications for the
production of speech and music. The vocoder
fits ideally into the overall Sennheiser range of
products, which is based essentially on speech
and music, whether in connection with microphones, headphones or test and measuring equipment.
The following listing gives details as to the pages
on which you will find the individual products in
the audio studio equipment group.
Page
Part
Designation
Brief description
No.
1549
VSM 201
M 101
M 101 U
Vocoder
Mixing desk
Mixing desk with Cannon plug connector
120
0272
0274
0981
MN 101
M 101 -B 2
M 101 -B 3
ML 101
Mains unit
Microphone module
Master amplifier module
Monitor unit
122
122
122
123
1023
1024
0385
121
121
119
Sound Effect Vocoder
VSM 201
-ir.=-
7;?5j-l'"
-i
1".)rlr-r)n1r7) r'VP1
(7/ r) rV--) r.
(7)
ß
--
For a wide variety of speech and music effects.
For rhythmic alternations.
Built -in multifilter.
.
. .
.
6® po'
òó:to`°
ooaó
á
66
ti o
Automatic interval filling.
Adjustable bypass.
Envelope outputs.
Built -in noise generator.
LED modulation displays.
recent years the quest for new sound forms and
effects has led to the evolution of a large number
of electronic instruments through to the present day synthesizer. The VSM 201 sound effect
vocoder now opens up the possibility for including
the human voice in such "sound expansion"
developments. In a further stage it is also possible
to leave the speech signal again so that any desired
types of signal are available to the vocoder inputs.
Co- ordination of the vocoder and the various
sources thus permits a variety of sound effects
unequalled by any other equipment.
All vocoders found their origin in the area of speech
transmission. The basic concept is a total analysis
of the speech signal, transmission of its characteristic data and renewed synthesis at the reception
point.
Whereas with the original vocoder speech generation or speech reconstitution sounding as
"genuine" as possible gave rise to the greatest
In
amount of technical outlay, in applications to the
artistic sector any similarities between the original
spoken or sung input or music source and what the
vocoder is able to deliver at the output is highly
undesirable. However, to the extent that a proportion of speech is included in the input, the text
should remain comprehensible. The greater the
distance and dissimilarity from the original acoustic
pattern of the input signals, the more interesting the
vocoder becomes for artistic and dramatic applications in radio plays, filming, television and on the
stage. The vocoder is fully capable of multiplying
the voice of one individual pop singer or transposing the range of the singer's voice over anything up to 8 octaves.
For as long as speech is fed into one input, it is
possible with the vocoder to create the illusion of
"speech" from instrumental or other noises fed
into the second input. Speaking monophonic or
polyphonic musical instruments, speaking wind,
an engine complaining of poor combustion, the
sound of church bells or the synchronous slogans
of encouragements from an otherwise incomprehensibly roaring crowd of football supporters
are only a few examples. At the same time the
automatic interval filling ensures that the character
of the inital signal remains intact.
If in the next stage the speech is left as an articulation signal, additional instrumental effects not
hitherto produced can be generated. Combination
of a drum with a trombone leads to a "drummed"
trombone, a sound which is impossible to imagine
without practical demonstration.
As a result of the distribution in the channel vocoder
of the transmission spectrum to a large number of
individual channels, it is possible with the level
controls to use the vocoder also as a 20- channel
multifilter. It therefore offers additional scope for
variety in the production of music.
Technical Data:
VSM 201
Number of channels in the filter bank
Spectral range
Mains voltage
20 channels
100 to 8000 Hz
Automatic switchover between 110 V and 220 V range
Poewr consumption
Mains frequency
Speech signal inputs
Equivalent signal inputs
Signal outputs
Housing dimensions w x h x d
Weight
Carrying case dimensions, w x h x d
Weight
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
120
220V ±15%
±110V ±15%
approx. 18 VA
50 to 60 Hz
+ 6 dB, 100 kS2 asymmetrical
2.5 mV, 200 52 symmetrical
+ 6 dB, 100 k52 asymmetrical
2.5 mV, approx. 5 kS2 asymmetrical
+ 6 dB asymmetrical
- 20 dB asymmetrical
approx. 475 x 270 x 235 mm
12.5 kg
approx. 600 x 380 x 360 mm
77
kg
Auxiliary Broadcast Mixer Panel
M101M101U
e®
®®
Cì
4
Lightweight unit for mobile use.
Studio transmission quality.
Battery operation with low power
consumption.
High sensitivity (0.1 mV).
Output level + 6 dB.
Output transmitter suitable for expansion
to 6,9 or 15 dB.
Built -in level tone generator.
Peak voltage indicator.
Treble -bass equaliser in summation.
Mains module available.
The M 101 transmission mixer desk is designed
mainly for professional and semi -professional
use. When used in conjunction with a portable
tape recorder this forms a handy and readily
portable unit.
The basic version of the unit has inputs and outputs with screw -type connector sockets to DIN
45524 specifications. The M 101 U version is
fitted with built -in plug connectors to accommodate Cannon lead couplings.
In addition to dynamic and condenser microphones with their own power supply, condenser
microphones with AB supply can also be con nepted to the inputs. The AB power is supplied
from the unit and is adapted to the power capacity
of the high quality HF condenser microphones.
The AB supply can be switched off individually
in each microphone channel for the operation of
dynamic microphones. Each microphone module
also incorporates a switchable bass cut filter which
drops frequencies below 100 Hz by about 10 dB
per octave. The level is set by means of a graduated
selector switch, a rotary potentiometer and a slide
potentiometer. The graduated selector switch is
intended for rough attenuation, fine adjustment
between the individual stages is with the rotary
6
4
4
1
1
1
it
.,)
"7/
J4,
ilk
eVA1ilVl(IWI
N54,W,t.
\\'/
IT
Mfi/01.1
`
-
Y1
d
mill
Ili
- - - -
10
,
-
YII
Y®1
1
,-
r
ilxr
5
é
1
0
r
p
c,
r
,
n
Y
0
1
0
i
(
w
1
0
0
1
0
1
.
.101
Y
1
Y
.
H":
1
lfi
Y
1
W®
1
,e
potentiometer and the slide potentiometer is provided for actual channel operation with fade -in
and fade -out. The overload capability of the input
stages is approximately 26 dB and is reduced to
20 dB by the time it reaches the summing amplifier.
A pushbutton control on each microphone channel
switches through a pre -listening path to a summing
point in the mixing module. The outputs of the
microphone channels are fed via booster amplifiers
and decoupling resistors to the master slide-fader
which is carried on a separate socket to allow a
second M 101 mixer desk to be coupled in parallel.
The summing module incorporates separate
equalisers for treble and bass control in addition to
the main potentiometer which is also of the slide type. These equalisers can be switched as required
jointly to the summing amplifier or to the fourth
microphone channel. A built -in oscillator provides
Technical Data:
Inputs
Input sensitivity
Input attenuator
Input impedance
Input symmetry
Bass cut filter switchable in each input
Power for AB capacitor microphones
Output
.
Y
Y
fs.
.
33
1
t0 tr`
(s)
1
r
1
1
1
,,1
Yr
t
YA
0
W
voltage is shown
directly on the summing module with a peak voltage
meter. A pushbutton control also permits the supply
voltage to be read from the instrument. The output
power of the summing module is generated by a
push -pull output amplifier with a very low output
impedance. A symmetrical transformer is also
available for the M 101 to permit an output level of
6, 9 or 15 dB by appropriate tapping. A reversing
switch permits the power supply to be taken from
the powering module or from an external supply
line. The basic power supply is in the form of a battery module, accommodating two 9 V batteries,
size IEC 6 F 100. This module can be interchanged
with the MN 101 mains unit for powering from the
200 V lighting system. An external supply voltage
can, for example, be taken from the Nagra portable
tape recorders.
a defined line -up tone. The output
M 101 (Part No.0272)
M 101 U (Cannon) (Part No. 0274)
4, symmetrical, floating
0.1 mV to max. 1.55 V
positions, 20 dB stages, additionally 20 dB stepless
control in feedback circuit of the first amplifier stage
120 to 12 kHz a 1 kS2, 40 Hz to 50 kHz a 400 S2
with attenuator = 1.8 kg
40 Hz to 15 kHz = 60 dB
120 Hz frequency start 3 dB)
10 dB per octave below 100 Hz
switchable by hand in each input
asymmetric, + 6 dB to 60 52 u + 6 dB source
3
(
impedance 18 kg
Output impedance
Frequency response
Distortion factor
<4S2
40 to 15,000 Hz ± 1.5 dB
0 5 % 60 Hz to 15 kHz (+ 6 dB at output to 200 S2)
% 60 Hz to 15 kHz (+ 12 dB at output to 200 S2
approx. 3 dB
65 dBm weighted to DIN 45 405
77 dBm weighted to DIN 45405
build -up time to 90 % full deflection: 30 ms
final oscillation time: 1.4 sec.
Frequency kHz ± 15 %, distortion factor = %,
level adjustable by master fader
treble control ± 12 dB at 15 kHz
bass control + 10 dB to 14 dB at 40 Hz
20 °Cto +50 °C
40 mA at full modulation
2 x 9 V Ever Ready No. 276 or equivalent (IEC 6 F 100)
30 hours with 4 AB condenser microphones
20 hours
347 x 233 x 126
1
Noise factor
Summing point noise (all microphone faders closed, master fader fully open)
Peak level meter
Line -up generator
Equaliser, switchable to master channel or input IV
Temperature range
Power consumption
Batteries
Battery life in intermittent operation
Dimension in mm
Weight (with batteries)
1
1
6 kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
121
Individual Modules
M101-B3MN101
M 101-B 2
Flexibility through use of individual modules.
Microphone module M 101 -B 2.
Master amplifier M 101 -B 3.
Power supply MN 101.
Both stationary and mobile mixer units in the
professional and semi -professional area can be
expanded as required with the aid of the M 101
module range. The modular principle permits
virtually any desired number of channels to be
combined to create either monaural or stereo
systems of studio quality. Electrical coupling of the
modules is extremely simple: all units are marked
unmistakeably on the PCBs showing the input
Technical Data:
voltage, prelistening line and the modulation line.
The appropriate PCB connector strip is included
as standard. The MN 101 mains unit available for
power supply purposes in the Sennheiser range
is capable of powering up to 2 master amplifiers
and 10 to 20 microphone modules, depending
on the type of microphone used. There are no
obstacles to the use of more powerful mains units
for larger systems.
Microphe module M
101 -B 2
Master amplifier M
(Part No. 1023)
(Part No. 1024)
Input /inputs
symmetrical
4,
Rated input impedance
Input level
Input attenuator
200 Q
Input symmetry
Basscut filter, switchable
24004
.
Power supply for AB capacitor microphones
Outputs
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
with attenuator = 1.8 k4
40 Hz to 15 kHz z 60 dB
120 Hz start frequency (- 3 dB)
10 dB per octave below 100 Hz
12 V, switchable
signal: asymmetric 250 mV
prelistening: 50 mV, Ri = 22 k4
Terminating resistance of signal output
Frequency response
Distortion factor
? 10 k4
40to15,000Hz±1.5dB
Noise factor
Temperature range
Service voltage
Power consumption
3dB
2%60Hzto15kHz
-20 °C to +50
12V ±1V
°C
approx.5 mA. approx. 10 mA with condenser
microphone
215 x400 70
380 g
Dimensions in mm
Weight
Input sensitivity
(Part No. 0981)
asymmetrical
t prelistening
line looped
0.1 mV to 1.55 V
3 positions in 20 d8 stages, also 20 dB stepless control
in the feedback of the first amplifying stage
120 Hz to 12 kHz ? 1 kit
40 Hz to 15 kHz
Input impedance
?10k4
asymmetric + 6 dB to 200
d
to18k4
and + 6
nodal point. impedance = 10
level approx. 40 mV
-20°Cto+50°C
18V;-3,+6V
20 mA
215x89x70
690 g
250 mV
77 dBm weighted to DIN
.
Level tone generator
k4
4010 16,000 Hz ± 1.5 dB to DIN 45 500
0.5 %60 Hz to 15 kHz
(+ 6 dB at output) to 200 4
1% 60 Hz to 15 kHz
(+ 12 dB at output) to 200 4
-44
Output impedance
Noise at output with fader closed
Modulation monitor
instrument (peak voltage meter)
Mains unit MN 101
101 -B 3
45405
Build -up time to 90 % full deflection 30 ms
final oscillation time 1.4 sec
Frequency
kHz ± 15 %
distortion factor = %
level adjustable with fader control
level control ± 12 dB at 15 kHz
bass control ± 10 0B, -14 dB at 40 Hz
1
1
Equaliser, switchable into master amp or input IV
18
DC output
Vito 140mA)
approx. 16 V at 180 mA
Superimposed interference voltage at 18
Mains conection
Power consumption
Dimensions in mm
Weight
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
122
<1mV
V
.
.
.
.
220 V ac, 50 to 60 Hz. resolderable to 110 V
4 VA
215x60x70
approx.500
g
Mixer Monitoring Unit
ML 101
Supplementary unit for M 101.
Input for two M 101s.
Built -in loudspeaker.
Prelistening output.
Signal path cueing.
Feedback cueing.
Loudspeaker doubles as cue microphone.
Tape monitoring of direct and off -tape levels.
Suitable for battery or mains operation.
The ML 101 monitor unit has been developed to
expand the versatility of the M 101 4- channel
mixer unit. Combination of the M 101 /ML 101 units
offers operating and monitoring facilities which
have hitherto been available only with large fixed
mixer systems. It permits direct and off-tape monitoring as well as pre -fade listening by headphone
or built -in loudspeaker. Cues can be superimposed
on the useful signal or fed back separately, for
example to the cameraman or reporter.
The monitoring unit incorporates 2 4 -Watt amplifiers. One amplifier triggers either the built-in
The monitoring unit also incorporates a transforme
which is linked via a decoupling amplifier with the
mixer unit output and generates a level of 15 dB via
a secondary winding. The symmetrical + 6 dB output is fed to a large 3 -pin Tuchel connector and the
+ 15 dB output to two unit terminals.
The appropriate inputs are duplicated for parallel
connection of two M 101 units to the ML 101
monitor unit.
The unit is incorporated in a housing with the
same dimensions as the M 101 mixer. As with the
latter, it can be powered by the built -in battery
pack, the interchangeable MN 101 mains unit or
via an external dc line. A small moving coil meter
indicates the supply voltage level.
loudspeaker or the headphone output and performs the following monitoring functions:
1. The output signal of the mixer desk can be
monitored (direct tape monitoring).
2. Off-tape monitoring is possible by simple switch over. Two symmetrical floating tape recorder
inputs are provided for this purpose. The direct
and off -tape signal can be balanced to a corn mon
level by means of a rotary potentiometer.
3. The signal at the input of the microphone channels can be monitored with the channel fader
down by pressing the pre -fade listening button
in the M 101.
The second amplifier feeds two headphone outputs coupled in parallel, through which it is
possible to monitor the output signal of the mixer
units or to feed it to a cameraman or interviewer.
This path can also be used for cueing. For this
purpose a button is provided to allow the built -in
loudspeaker to be used as a microphone.
A link with the summing point of mixer unit M 101
permits superimposing of cueing via the mixer
unit output to a connected tape recorder. Here,
also, the loudspeaker is used as a microphone.
Technical Data:
Inputs:
1. Two inputs for connecting the M 101
Sensitivity
Input impedance
2. Two inputs for pre -fade listening
Sensitivity
Input impedance
3 Two inputs for direct monitoring
Sensitivity
Max. permissible input level
Impedance
Outputs:
1. Output for modulation
Output leve 1
Output leve' 2
2. Headphone outputs
Output level
Minimum load impedance
Temperature range
Current drain, no load /monitoring
Dimension in mm
Batteries
Weight (with batteries)
ML 101 (Part No. 0385)
.
.
.
.
.
.
asymmetric
1.55 V
5 kO
asymmetric
80 mV
120 k52
symmetrical, floating
300 mV adjustable
2V
20 k52
symmetrical, floating
+6dBto20052
+15dBto60052
asymmetric
max. 4 V adjustable
452
-20'Cto +50 °C
35 mA /100 mA
347 x 233 s 126
Eveready No. 276 or
equivalent (IEC 6 F 100)
2x 9 V
6 kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
123
9
AUDIO TEST INSTRUMENTS
The very first range of products manufactured by
Sennheiser included gauges and measuring
equipment for use in laboratories and workshops.
For many years the impedance, inductance and
capacitance measuring devices developed at that
time have been in use throughout the world.
Consistent with Sennheiser's progressive approach it was obvious that facilitites should also be
developed for the measurement of audio voltage
levels with the aid of microphones or appropriate
reproduction facilities. It was in this way that the
first electron tube volt meters were originated by
Sennheiser. Over several generations these electron tube volt meters have been refined to culminate, with an appropriate range of accessories,
in universally applicable measuring facilities for the
audiofrequency sector.
Part
Until recently it was possible to assemble a complete test and measuring installation using an
electron tube volt meter and the appropriate
accessories. This also permitted weighted measurements in accordance with various standard
specifications and characteristics (peak value
readings).
The UPM 550 universal level meter now offers
in compact form greatly expanded measuring
possibilities by comparison with the previous conventional layout comprising numerous individual
instruments: interchangeable plug -in boards permit a comprehensive measuring system to be
assembled for a diverse range of applications in
audio measurement technology.
The UPM 550 and the range of plug -in filter boards
available as standard are described in the following.
Designation
Brief Description
UPM 550
UPM 550 -1
RVZ11 -1
UPM 550 -B 17
UPM 550 -B 17 -1
UPM 550 -B 17 -2
UPM 550 -B 17 -3
UPM 550 -B 17-4
UPM 550 -B 17 -5
UPM 550 -B 17-6
UPM 550 -B 17-7
UPM 550-B 17-8
UPM 550 -B 17-9
UPM 550 -B 17-10
UPM 550 -B 17-11
UPM 550 -B 17-12
UPM 550 -B 17 -13
UPM 550 -B 17 -14
UPM 550 -B 17 -15
UPM 550 -B 17 -16
UPM 550 -B 17 -F
UPM 550-B 17-R
UPM 550 -B 100
ZP 3
Universal level meter
Universal level meter special equipment
Series transformer
Basic board for supplementary filter
Psophometric voltage filter to DIN 45405 (1967)
Extraneous rumble filter to DIN 45539
Audible rumble noise filter to DIN 45539
Telephone noise weighting filter to CCITT P. 53
Weighted noise filter for FM stereo receivers
1500 Hz band pass filter
Weighted noise filter for TV sound
100 Hz band pass filter
1000 Hz distortion factor filter
19 kHz band pass filter
38 kHz band pass filter
Filter to DIN 45301 specifications with 19 kHz trap
Weighted noise filter to CCIR 486 -1 specifications with 19 kHz trap
30 kHz low pass filter
330 Hz band pass filter
3000 Hz band pass filter
Deviation meter for infrared sound transmission
Rumble voltage filter to DIN 45539 specifications
Extension board
Impedance tester
Page
No.
1290
1740
1585
1737
1738
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1739
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1769
1767
1768
1933
124
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
127
Universal Level Meter
UPM 550 UPM 550-1
Universal measuring system.
Frequency response 10 Hz to 1 MHz.
15 measuring ranges: 30 [IV to 300 V.
High input sensitivity.
Built -in noise weighting filter.
Built -in psophometric voltage filter.
Space for two reserve filters.
Numerous special optional filters.
Additional external filter connection.
High accuracy.
Steady measurement readings.
Linear scale.
Built -in calibration generator.
True RMS measurement.
Peak value measurement to DIN 45405
specifications.
Rugged design.
The fully transistorised UPM 550 universal level
meter is desigrl'd for ac voltage measurements
within the range of 10 Hz to 1 MHz. It offers an
extremely high sensitivity of 30µV for full deflection
within the range of up to 100 kHz. The 15 overlapping measuring ranges can be selected by an
extremely easily operated rotary selector switch.
The inputs are protected against overload. A
psophometric voltage filter to CCIR 468 -1 specifications, a 1000 Hz filter for selective measurement and the A -noise weighting filter together with
the psophometric voltage filter for measurements
to DIN 45500, page 4, are permanent fixtures.
The modular assembly for easy servicing permits
simple plugging in of a maximum of 2 additional
filters. Connection sockets on the back of the unit
are provided for external 600 ohm filters. The
insertion loss of such filters can be balanced within
the range of 1 dB to 15 dB by means of a
potentiometer. The unit is compatible for stacking
with the existing range of Sennheiser measuring
equipment.
All amplifiers in the UPM 550 are designed for high
overload protection. The filter preamp can be
modulated with a sine voltage by more than 50 dB
over the full deflection of the instrument without
distortion. This ensures avoidance of measuring
errors owing to excessive amplitudes in the
attenuation range of the filters. Trouble -free
measurement is thus also permitted by an octave
or third octave band filter plugged into the external
filter connection. With the aid of the built -in
1000 Hz filter it is also possible to determine the
distortion factor of a sine voltage. For example it is
possible to determine the level of a tape recorder
for full modulation by measuring the third harmonic
of a recorded 333 Hz signal. Erasure attenuation
measurements can also be carried out at 1000 Hz.
The overload resistance of the end amplifier is
sufficiently great to tolerate without distortion
transient peaks with a magnitude of 10 times the
amplitude of a sine voltage required for full meter
deflection.
In the measurement of distortion factors, am
modulation factors, noise and psophometric voltages, the UPM 550 delivers unfalsified readings
owing to the true RMS rectification. The peak value
rectification corresponds to standard specification
DIN 45405 required for psophometric voltage
meters. The LED display for all measurement
ranges and operating modes and a large flat arc
RVZ 11-1
.10011111.0.
NNEEIER
UNIVERSAL- PEGELMESSGERAT
AtIfc.Wf1
UPM 550
eO,119V75
01110411411119
UPM 550
scale simplify both operation and reading. In addition to the readings it provides, the unit can also be
used as a highly stable wideband and monitoring
amplifier.
An integral 1000 Hz calibration voltage generator
with high voltage and frequency stability guarantee
convenient monitoring of the reading accuracy
at all times. As virtually all standardised filters
display an attenuation of 0 dB at 1000 Hz, they can
also be calibrated with this unit. The meter face has
two voltage scales which are used alternately in
the sequence of the measurement ranges, so that
the indicated value simply has to be multiplied
by 10. The additional db scales permit easy level
measurements in conjunction with the 10 dB
graduation of the measurement ranges. The dBm
values are related to 0.775 V (corresponding to
1
mW to 600 ohm). A dBv scale is provided for
reference to 1 V.
In addition to the reading shown on the meter, the
signal to be measured at the output connector
(60 ohm) can be depicted on an oscillograph and
a headphone, e.g. HD 414 -13, can be plugged in
with a 6.3 mm jack connector (600 ohm) for
listening purposes. The inputs and outputs are
fitted with BNC connectors to ensure precise
measurements also at higher frequencies. If the
user prefers a symmetrical measurement in the
AF range, the input voltage can be balanced by
means of the RVZ 11 -1 series transformer.
UPM 550-1
In addition to all of the measuring facilities of the
UPM 550, the UPM 550 -1 offers the following
special features:
1. Two switchable inputs for measurement on
stereo equipment.
2. Plugged -in basic board UPM 550 -B 17 carrying
supplementary UPM 550 -B 17 -9 for distortion
factor measurements.
3. Disconnectable level adjuster for the instrument
reading. This allows the reading to be adjusted
to any desired reference level.
4. As the basic board already carries a supplementary filter, space has been left for only one
additional supplementary filter.
5. Owing to the larger amount of space required
on the front panel the handle has been replaced
by capped nuts.
6. The volt and dB scale has been interchanged in
the reading display instrument. This permits
better read -off of the dB values on the dBm
graduation which is now lying in the upper scale
sector. To still retain a voltage scale of adequate
size the dBv scale has been discarded.
Abbreviated technical data
Voltage measurement ranges
0 to 30/100/300 RV,
Frequency response in peak value rectification
10 Hz to 1 MHz (ranges 1 mV to 100 V)
10 Hz to 100 kHz (ranges 30µV to 300µV and 300 V)
10 Hz to 100 kHz (all ranges)
1 M /50 pF
Frequency response for RMS rectification
Input impedance
Output for
Built -in filters
Optional plug -in filters
Frequency of the built -in calibration monitoring voltage
Mains connection
Dimensions
Weight
1/3/10/30/100/300 mV,
1/3/10/30/100/300 V
external filters, headphones and oscillographs
DIN external voltage, dB(A) psophometric voltage,
CCIR psophometric voltage, 1000 Hz selective
1 or 2 on plug -in base board
1000 Hz
45 to 60 Hz, 180 to 250 V in 220 V operation
90 to 130 V in 110 V operation
294 x 195 x 156 mm
approx. 6 kg
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
125
UPM 550
After Cards
.10
0
B1)2
0
10
p
20
20
30
00
IOHZ
100HZ
1
H
_00
10kHx
®
r
100
Li
10Hz
IOD Nx
1
tlB
-__
_I-,_
-,_.-
1090
100kHZ
kHz
o
122
.Hz
1kHz
1(b
10 kHz
o
8116
OB
100Hz
1
1
Hz
10 kH
o
100 kHz
BI>-9
0Hz
1
kHz
0
100Hz
10 kHz
B1].10
d8
I
kHz
100Hz
81).11
1001Hz
B17-8-
m
OH,
IcoHx
01-0
1
0e
10
-m
-10
10
20
20
20
10k4z
100160
B1)12
40
f
0Hz
100Hz
1
kHz
-40
dQ
10 kHz
B
0
10Hz
1WkHZ
I2-13
I00 Hz
10Hz
10 Hz
0
0
100kHZ
20
10Hz
100 Hz
IkHz
10092
100 kHz
10
1).12
100kHx
kk44
101.
100.Hx
B1]16
20
30
-40
-Oo
100HZ
1
10
3B
30
kHz
100 He
a
-lo
20
10Hz
10Hz
0
zIB
10
010
100Hz
1
kHz
10044
100140
WHO
100Hz
110
-a0
10 kHz
100 HZ
IOW
190
1
kHz
10004
100 kHz
2. Filter module UPM -B 17 -2 incorporates an
11. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -11 incorporates
extraneous voltage filter for rumble to DIN
45 539 specifications. This is particularly
suitable for the evaluation of turntable drives.
Filter module 550 -B 17 -3 incorporates a circuit
noise filter for rumble measurements to DIN
45539 and supplements the aforesaid extraneous voltage filter.
Filter module UPM -B 17 -4 incorporates a telephone noise evaluation filter to CCITT P. 53 and
is used for measurements in telecommunications.
Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -5 incorporates an
extraneous voltage filter to DIN 45500 for the
frequency range of 31.5 Hz to 15 kHz. As a
special feature a special trap (19 kHz) is
included to suppress the pilot tone in stereo
measurements on FM receivers.
Filter module UPM 550-B 17 -6 incorporates a
bandpass for 1500 Hz intermediate frequency
and is thus suitable for selective measurements
on this frequency and for distortion measurements on subharmonics on 1500 Hz.
Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -7 incorporates an
extraneous voltage filter to DIN 45301 for the
range from 300 Hz to 15 kHz. A 15.625 kHz
trap is fitted to suppress the line frequency in
TV receivers.
Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -8 incorporates a
100 Hz bandpass for selective measurements.
The high sensitivity permits coverage also of
minimum amounts of 100 Hz mains hum.
Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -9 incorporates a
1000 Hz distortion factor which takes account
of the second to sixteenth harmonics of 1000
Hz and forms an effective barrier to the 1000 Hz
base tone.
Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -10 incorporates a
19 kHz filter for selective measurements, preferably of residual pilot tone in stereo multiplex
transmission.
filter for selective measurements,
preferably for sub-carrier levels in stereo
multiplex processing.
12. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -12 incorporates
an extraneous voltage filter to DIN 45301 for
the 300 Hz to 15 kHz range with an additional
trap for 19 kHz.
13. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -13 incorporates
the new circuit noise filter to CCIR 468 -1, but
with an additional trap for 19 kHz.
14. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -14 incorporates a
low -pass to 30 kHz.
15. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -15 incorporates a
330 Hz band pass for selective measurements,
for example of subharmonic loudspeaker
signals at 1000 Hz excitation.
16. Filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -16 incorporates a
3000 Hz filter for selective measurements. For
example, it is possible to determine selectively
the third harmonic in the frequently -used 1000
Hz reference signals.
In deviation from the numbered supplementary
modules the filter module UPM 550 -B 17 -F is not
to be mounted on the basic board UPM 550 -B 17.
It constitutes a compact unit which can be fitted in
place of that board, incorporating a frequency
deviation meter for measuring the infrared sound
transmission. The board is suitable for carrier frequencies of up to 600 kHz. The measurement
ranges of 10 kHz and 100 kHz are switched by the
two reserve switches on the UPM 550.
Filter board UMP 550 -B 17 -R is also inserted
directly into the UPM 550 without the basic board.
The board carries the filter for rumble measurements to DIN 45539 and the reserve switches are
used to switch between circuit noise measurement
and extraneous voltage measurement.
Extension board UPM 550 -B 100 is available for
service purposes.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
126
10kHZ
30
Imwz
gl
although circuit noise measurement is shortly
to be superseded by CCIR 468 -1.
IkHz
100Nz
0
-20
20
40
The Sennheiser supplementary filters are matched
ideally to the UPM 550. They are in the form of
PCB modules and can be used either directly in the
UPM 550 or by way of the supplementary basic
card UPM 550 -B 17. A maximum of two supplementary filters can be fitted in the reserve positions
in the UPM 550. The filter is switched on or off by
means of the two reserve filter buttons on the front
of the UPM 550. No action is required beyond insertion of the fitted basic board. All filters are
supplie with precise balance.
The basic board UPM -B 17 is used to accommodate
a maximum of two filter modules from the UPM
550 -B 17-1 series through to the UPM 550 -B 17-16.
Each of these modules is mounted on the basic
board and secured by two screws. The basic board
plug strip plugs into the socket provided in the
UPM 550 and makes all necessary connections.
1. Filter module U PM-550-B 17-1 incorporates the
circuit noise filter to DIN 45405 specifications
(1967 version). The filter is particularly popular
for studio use. It still remains in use at present,
10Hz
0
B12-7
30
Supplementary filter for UPM 550.
Simple connection using special socket strip.
Maximum 2 units for retrofit.
Operation by "Reserve" buttons on UPM 550.
B17-4
eI
10
-20
0
8123
a 38 kHz
Impedance meter
ZP3
Good measuring accuracy.
High operating convenience.
LED display.
6 measuring frequencies.
Impedance measurements from 1 Ohm to
1.99 MOhms.
Powered by internal batteries.
The amount of any impedance can be determined
extremely simply with the aid of the ZP 3 impedance
meter. The ZP 3 is particularly useful for matching
measurements of all types. As the loading of the
measured object is extremely small, the ZP 3 is
also suitable for measurements on the most sensitive components such as microphones, audio
heads, transmitters with highly permeable sheeting
etc. Naturally it is possible to use the meter for
rapid measurement of resistances, capacitances
and inductances. The unit operates on 6 measuring
frequencies with appropriate switchings for selection of 63 Hz, 250 Hz, 1 kHz, 4 kHz and 16 kHz.
This switching facility enables the user to see
quickly whether the imaginary components in the
impedance are of a capacitive or inductive nature.
With the ZP 3 it is possible to measure impedances
between 1 Ohm and 1.99 MOhm, so that virtually
every likely impedance in convered. The digital
display gives a fast and accurate reading of the
Technical data:
Measuring frequencies
Measuring ranges: resistances and impedances
Capacitances
Inductances
Accuracy
Display
Power supply
Current consumption
measured impedance value. The maximum
measuring error is 5 %. An automatic battery output ensures that the power is switched off after
3 minutes if the user forgets to switch off the unit
after use. When the battery level falls below a
specific threshold the reading "LoBat" will appear
additionally in the display sector.
The ZP 3 includes as standard the brown carrying
pouch GZT 3 -0 and 2 measuring leads with test
probes and an alignment chart.
ZP 3
63 Hz, 250 Hz, 1 kHz, 4 kHz, 8 kHz, 16 kHz
19.99 Ohms to 1.999 MOhms
5 pF to 2000 µF
10 µH to 5000 H
±5%
3112- position
LCD display
2x9Vbattery/IEC6F22
approx. 25 mA
Rights reserved to adopt modifications, especially in the course of technological progress.
127
OAccessoires
As the leading European specialists in its field,
Sennheiser has for many years considered
one of its main functions to be the creation and
constant expansion and development of a
practical accessory range for all of its many
products. The Table of Contents on this page
Model
Description
0533
1414
MZW 30/grey
MZW 30/blue
MZW 30/yellow
MZW 30/green
MZW 30/red
MZW 201/grey
MZW 411/grey
MZW 415/grey
MZW 416/grey
MZW 416/blue
MZW 416/yellow
MZW 416/green
MZW 416/red
MZW 416-1/grey
MZW 416-1/yellow
MZW 441 /grey
MZW 421 /grey
MZW 421/blue
MZW 421 /yellow
MZW 421/green
MZW 421 /red
MZW 40/black
MZW 1010/grey
MZW 1010/blue
MZW 1010/yellow
MZW 1010/green
MZW 1010/red
MZW 2002/grey
MZW 815/grey
MZW 815
MZP 816
MZW 816
MZS 816
MZW 426
MZS 416
MZT 12
MZT 21
MZT 417
MZT 105-1
MZT 421
MZT 441
MZT 100
TSP 400
TSP 400-U
TSP 400-U-4
MZT 237
MZT 141
MZT 14
MZS 142
MZS 144
MZS 210
MZS 211
MZH 21
MZH 141
MZH 141-U
MZH 142
MZS 235
MZA 441
MZA 431
MZA 421
MZO 421
MZA 415
MZS 415
MZS 415 black
MZQ 415
MZG 415
MZG 415 black
MZT 441
MZA 406
MZA 211
SZS 1010
SVZ 1008
MZG 802
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
Foam windshield
1415
1416
1417
0534
0535
0895
1422
1425
1135
1423
1424
1536
1538
0976
0536
1527
1528
1529
1530
1794
1531
1637
1638
1639
1640
1315
0896
0975
1932
1930
1931
2072
2071
0516
0519
1945
0525
0528
0799
1883
1413
1374
1946
0526
0525
1895
0509
0510
0511
0512
0483
0486
1935
0489
0513
0993
1607
9000
0977
0475
0938
1956
0944
0943
1955
0799
1167
0964
0751
1185
1501
128
Shockmount
Pistol grip
Basket windshield
Shock mount
Windscreen combination
Shock mount
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand
Desk stand with special square recess
Desk stand for MD 4/8 U -4
Table clamp
Screw mount, female thread
Screw mount, male thread
Travelling stand
Floor stand
Anti -vibration floor stand
Adjustable boom
Gooseneck
Gooseneck
Gooseneck (XLR fitting)
Gooseneck
Mounting bracket
Microphone stand holder
Microphone stand holder
Microphone stand holder
Quick -release stand clamp
Quick -release microphone stand clamp
Desk -top combination mount
Desk -top combination mount
Desk -top combination mount
Desk -top combination mount
Desk -top combination mount
Desk -top combination mount
Microphone clamp
Microphone clamp
Stand transmitter clamp
Lavalier cord
Camera /microphone mount
Model
Description
1443
MZS 802
MZB 415
MZF 802
MZF 802-U
MZF 15
MZF 15-U
MZA 15
MZA 15-U
MZA 10
MZA 10-N
MZA 10-U
Special telescopic mount
Telescopic microphone bracket
100 Hz filter
100 Hz filter (XLR fitting)
Roll -off filter
Roll -off filter (XLR fitting)
Battery adapter
Battery adapter (XLR fitting)
Battery adapter
Battery adapter
Battery adapter (XLR fitting)
Powering adapter
Powering adapter (XLR fitting)
Powering adapter
Powering adapter (XLR fitting)
Transistor amplifier
Transistor amplifier
Microphone preamplifier
Mains unit
Mains unit (XLR fitting)
Mains unit
Mains unit (XLR fitting)
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting lead
Connecting and extension lead
Special extension lead
Special extension lead
Extension lead
Extension lead
Extension lead
Connection lead
Connection lead
Adapter jack connector
Connecting lead
Headphone connection chain (30 -fold)
Headphone connection chain (10 -fold)
Cable transformer
Cable transformer
Cable transformer
Cable transformer
Cable transformer
Cable transformer
Transformer
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
Transformer
139
Transformer
139
Input transformer
139
Input transformer
139
Input transformer
139
0972
1532
1538
0478
0479
alone lists more than 100 accessories which
are explained in detail on the following 11
pages.
Part No.
Part No.
1012
1029
1420
Page
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
134
1545
1546
1826
1786
1827
1785
0942
1063
0809
1240
1241
1236
1237
0255
0256
1777
0023
0024
0890
0025
0891
1496
1627
1606
1296
0996
0960
1503
1574
1573
2062
1957
1944
0026
1421
0032
0031
0030
0531
1007
0935
0959
0497
1312
1407
0620
0669
0672
0673
0675
0856
0772
0685
0678
0619
0618
0649
MS
MS
MS
MS
10
10
10
10
P
P-U
T
T-U
KAT 15-2
KAT 15-3
VV 200 T
MZN 16 P
MZN 16 P 48-U
MZN 16 T
MZN 16 T-U
KA 1
KA 7
KA 7-U
DA 1 HL
DA 7 N
DA 7 NM
DA 7 NL
DA 7 LM
DA7NK
DA 5 UK
MZK 431 UK
DA 5 NK-T
MA 5 NM
DA 5 NM-T
MZK 802
MZK 802-1
MZK 802-U
DA 1012 U
DA 1012 N
MZK 30 AV
DAV 5
MZV 10
.
DV7N
DV7M
DV7HL
MZV 125
DA 1 NY
KAM 1-5
MZA 12
MZK 12
ZHK 414-17
HZK 414-17-1
TB 501
TM 513
TM 514 HL
TM 514 N
TM 514 X
TS 514 M
TMB 103
15, By
TMB 103
25, By
TMB 103
10: 1, By
TB 432
15, By
TB 432
30. By
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
:
.
.
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
139
139
1.2-148
1.2-236
2.1-124
1.2-01
1.2-23
TM 003
1
Page
15, By 1.1-08
0650
TM 003
Input transformer
139
1032
30, Bv 1.1-05
TM 003
Input transformer
5 2.5, By 1.1-4 00
139
TM 003
Input transformer
139
Stereo control
Stereo control
Stereo control
Stereo control
Stereo control
Terminal box for headphones
139
1
1
1377
1
1203
1204
1783
2073
1202
0208
:
:
:
:
1,
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
HZR
Bv 1.1-406
26-13
26-17
26-33
26 PX
26-4
HZA 414
139
139
139
139
139
ACCESSOIRES
(Part No. 0533) grey
1414
1415
1416
1417
(Part No. 0534) grey
(Part No. 0535) grey
blue
yellow
green
red
41)
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 30
Oval expanded
foam windshield,
suitable for
transistorised condenser microphones MKH 106,
110, 406 for the range of dynamic microphones
MD 211, MD 202, MD 430 and for the range of
electret condenser microphone modules ME 20,
40. Maximum diameter at the narrow end is 60 mm.
(Part No. 0895) grey
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 415
This expanded foam windshield is designed fo
the MKH 416 condenser microphone, but also
fits on the ME 80. Maximum diameter at the
narrow end is 52 mm, length 10 mm.
(Part No. 0976) grey
1641 blue
1440 yellow
1441 green
1439 red
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 201
The expanded foam windshield MZW 201 fits the
range of RF condenser microphones MKH 106,
406, the range of electret condenser microphone
modules ME 20, 40 and the studio microphone
MD 211. Diameter 18 mm. This windscreen offers
more efficient wind damping than the MZW 30.
(Part No. 1422)
1425
1135
1423
1424
grey
blue
The expanded foam windsh eld MZW 411 is
designed for the MD 412 supercardioid directional
microphone.
(Part No. 1536) grey
1538 yellow
yellow
green
red
Pop filter MZW 416
Designed for the MD 416 soloist microphone. The
pop filter is provided with a plastic ring which locks
securely into position when placed over the
accoustic inlet guard of the microphone. Diameter
45 mm.
(Part No. 0536)
1527
1528
1529
1530
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 411
grey
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 416 -1
Also fits the MD 408 microphone. This windshield
is recommended for use iin outdoor work.
Diameter 80 mm.
(Part No. 1794) black
blue
yellow
green
red
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 441
Expanded foam windshield designed specifically
for the MD 441 studio directional microphone. The
windshield is to be used ideally if the microphone
MD 441 is used in the open air. Maximum diameter
65 mm, length 10 mm.
Windscreen and pop filter MZW 421
The expanded foam wind shield for the MD 421
dynamic directional microphone and for the
MD 417 and 419 microphones. Ideal for use in the
open air.
MZW 40
This wind shield fits all MD 421 and MD 441
models. It is manufactured of expanded porous
foam.
129
ACCESSOIRES
(Part No. 1531)
1637
1638
1639
1640
grey
blue
MZW 815 (Part No. 0896)
MZS 815 (Part No. 0975)
MZP 816 (Part No. 1932)
(Part No. 1315) blue
yellow
green
red
Windshield MZW 1010
The MZW 1010 windshield and pop filter is
designed for the SK 1010 /SK 1012 Mikroport
transmitters. The windshield is placed on the
Mikroport transmitter to permit distortion -free
pickup and recording in the open air. Objectionable
wind noise is eliminated.
MZW 2002 windshield and pop filter
Expanded foam windshield designed specifically
for the MKE 2002 binaural stereo microphone. It is
an important accessory for achieving distortion free recording in the open air, also in close talking conditions and for dummy head stereo
recording. During use it is positioned on the head
so that both microphone systems are covered.
MZW 816
grey
Windscreen combination MZW 815
This combination is also intended for the shotgun
directional microphone MKH 816 in order to
avoid recording distortion attributable to handling
and wind noises. The various parts in the
combination can also be obtained separately. The
sprung mounting can also be clamped onto desk
op stands and booms for the 3/8" internal thread.
MZW 426 (Part No. 2072)
MZS 416 Part No. 2071)
MZP 816 (Part No. 1932)
(Part No. 1930)
(
MZS 816 (Part
No. 1931)
MIMI/
i
MZP 816 (Part
Windscreen combination MZW 816
This combination consists of the unbreakable and
lightweight MZW 816 windshield cage, the spring
mounting MZS 816 and the variable -angle pistol
grip MZP 816. The combination is particularly
(Part No. 0516)
Desk top stand MZT 12
This desk top stand is fitted with a Tuchel socket
T 3005. It accepts dynamic microphones MD 21 -2,
MD 421 -2, MD 430 -2 and MD 430 -2 T.
Dimensions in mm: 168 x 100 x 70. The MZT 12 -T
desk stop stand is fitted additionally with a button.
130
No. 1932)
suitable for mobile transmission in the open air
and features simple handling and excellent
handling noise and wind damping characteristics.
The combination can be mounted on a floor stand
in place of using it with the pistol grip.
Windscreen combination MZW 426
This combination functions similarly to the
MZW 816 combination and is used together with
the microphone MKH 816 and the electret microphone and module ME 80.
(Part No. 1945)
(Part No. 0519)
Desk top stand MZT 417
Desk top stand MZT 21
This is designed specifically for the dynamic
studio microphone MD 21 N. Dimensions in mm:
102 x 64 x 25. 3/8" thread for the fastening screw
clamp.
A lighweight, low handling noise collapsile plastic
desk top stand. The top part unscrews on a 3 /8'
thread and fits the MKH microphones 106 and 406
and all handling and powering modules in the
MKE range.
ACCESSORIES
(Part No 0799)
(Part No 0528)
(Part No 0524)
Desk stand MZT 441
Stable and fixed desk top stand for the studio
directional microphone MD 441. The desk top
Desk top stand MZT 105 -1
Stable desk top stand for studio use, fits all electret
condenser microphones MKE 106/406 and 416
and the grip and powering modules in the MKE
range.
(Part No. 1883)
Desk top stand MZT 421
This fits the studio directional microphones
MD 421. Stand dimensions in mm: 127 x 112 x 22.
Fastening clamp screw thread: 3/8 ".
TSP 400
TSP 400-U
TSP 400-U-4
(Part No. 1413)
(Part No. 1374)
(Part No. 1946)
Special desk top stand TSP 400
Desk top stand MZT 100
This forms the basis for the stability of a most
varied range of microphones. Enclosed in a soft
rubber covering for good handling noise damping
and attractively styled, at a weight of 1.25 kg this
guarantees stable support. A 3/8" thread screw is
used for fastening microphones and other
attachments.
stand can also be used with part MZG 415 and
MZQ 415 for the microphones MKH 416, 406, 106
and MKH 110. You will find further possible
applications in the microphones accessory
summaries.
The basic housing for a desk top speaking station.
The two plastic shells form an easily dismantled
housing which is used initially to accommodate a
PCB (Europa Card Format). Three versions are
available: With Cannon plug connector for direct
attachment of the MD 418 -U; forthe use of different
microphones with square- shaped aperture and
for mounting the articulated joint MZG 415; for
use with the microphone MD 418 U -4
(TSP 400 -U -4).
A reccessed, unmachined operating panel is
provided to accommodate switches, lamps etc.
which the user can fit as required. The back is
fitted with a removable metal plate for mounting the
appropriate socket connectors. Material: impact proof plastic. Colour: black. Dimensions: 230 x
125 x 42. Weight: approx. 300 g.
(Part No
(Part No. 0525)
(Part No. 0526)
1895)
Table clamp MZT 237
This is another way of fastening microphones with
3/8 "inside thread to a speaker's podium or desk.
Goosenecks or the adapter bar MZS 235 can be
fastened to the 3/8 "thread. Clamping width 45 mm.
Screw mounted base MZT
141
This pedestal base can be used for fastening
gooseneck MZH 141, MZH 142, MZH 21 to a
desk or speaker's podium.
Screw base MZT 14
The screw base is used for fastening goosenecks
and stand mountings with 3/8" inside thread onto
desk tops.
131
ACCESSOIRES
(Part No. 0509)
(Part No. 0510)
l
Anti- vibration stand MZS 210
Microphone floor stand MZS 144
Travelling floor stand MZS 142
This lightweight telescopic stand can be extended
up to a length of 138 cm while still retaining a good
standard of stability. Collapsed and in a practical
carrier it measures only 41 cm. 3/8" thread.
This stand can be adjusted smoothly in height
between 84 cm and 158 cm. A built -in tube
extension retarder ensures noiseless adjustment.
The detachable threaded feet are fitted with rubber
tips. 3/8" thread.
(Part No 0512)
This stand is smoothly adjustable in heigh
between 84 cm and 158 cm. A built -in tube
extension retarder ensures noiseless height
adjustment. The vibration -damping feet ensure
that this rugged floor stand in insensitive to footfall sound and floor vibrations.
(Part No 0483)
(Part No. 0486)
Gooseneck MZH
Gooseneck MZH 21
Adjustable microphone boom MZS 211
This swivelling and pivoting arm fits on all
microphone stands. It is used mainly in studio
work and by musicians. 3/8" thread. Length of
boom 84 cm.
The lower connection piece has a3/8" inside thread
and can be screwed onto all microphone and
photographic stands. The top connection piece is
provided with a 3/8" outside thread. The gooseneck
is approx. 200 m long and has a diameter of 15 mm.
(Part No. 0489)
(Part No. 0513)
141 ÇMZH 414 -U)
This is provided with a /8" inside thread ready for
connection of an internal microphone lead and fits
on all Sennheiser stands. Additionally it can be
used together with the screw- mounted base
MZT 141. The MZH 141 is fitted with a large Tuchel
socket connector T 3005 for connecting all
microphones with a large Tuchel plug connection
( -2).
The MZH 141 U is fitted with a 3 -pin Cannon -type
connection socket for connecting up all microphones with a Cannon plug connector ( -U).
(Part No. 0993)
Gooseneck MZH 142
This practical accessory can be screwed onto all
stands with a 3/8" thread. The length of the neck is
approx. 200 mm and the diameter 11 mm. The
flexible neck is fitted with a 3 -pin connector to
DIN specifications, e. g. T 3261 1001 and the plug
Mas 3 as well as approx. 2 m of 3 -core screened
lead. It is especially suitable for lightweight micro-
phones.
132
Microphone stand holder MZA 441
Adapter bar MZS 235
With 3/8" inside thread suitable for all microphone
stands. This accessory is used mainly in stereo
recording work.
Stand holder for microphones in the MD 441 range
with interchangeable 3/8 ", 5/8" and 1/2" threads for
use with floor and desk top stands. The MZW 441
stand mounting is attached permanently to a quick release clamp which clips the microphone into
position. Available in black with transparent quick release clamp.
ACCESSORIES
(Part No. 1607)
(Part No 9000)
(Pan No. 0977)
Stand holder MZQ 421
Microphone stand holder MZA 431
Quick -release clamp and stand holder for the
"Profipower ", " Profisound" and " Studiosound"
microphones. The stand mounting has a 3/8" 5/8"
and 1/2" interchangeable thread and is suitable for
use with all floor and desk top stands having these
threads.
Microphone stand holder MZA 421
Stand holder for microphones in the MD 421
range with 3/8" inside thread. Fits on all microphone and photographic stands. Available in grey
and black. The microphone or quick-release clamp
can be clipped on to the MZA 421 holder.
(Part No. 0475)
MZS 415
(Part No. 0938)
black
(Part No. 1956)
MZQ 415
(Part No. 0944)
MZG 415
(Part No. 0943)
black
(Part No. 1955)
MZT 441
(Part No. 0799)
This practical accessory, available only in grey, is
suitable for all MD 421 models and particularly
useful for stage performers and soloists who need
to be able to take the microphone quickly and
reliably from the stand. The quick -release holder
is connected with the adapter of the microphone
MD 421 and can thus be screwed onto all floor
stands, booms and desk stands with a 3/8" thread.
(Part No. 1167)
Microphone stand holder MZA 415
Microphone clamp MZA 406
Quick -release clamp and stand holder for the
soloist microphones MD 416 N and MD 416 U.
The stand holder has 3/8 ", 5 /8" and 1/2" interchangeable threads and is suitable for use with all
floor and desk top stands having these thread
sizers.
This microphone clamp is able to accomodate al
microphones up to a diameter of 30 mm. It is
particularly suitable for soloists and stage
performere who need to use different shapes and
sizes of microphones. It 'las a 3/8" inside thread
for mounting on all stands and booms.
(Part No. 0964)
Microphone clamp MZA 211
Desk top combination
For all microphones with 19 mm housing diameter
(e. g. MKH /MKE). The individual parts are available
separately.
(Part No. 0751)
For fastening the MD 211 on a stand. A quick release clip is particularly useful for speakers and
Stand holder SZS 1010
This accessory is designed for fastening the
Mikroport transmitters SK 1010 and SK 1012 on a
soloists who need to remove the microphone
quickly and sefely from the stand. Available in
black.
floor or desk top stand. The clamp holder can be
screwed onto all conventional stands with the aid
of the 3/8" inside thread.
(Part No. 1185)
Lavalier carrier SZU 1008
The SZU 1008 Lavalier carrier is used for keeping
the Mikroport transmitters SK 1010 and SK 1012
with clip -on microphones always at the correct
talking distance from the mouth of the speaker.
This prevents clothing rustle noise which would
otherwise be generated very easily by the
transmitter microphone rubbing against the
wearer's clothing.
133
ACCESSORIES
(Part No. 1501)
(Part No. 1443)
° =- ..=
.1=1
Camera microphone mount MZG 802
This is for mounting the telemike system on
cameras provided with a1/4" inside thread. With
the MZG 802 the microphone can be angled
smoothly and also swivelled about a 90° arc.
(Part No. 0972)
Microphone Bracket MZB 415
The
fibreglass microphone bracket can be
extended from 1000 mm to a length of 3400 mm.
Shorter length can also be achieved by removing
one or more tubular telescopic sections. The angle
is adjustable on the mechanical part for mounting
the microphone. All microphone holders with a
3/8 inside thread will fit. The pickup direction
of
the microphone can be varied by 360° by swivelling
the bracket rod. The bracket weighs only 640 g.
Special purpose telescopic boom MZS 802
This special telescopic boom for film and video
cameras has been developed for use with the
Sennheiser electret condenser microphones
(modular technology). The double telescope can
MZ 802
MZ 802-U
(Part No. 1532)
(Part No. 1533)
100 Hz filters MZF 802 and MZF 802 -U
The 100 Hz MZF 802 filter drops bass level by
about 12 dB per octave below 100 Hz and can be
used to reduce wind and handling noises. The
filter is interposed in the connecting lead between
the microphone and amplifier input. When
powered from phantom mains units it must be
coupled between the mains unit and amplifier.
MZF 802 with 3 -pin screw -type standard plug
connector. MZF 802 -U with 3 -pin Cannon -type
plug coupling.
(Part No. 1545)
MZA 15
clits.
=4=.
(Part No. 1029)
MZA 15-U -1.s,1
Battery adapter MZA 15 (MZA 15 -U)
As a power supply for the RF condenser microphones in the 6 T/6 TU series, the battery adapter
is coupled at any point in the microphone lead. It is
powered by 9 Mallory RM 625 mercury cells which
give an operating time of 50 to 60 hours (LED
battery level indicator).
MZA 15 (with 3 -pin screw -type standard plug
connector).
MZA 15 -U (with 3 -pin Cannon -type
plug
connector).
134
be extended from approx. 28 cm to 68 cm. It links
the microphone modules with the grip and
powering module. It is fastened on the cameras
with the aid of the MZG 802 mount.
MZF 15
MZF 15-U
(Part No. 0478)
(Part No. 0479)
Roll -off filters MZF 15 and MZF 15 -U
For lowering bass level by about 6 dB at 50 Hz and
about ? 15 dB at 25 Hz. It is interposed in the.
connecting lead between supply voltage source
and amplifier input when used with capacitor
microphones. This is the filter for all RF condenser
microphones from Sennheiser with AB powering
to DIN 45595 and phantom powering to
DIN 45596. The MZF 15 -U is fitted with Cannon type plug connectors. When the filter is used on
low- impedance symmetrical dynamic microphones the bass reduction becomes effective
from 200 Hz.
MS 10 P
MS 10 P-U
(Part No. 1826)
MS10T
(Part No. 1827)
MS 10 T-U
(Part No. 1785)
(Part No. 1786)
:EMwEsw
MZA10N
MZA 10
(Part No. 1420)
MZA10U
(Part No. 1546)
Battery adapter MZA 10 /MZA 10 N /MZA 10
U
Power supply for the clip -on microphones MKE 10
and MKE 40. The MZA 10 has an assymmetric
output at medium impedance for M- inputs where
as the MZA 10 N low- impedance, symmetrical,
output for M- inputs. These are fitted with a screw type 3 -pin small Tuchel built -in plug connector.
MZA 10 U as MZA 10 N, but with Cannon -type
connector plug.
Technical data see pages 46/47.
Powering adapter MS 10
For powering the clip -on microphones MKE 10
and MKE 40 and the K 30 AV. AB powering.
MS 10 T and MS 10 T -U. 12 V supply. Phantom
powering: MS 10 P and MS 10 P -U. Voltage
12 to 48 V. Plug connector versions: MS 10 T -U/
MS 10 P -U, Cannon system, MS 10 T/MS 10 P,
screw type 3 -pin small Tuchel built -in plug
connector.
ACCESSORIES
KAT -2
KAT-3
(Part No. 0809)
(Part No. 0942)
(Part No. 1063)
MZN 16
MZN 16
(Part No. 1240)
P
P
48-U
(Part No. 1241)
ii=a,,..
Transistorised amplifier KAT
15 -2 and KAT 15 -3
This amplifier is for connection of the AB powered
condenser microphones and for symmetrical low
impedance dynamic microphones to the line or
accessory inputs of the NAGRA III and NAGRA IV
auxiliary broadcasting tape recorder. The operating
mode is switch- selected (T = capacitor microphones, N = dynamic microphones). A switchable
bass cut filter is fitted. Dimensions in mm:
85 x 40 x 25. KAT 15 -3 model with Cannon plug
connector.
MZN 16 T
MZN 16 T-U
W 200 T
This is for the dynamic microphones. Amplification
is 20 dB, output impedance around 20 Ohms.
Connection is by a large 3 -pin Tuchel coupling
T 3080002 to a 1.5 m lead. The input is
symmetrical and floating. Powering is via the output
lead to DIN 45595 for sound via powering. The
amplifier incorporates a switchable basscut filter.
Dimensions in mm: 85 x 40 x 25.
Microphone preamp
Mains unit MZN 16 P 48 and MZN 16 P 48 -U
Power supply unit for 48 V phantom powering to
DIN 45596. The mains unit MZN 16 P 48 is for
condenser microphones in the MKH -P 48 series.
The MZN 16 P 48-U is fitted with a Cannon plug
for the MKH -P 48 -U microphone. Two microphones can be connected simultaneously to both
units. Dimensions: 168 x 120 x 50 mm.
(Part No. 1236)
a
(Part No. 1237)
2
T
3261 001
KA 1
KA 7
Mains unit MZN 16 T and MZN 16 T -U
Power supply unit for 12 V AB powering to
DIN 45 595. The MZN 16 T connections are for the
series MKH -6 T condenser microphones. The
MZN 16 T-U is fitted with a Cannon plug for
microphones in the series MKH- 6 -T -U. Both units
can accommodate 2 microphones simultaneously.
Dimensions: 168 x 120 x 50 mm.
------- -J
T
3260 001
(Part No. 0255)
(Part No. 0256)
Connecting lead KA
1
and KA 7
Both leads are suitable for general use. They diffe
only in length (KA 1 = 1.5 m, KA 7 = 7.5 m). They
carry a 3 -pin standardised plug connector to
DIN 41 524, e. g. T 3260001 and an appropriate
coupling, e. g. T 3261001.
Connecting lead KA 7 -U
This lead is for connecting all Sennheiser microphones with a code designation terminating in "U ".
The lead carries a Cannon coupling connector at
one end and a Cannon plug connector at the other.
The lead is 7.5 m in length.
I
3
1
L-1-3261 001
T
(Part No. 0023
Connecting lead DA
1 HL
For all moving coil microphones with 3 -pin
standard plug connector to DIN 41 524 specifications. 1.5 m in length. The 3 -core screen lead
carries a 3 -pin standard coupling connector to
DIN 41 524, e. g. T 3261001 on one end and an
appropriate plug connector, e. g. MAS 30, at the
other.
(Part No 0024)
Connecting lead DA 7 N
The DA 7 N is for all low- impedance dynamic
microphones with 3 -pin standard plug connector
to DIN 41524, 7.5 m in length. The 2 -core
screened lead carries an appropriate coupling
connector, e. g. T 3261001 and a standard plug
connector, e. g. Mas 30 at the other (see circuit
diagram).
i--
-1
Mas 30
(Part No 0890)
Connecting lead DA 7 NM
This lead is for connecting symmetrical lowimpedance microphones to medium impedance
inputs. 7.5 m in length and 2 -core sreened. It
carries a standard plug connector to DIN 41 524,
e. g. Mas 30, on one end and an appropriate
coupling connector, e. g. T 3261001 at the other.
135
ACCESSORIES
-
3
-
-
- - -- -1- J
(Part No. 0025)
L_
I
(Part No. 0891)
(Part No. 1496)
Connecting lead DA 7 NL
Connects symmetrically wired low- impedance
microphones with 3 -pin standard plug connector
to DIN 41 524 which are connected to asymmetrical low- impedance (L) inputs with 7.5 m lead.
The 2 -core screened lead is fitted with a standard
coupling connector to DIN 41 524, e.g. T 3261001
on one end and a plug connector, e. g. Mas 30, on
the other.
Connecting lead DA
7
LM
For connection of low- impedance asymmetric
microphone with standard plug connector to
DIN 41 524 to medium impedance inputs. The lead
is 2 -core, screened and 7.5 m in length. Plug
couplings to DIN 41 524, e. g. Mas 30 and coupling
connector T 3261001.
bl
Connecting lead DA 7 NK
This lead is for connecting symmetric low impedance microphones to low and medium
impedance inputs. It is 2 -core, screened and 7.5 m
in length. It carries a 2 -pin 6.3 mm jack connector
and a DIN coupling connector, e. g. T 3261001.
= blue
rt = red
5m
(Part No. 1627)
(Part No. 1296)
(Part No. 1606)
tack -type connector 6.3 diameter
Connecting lead DA 5 NK -T
Connecting lead MZK 431 UK
Connecting lead DA 5 UK
Connecting lead with Cannon coupling connector
and 6.3 mm jack connector for low and medium impedance inputs. Suitable for all Sennheiser
microphones terminating in "U ". Lead length 5 m.
This lead is fitted with a Cannon Switchcraft
coupling connector. 5 m in length. A 6.3 mm jack
connector is fitted for the unit input and this is
particularly suitable for the "Profipower ", "Profisound" and "Studiosound" microphones.
The single -core screened 5 m lead is for
connecting symmetric low- impedance microphones to low and medium -impedance inputs.
A switch is incorporated in the 3 -pin screw -type
microphone coupling connector (contact wired to
DIN 41 524).
MZK 802
MZK 802-1
MZK 802-U
(Part No. 0996)
Connecting lead MA
(Part No. 0960)
5
the 6.3 mm jack connector socket.
136
Connecting lead DA
(Part No. 1574)
(Part No. 1573)
Mas 30
NM
For connecting the Mikroport receivers EM 1001,
EM 1003, EM 1010, EM 1012 and EM 1026 to
musician's amplifier inputs. An output socket is
used for the receiver connection. The lead is
connected to the musician's amplifier at the 3 -pin
microphone input or in conjunctin with MZA 12 to
(Part No. 1503)
5 NM -T
The range of applications is similar to the DA 5
NK T. A switch is incorporated in the 3 -pin screw type microphone coupling connector (contact
wired to DIN 41 524). A 3 -pin coupling plug to
DIN 41 524 (Mas 30) plugs into the unit.
Connecting lead MZK 802 and MZK 802 -1
These leads connect the MKE series powering
modules to sound film cameras with 3.5 mm jack
connector socket or 3 -pin Mas 30 connector
plugs (MZK 802 -1) as microphone input. The
MZK 802-U is for powering modules fitted with
Cannon plug connectors. The short coiled lead
can be extended to 1 m in length.
c©CCESSORI ES
DA 1012 U (Part No. 2062)
r
1
3
._.
2r
I
L
6
y
XLR-3-11 C
DA'1012 N(Part No. 1957)
r
3
I
1T
I
3
L
-
T
3261 001
(Part No. 0026)
(Part No. 1944)
71
fro
Connecting lead DA 1012
N and DA 1012 U
For connecting low- impedance symetrically wired
microphones to the Mikroport transmitter SK 1010
and SK 1012. The lead DA 1012 N is fitted at the
microphone end with a screw -type coupling
connector and at the unit end with a screw -type
8 -pin plug connector. The DA 1012 U carries a
Cannon coupling connector.
r
Connection and extension lead DAV 5
Connecting lead MZK 30 AV
Sprcially for connection of the powering module
K 30 AV to input with the voltage supply to centre
contact pin to DIN 45326.
The connection and extension lead is suitable for
all dynamic microphones with large 3 -pin Tuchel
plugs. Length 5 m. The 3 -core screened lead
carries the coupling connector T 3080002 at one
end and plug T 3079002 at the other (see circuit
diagram).
3
.d
2
1
(Part No. 1421)
Special extension lead MZV 10
This 7.5 m extension lead is for the Sennheiser
MKE 10 and MKE electret capacitor clip-on
microphones. The circuit, compact layout and
plug -type comply with DIN 45326 specifications.
2
1)3
I
(Part No. 0031)
(Part No. 0032)
Extension lead DV 7 N
Extension lead DV 7 M
Extension for low- impedance microphones with
3 -pin standard plug connector to DIN 41 524. The
7.5 m lead is of the 2 -core screened type and
carries a standard plug connector to DIN 41 524,
e. g. Mas 30 and an appropriate coupling
connector, e. g. Mak 30 S.
Extension lead for medium -impedance microphones with 3 -pin standard plug connector to
DIN 41 524 to medium -impedance input. The lead
is 7.5 m in length and of the 2 -core screened type.
Plug connectores to DIN 41 524, e. g. plug Mas 30
and coupling connector Mak 30 S.
(Part No. 0531)
(Part No. 0030)
Extension lead DV 7 HL
This is for HL microphones or LM microphones
with 3 -pin standard plug connectors to DIN 41 524
and which have to be operated asymmetrically
with low impedance. The lead is 7.5 m in length
and of the 2 -core screened type. It carries a plug
connector to DIN 41 524, e. g. Mas 30 and an
appropriate coupling connector, Mak 30 S.
(Part No. 1007)
Connection lead DA
Extension lead MZV 125
The 60 Ohm coaxial lead is 5 m in length and is
used as an extension between microphone units
MK 12 and the RF unit MKH 124 or MKH 125. The
lead is flexible and fitted with a "LEMO" plug and
coupling connector.
1 NY
Connection lead for all low- impedance dynamic
microphones to the Mikroport transmitters
SK 1005, 1006, 1007 and 1008. The lead is of the
2 -core screened type and carries a screw -type
coupling connector T 3261 001 at the microphone
end and a screw -type connector plug T 3400001
at the unit end.
137
ACCESSORIES
(Part No 0959)
(Part No 0935)
(Part No 0497)
Connection lead KAM 1 -5
Connection lead for condenser microphones in the
6 T series to Mikroport transmitters SK 1005, 1006,
1007 and 1008 and to the auxiliary broadcast
transmitter SER 1. The
m lead serves as an
antenna for Mikroport transmitters without a
separate antenna. It is fitted at the microphone
end with a screw -type coupling socket T 3260001
at the unit end with a plug connector T 3360 -001.
Connection lead MZK 12
1
Adapter jack MZA 12
This lack is for connecting low and medium impedance microphone leads to 6.3 mm lack -type
connector sockets.
The connector is for 2 high or medium -impedance
asymmetric microphone to a 5 -pin stereo unit
input. At the unit end it carries a 5 -pin standard
Mas 50 S plug and at the microphone end 2 Mak
30 S standard couplings. The lead is 150 mm in
length and of the 2 -core screened type.
30-fold (Part No. 1312)
10-fold (Part No. 1407)
Wiring TM 513 for symmetrical microphone connections
11l
(Part No 0620)
Wiring TM 513 for asymmetric microphone connections
(Part No. 06691
Headphone distributor lead HZK414-17 (30-fold)
and HZA 414 -17 -1 (10 -fold)
Suitable tor high-Impedance headphones with
standard headphone plug connector to DIN 45327.
At the amplifier end the lead carries standard
loudspeaker plugs. These plugs can be coupled
in series to produce monaural sound or both
channels can be used for 2 different programmes
running simultaneously. Total length 30 -fold =
36.5 m, 10 -fold = 15 m. Spacing between
sockets:
m.
1
Lead transformer TB 501
is one of our popular top -of- the -range
wideband transformers. The microphone end
carries a 3 -pin Tuchel socket T 3080002, at the
other end a plug T 3079002 on the 0.75 m
screened lead. Socket wiring: and 2 to moving
coil, 3 and socket housing to screening. Plug
wiring: 1 to live (grid), 2 and 3 to earth. Ratio 1 20.
Source impedance 200 Ohm.
This
1
:
Lead transformer TM 513
Universal transformer which can be fitted with any
desired plug connectors and microphone cords.
An 0.5 m long single -core screened lead plugs
into the equipment. Ratio
20, source resistance
200 Ohm. The above diagram shows how the
TM 513 symmetrical or asymmetrical connections
can be matched.
1
:
3
2.
4.4
l
(Part No 0673)
(Part No 0672)
(Part No 067`,1
Lead transformer TM 514
Lead transformer TM 514 X
extension lead and the equipment end carries
0.4 m of screened lead and a 3 -pin standard plug
(Mas 30). Socket wiring:
and 3 to moving coil,
2 and socket housing to screening. Plug wiring:
to live (grid), 2 to earth, plug housing to
16.
screening. Transformation ratio
Symmetrically wired low- impedance 200 Ohm
microphones can be connected to medium impedance inputs. The microphone end carries a
3 -pin screw -type coupling socket to DIN 41 624
(T 3261 /1) and 5 m of screened extension lead;
the equipment end carries 0.4 m of sreened lead
and a 3 -pin standard plug (Mas 30). Socket wiring:
+ 3 to moving coil, 2 + socket housing to
screening. Plug wiring: to live, 2 to neutral, plug
housing to screening. Transformation ratio 1 5.
N
For connecting symmetrically wired low- impedance
200 Ohm) microphones to high- impedance
nputs. The microphone end is fitted with a 3 -pin
standard coupling connector and 5 m of screened
Lead transformer TM 514 HL
This is for connecting HL microphones to high impedance inputs. Coupling wiring: 3 and 2 to
moving coil, housing to screening, plug connection:
to live (grid), 2 to earth, plug housing to
16.
screening. Transformation ratio
1
1
138
:
1
1
1
:
1
1
:
ACCESSORIES
TMB 103,
15, By 1,2-148
TMB 103,
25, By 1,2-236
TMB 103, 10 1, By 2,1-124
1
:
(Part No. 0772)
1
:
(Part No. 0685)
TB 432,
TB 432,
1
:
1
:
15 By 1,2-01
30 By 1,2-23
(Part No. 0619)
(Part No. 0618)
(Part No. 0678)
:
(Part No. 0856)
Primary
Centre tap
Wire clolours
primary
secondary:
Plug transformer TS 514 M
This is incorporated in the equipment plug and
intended to connect LM microphones to high impedance inputs. Transformation ratio 1 6. The
screened 5 m long lead is fitted with a 3 -pin
coupling connector to DIN 41 524, e. g. Mak 30 S.
Wiring: 1 + 2 to moving coil = medium -impedance
asymmetric, 3 + 2 to moving coil = low impedance asymmetric, 3 bridget with 1.
Connector shell to screen. Plug wiring: 1 to live,
high- impedance, 2 to neutral and 3 to live, low impedance.
.
grey, green
blue (neutral)
red (live)
Secondary
Pin connections
:
TM 003,
TM 003,
1
:
1
:
15, By 1.1-0,8
(Part No. 0649)
30, Bv 1.1-05
(Part No. 0650)
Input transformer TMB 103
The TMB 103 broadband miniature transformer is
manufactured with a Mu -metal shield for mounting
above the chassis. Transformation ratio 1
15 or
1
25. Frequency response 30 to 20,000 Hz for
source resistances of 200 Ohm. The transformer
No. 0678 is specially for tape recording of TV
sound on ac /dc equipment.
:
:
TM 003,
TM 003,
1
:
5
1
:
1
2.5 By 1.1-400
By 1.1-406
:
Secondary:
.
The TB 432 wideband transformer is manufactured
of Mu -metal and copper- screened for chassis
15 or 1
mounting. Transformation ratio 1
30,
requency response 25 to 20,000 Hz, for source
impedances of 200 Ohm.
:
:
(Part No. 1203) HZR 26-13
(Part No. 1032)
(Part No. 1377)
Wire colours
Primary:.
Input transformer TB 432
grey, green
blue (earth)
red (grid)
straight stereo
jack connector
diameter 6.35
overall length 3 m
(Part No 1204)
Short stacking
plug
DIN 45 327
HZR 26-17
overall length 3 m
(Part No. 1783)
HZR 26-33
straight stereo
jack connector
diameter 6.35
overall length 6 m
(Part No. 2073)
Short stacking
plug
DIN 41 529
with PX
HZR 26 PX
overall length 6 m
(Part No. 1202)
HZR 26-4
loudspeaker
stacking
plugs
DIN 41 529
overall length 3 m
1
2
Input transformer TM 003
Input transformer TM 003
The TM 003 miniature transformer is Mu -metal
screened for chassis mounting. In the transformation ratio of 1 15 the frequency response
extends from 50 to 20,000 Hz, in a ratio of 1 30
the frequency response extends from 80 to
20,000 Hz. For source resistances of 200 Ohm.
:
:
These miniature transformers are Mu -metal
screened for chassis mounting. By 1.1 to 400
with 2 transformation ratios of 1 5 and 1 25. It is
intended for source impedances of 200 Ohm or
700 Ohm. By 1.1 to 406 transformation ratio 1 1,
source impedance 200 Ohm. The frequency
response of both input transformers are 30 to
20,000 Hz.
:
:
:
HZR 26 Stereo control
The HZR 26 stereo control Is a connecting lead for
stereo headphones with control box for separate
volume control on the right and left channels. The
space between headphone and control box is
77 cm.
(Part No. 0208)
®
°
r
HZA 414 Terminal box for headphones
Pop groups wishing to experience the sound of
their music jointly by headphones choose the HZA
terminal box for their headphones. The HZA also
permits simultaneous reproduction by loudspeakers. The following facilities are provided:
loudspeaker only, loudspeaker and headphones,
headphones only.
139
11
INDUSTRIAL RANGE
Sennheiser electronic manufactures in its industrial
range more than twice as many products as those
described in this publication. This industrial range
is marketed by prominent West German and
foreign electronic enginnering firms. In close
collaboration with these customers new industrial
products are being developed to customer specifications in our ultra- modern development
laboratories. Below are several typical products in
this range.
Understandably production of all of these products
depends on the quantity ordered and small -scale
production is not economically viable.
Magnetic Clip -on
Microphone MM 28
This small magnetic clip -on microphone in the
form of a buttonhole microphone for speech
transmission is manufactured for special fields of
application. A standard version is available with an
impedance of 200 Ohm, so that it can be
connected to transistoried equipment without
additional transformers (other impedances on
request).
Plug -in connection lead HZL 18 in standard length
of 1500 mm.
Magnetic Miniature
Earphone
A range of miniature magnetic earphones is
available, especially for use in stethosets or ear clips for dictation transcription purposes. These
differ mainly in the various impedance for matching
the large number of dictation machines on the
market. These miniature earphones fulfill requirements for economically priced miniature phones
offering high intelligibility. At the same time their
construction and use of the magnetic system
renders them extremely rugged and durable.
Miniature earphone types are available fitted with
a special resonator for use as signal transmitters,
for example in paging systems. The transducers
can also be supplied without resonator for special
applications.
Dynamic Transcription
Earphones HD 405
This dynamic miniature earphone brings the improved tonal quality produced by modern dictation
equipment clearly through to the ear of the listener.
By comparison with previous magnetic miniature
earphones this dynamic model offers a wide and
flat frequency response without any resonant interference in the response range. The open earphone
system permits it to be worn either with an earbow
for one ear or a stethoset for both ears. The
accenting of lower frequencies resulting from use
of a stethoscope can be balanced with a base tuner.
The miniature earphone are available with
impedances of 17 Ohm, 70 Ohm and 200 Ohm.
Plug -in connecting lead HZL 18 in standard length
of 1500 mm.
140
cc
INDUSTRIAL RANGE
Infrared Receiver Module
for Ear Protectors
With this 3 -piece assembly kit, consisting of 2
complete PCBs with acoustic transducers and a
receiver diode, Sennheiser offers a possibility for
equipping ear protectors with an infrared receiver.
The receiver is thus suitable for the reception of
monaural infrared signals on the standard carrier
frequency of 95 kHz. Suitable transmitters are the
SI 406 (for room areas up to 20 m2)
SI 1011 with an optional number of emitters
SZI 1011 (for any size of room).
Mechanical Dictation
Microphones
Sennheiser electronic has held a leading position
in this field for over 25 years. In close collaboration
with the leading manufacturers fo dictating
equipment throughout the world, new and
technically improved dictation microphones are
constantly being developed to user specifications
which today occupy a leading position in the market
both mechanically and acoustically. Virtually all
well -known dictation machines on the market
today are equipped with these dictation microphones.
Electronic Dictation
Machines
Full electronic control is the latest development in
Dynamic Transducing
Modules
the field of dictation microphones. A simple
electronic touch switch now replaces the
mechanically operated parts of the 4 -stage switch,
previously susceptible to malfunctions. Particularly
high quality and ergonomic dictation equipment is
today equipped with these microphones. These
fully electronic dictation microphones also display
the familiar high quality Sennheiser features such
as excellent transmission characteristics in
recording and playback as well as reliable
operation even in rugged use.
Sennheiser supplies very large quantities of high quality dynamic transducer systems for recording
and playback. These transducers are distinguished
not only for their carefully selected frequency
responses but also by their high efficiency at lowest
volume levels. Additionally they are reliable,
rugged and in sensitive to handling noise. Owing
to the excellent characteristics of these dynamic
transducing modules they are to be found in an
extremely wide range of different equipment on
the market today.
141
INDUSTRIAL RANGE
PA Microphones for
Stationary and
Mobile Equipment
These microphones are available especially for
paging and cueing systems and for installation in
motor vehicles. In accordance with their intended
use, they are particularly well protected against
acoustic feedback and can be used in noisy
environments. They are also extremely reliable
and rugged.
Stetoclip HZS
The stetoclip HZS 1 is a widely used design with a
swivelling fork joint. A miniature magnetic earphone type HM 21 or HM 35 clips into a hole in the
centre of the joint. However, the dynamic dictation
headphone can also be used with the Stethoclip
HZS 3 which uses resilient tubing for wearing
comfort without requiring any adjustment.
1
and HZS 3
Dynamic Stereo
Headphone HD 400
Sennheiser electronic supplies the well -known
stereo headphone HD 400 in special version to a
number of prominent airlines for use in the cockpit
and first -class cabin.
Magnetic Vibration Pickup
Module
The KM 401 vibration pickup in the speech
frequency range is used mainly as a throat
microphone. It is rectangular in shape and its
dimensions of 7.15 x 10 x 4.2 mm render it
particularly suitable for incorporating in other
equipment. It operates on the magnetic principle
with a resonance frequency of around 1650 Hz.
The MM 13 -3 model also operates on the magnetic
principle with a resonance frequency in the range
of 500 to 600 Hz. It is used for special ground noise
investigation as well as for other work involving
main components approx. within this frequency
range. Matching impedance is available on
request.
Wireless Infrared
Headphone HDI 406
Lightweight dynamic stetoclip -type headphone
for wireless, monaural sound reception using
infrared light as a carrier. The receiver and driver
are accommodated in a small housing to form one
unit with the headphone. This unit is powered by
a plug -in rechargeable battery with integral charger.
At the end of broadcasting this powering unit can
simply be pulled off and inserted in the nearest
mains socket. Together with an infrared transmitter
this provides high quality sound transmission by
wireless in a design which is highly popular for use
in the transmission of TV sound.
142
CC
INDUSTRIAL RANGE
Microphone Capsules for
Sound Level Meters and
Noise Dosimeters
High quality capacitive transducer utilising the
back -electret technique. Built -in integrated circuit.
On request we can adapt this to specific customer
Microphones for
Tape Recorder
Standard Equipment
Sennheiser supplies microphones for tape
recorders with the normal Sennheiser quality
throughout the world. This includes simple stand mounted microphones with cardioid or super cardioid directional characteristics, hand microphones with extremely low handling noise
characteristics through to microphones with
automatic gain control for a wide range of
applications.
Ultrasonic transmitter and
Receiver Capsules
Capacitive transducers for airborne sound,
suitable for use as transmitters or receivers in the
ultrasonic range up to 45 kHz. For transmission
and control purposes.
Two basic models of identical appearance are
supplied for different application.
KU 15 -N transmitter capsule for low operating
voltage.
KU 11 -E -40 receiver capsule for an electret
condenser receiver requiring no external bias.
Acoustic Emitter for
Electronic Buzzer Alarm
HM 26 -4
Compared to the usual buzzers or bells this new
electro-acoustic alarm is a noteworthy technical
innovation. The electronic acoustic emitter can be
used for alarm clocks, paging systems, freezer
systems and acoustic equipment where an
acoustic signal is required which must be
sufficiently loud without being unpleasantly
obtrusive and must at the same time be clearly
distinguishable from other surrounding noises, for
example also in motor vehicles. An external
circuit delivers the rhythmic intermittent tone at
1850 Hz approx. 60 dB. Dimensions: 17.6 mm
diameter x 10 mm.
Electret Condenser
These small high quality microphone modules are
ideal for installation in tape recorders, cassette
recorders, dictation units and intercom systems.
They display all the advantages of condenser
microphones such as high sensitivity, superlative
transmission characteristics and insensitivity to
magnetic interference. Additional advantages are
the extremely low handling noise sensitivity, the
simple connections and low power consumption
at low voltage.
Microphone Module
requirements.
143
Sennheiser Representations
OVERSEAS
Argentina
Iraq
Mexico
S.E.M.A.U. S.A.,
Att: Ing. Koisser, Edison 440,
1638 Vincente Lopez,
Pca. Buenos Aires,
0 795 -2086,
Tx 18057 rygsa ar
Sami Yusif Al -Ani,
Hieder Khana,
Rashid Street 171
Baghdad,
Electronica 2000 S.A.
Apart. Post. 19 -175,
Mexico 19, D.F.,
Australia
Iran
Armad International,
P.O. Box 66 -1570,
Teheran,
P 248717,
Tx 213648 amd it
Cunningham Pty. Ltd.,
P.O. Box 4533,
Melbourne, Vic. 3001,
146 Roden Street,
West Melbourne, Vic. 3003,
R. H.
Qd
h /1,
0 87800,
Tx 1771226 dehame
Cable: butaha
329 9633,
Tx 31 447 cunning as
Brazil
EUROBRAS Ltda.,
C. Postal 622- ZC -00,
Graca Aranha 19 -Gr. 401,
Rio de Janeiro,
0 240-3399,
Tx 2123001 efpc br
Israel
Rondo Electronics,
10, Malchei Israel Sq.,
Tel Aviv 64951,
0 266710,
Tx 35770 coin il "Att. rondo"
TC Electronics (Canada) Ltd.,
2142 Trans Canada Highway,
Dorval, Quebec H9P 2N4,
0 (514) 683 -7161,
Tx 5822847 tciseelmtl
Chile
Tevelectric Ltda.,
Casilla 10493,
Santiago de Chile,
0 229006,
Tx 40596 tevel cl
Columbia
Wilhelm Puth,
Pan American Company,
P.O. Box 14472, Bogotá,
0 258 6817
Tx 43326 camc co "for wilput"
Sigma Import Export,
P.O. Box 5,
Zamalek, Cairo, U.A.E.,
Tx 92793 ectra un
Hongkong
Jolly Sound Limited,
G.P.O. Box 8134,
111 -113 How Ming St. 1st fl.,
Kwun Tong, Kowloon,
Hongkong,
0 3- 890380 / 3- 890389,
Tx 55120 jslhk hx
Pakistan
Sawaf Brothers,
137, Shadbagh,
Lahore,
0 321336,
Cable: cosawaf lahore
General Traders, Ltd.,
Chiyoda -ku,
Tokyo, 101,
Prj 03- 291 -2761,
Tx 24754 gentrade
j
Peru
Estemac Peruana S.A.,
Casilla 224,
Av. Petit Thouars 4620,
Lima 18 (Miraflores),
0 455530, 456587,
Tx 25385 estemac pe
Jordan
Zerah International,
P.O. Box 93,
Amman,
0 62044,
Tx 21632 tower jo
Philippines
Korea (Republic)
0 859996, 899943,
Yushin Company Inc.,
P.O. Box 2,
Yeu- Eui -Do Post Office,
Seoul,
0 69 -3261,
Cable: audiosupply seoul
Tx 66282 esi pn
Kuwait
Egypt
New Zealand
Magnetic Products Ltd.,
P.O. Box 47 -124,
108 -110 Jervois Road,
Herne Bay,
Auckland 2,
0 760 -607,
Tx 60044 kamb nz
Japan
2 -19 Kanda Tsukasa -cho,
Canada
0 5986702,
Al Alamiah, Electronics Int. Ltd.,
P.O. Box 23 781,
Safat, Kuwait,
0 414140,
Tx 22694 eil kt
Lebanon
ELTEK,
P.O. Box
Beirut,
11
-8209 Dora,
0 265048,
Tx 21148 dirodi le "att: eltek",
Cable: eltek dora
Electro- Systems,
Corinthian Plaza, Garden Floor,
121 Paseo de Roxas,
Legaspi Village,
Makati, Metro Manila,
PR China
Jebsen & Co. Ltd.,
EMO- Dept., China Trade,
P.O. Box 97,
Prince's Bldg.,
Hongkong,
0 5- 225111,
Tx 73221 jebsn hx
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Technical Trading Est.,
P.O. Box 1689,
Riyadh,
0 36896,
Tx 201602 sautec sj
Singapore / Malaysia
Jebsen & Jessen (S) Pte. Ltd.,
Marocco
P.O. Box 2444,
10th FI. Supreme House,
Penang Road,
India
Cogedir,
Singapore 9044,
Maharashtra Electronics Corp. Ltd.,
Meltron Audio Visual Div.,
Plot A -70, MIDC Industrial Area,
Andheri (East),
Bombay 400093,
B.P. 156,
X3378361,
Rue Omar Slaoui,
Casablanca,
0 22 4104,
Tx 23003 cogedir m
Tx 21 487 norsin rs
0 579483,
Tx
11
144
-6817 mein in
Sri Lanka
D. L. Abeyanayake,
44/1 Uswatte,
Moratuwa,
0 072 -395
Sennheiser Representations
OVERSEAS
South Africa (Republic)
O. & C. Alexander Sales (Pty) Ltd.,
P.O. Box 1713,
Johannesburg 2000,
0 724 -9366/7/8,
Tx 424161 sa
Thailand
Charay Electronics Inc. Ltd.,
Admin Hq. 589 Prasumane Road,
Bangkok 2,
0 281-3916,
Tx 84145 chareco th
Syria
Ets. Hamdi Tarabeine,
P.O. Box 5111,
Sultan Salim St. 15,
Na'na' Garden Square, Damascus,
Tunisia
Soger Electronique,
24 24,
Tx 11037 tarab sy
Tx 13447 soger to
0
11
32, rue Garibaldi,
Tunis,
0 254.230,
USA
SENNHEISER ELECTRONIC
CORPORATION (N.Y.),
10 West 37th Street,
New York N.Y.10018,
0 (212) 239 -0190,
Tx 421 608 senelec
Venezuela
Tele Norma S.A.,
Apart. del Este 61405,
Caracas 107,
Tx 23270 telenorm ve
United Arab Emirates
Taiwan
Development Enterprise Co. Ltd.,
P.O. Box 3007,
Taipei 100,
0 981 1311,
Tx 31131 thekey
Allied Electronics Ltd.,
P.O. Box 4418,
Deira, Dubai, U.A.E.,
0 663435,
Tx 45611 alect em
Sennheiser Representations
Austria
Grothusen Ges. mbH,
Albert- Schweitzer -Gasse 5,
A -1140 Wien,
0 0222/97 25 29/0,
Tx 132639 ggrot a
Belgium/Luxemburg
Prolux s.p.r.l.,
Chaussée de Nivelles, 24,
B -1420 Braine l'Alleud,
02/384 4033,
Tx 25817 prolux b
Denmark
Kinovox ApS,
Industrivej 9, DK -3540 Lynge,
r¡ 02 /18 7617,
EUROPE
Greece
Temet Ltd.,
19, Solonos Street, Athen 134,
0 3619 096,
Tx 2148 888 zed gr
Hungary
Grothusen Ges. mbH,
Albert- Schweitzer -Gasse 5,
A -1140 Wien,
0222/97 25 29/0,
f
08261923,
Magnus Thorgeirsson, H. F.,
P.O. Box 714, Borgartun 20,
IS- Reykjavik 121,
0 2 67 88, Tx 2068 pfaff is
Tx: 184182 bon d
Polinia- Divisione Audio
della Exhibo Italiana s.r.l.,
Via A. Boito, 12, -20052 Monza,
0 039 /38 43 51,
Tx 315 358 polini
I
Portugal
Valentim de Carvalho Ci Sarl,
Apartado 2149,
P -1103 Lisboa Codex,
Rua Nova do Almada 95 -99,
P-1200 Lisboa 2,
0 36 70 51/4, 3211 18/9, 3211 10,
Tx: 18420 tim p
i
Jugoslavia
Maison Brandt Frères,
16, rue de la Cerisaie,
F -94220 Charenton le Pont,
0 375 97 55, 329 2191,
Tx 230577 mbffoci f
Postfach 27,
Iceland
Tx 121 580 ratuk sf
France
Poland
Dieter Bon,
Elgersburger Str. 29,
D -1000 Berlin 33,
Italy
0 55 84 84,
Norbritco AS,
P.O. Box 2582, Solli,
Munkedamsveien 59 B,
N-Oslo 2,
0 02/41 59 35,
Tx 16743 brico n
Tx 132639 ggrot a
Tx 40 394 kinovox dk
Finland
Radiotukku Oy,
Höyläämötie 11,
SF -00380 Helsinki 38,
Norway
Grothusen Ges. mbH,
Albert- Schweitzer -Gasse 5,
A -1140 Wien,
0 0222/97 25 29/0,
Tx 132639 ggrot a
Sweden
Sennheiser AB,
P.O. Box 22 039,
S -104 22 Stockholm,
0 08/54 20 95,
Tx: 19028 senab s
Switzerland
Great Britain
Netherlands
Kinotechniek Handel b.v.,
Hayden Laboratories Ltd.,
Hayden House, Chiltern Hill,
Chalfont St. Peter, Gerrards Cross,
GB -Bucks SL9 9UG,
0 02813/8 84 47 +/89 221
Tx 849469 haylab g
Postbus 135,
Jan van Gentstraat 160,
NL -1170 AC Badhoevedorp,
Netherlands,
0 0 29 68/63 55,
Tx 15763 kiso nl
Bleue) Electronic AG,
Postfach 9,
Zürcherstraße 71,
CH -8103 Unterengstringen,
0 01/ 750 51 42,
Tx 54581 blera ch
145
Sennheiser Representations
EUROPE
Turkey
Spain
Comercial Lavilla,
Apart. Correos 34149,
Legalidad 64 -66,
E- Barcelona 24,
0 21010 51,
Tx 51658 clavi e
ARFO,
P.O. Box 189,
Selanik Cad. 45/4,
Kizilay, Ankara,
0 179 697,
Tx 42463 pasr tr arfo
USSR
Ancla Marketing GmbH,
Dreiberger Str. 63,
D -2903 Bad Zwischenahn,
004403/8291,
Tx 2 54 718 ancla d
Sennheiser Distributors
CSSR
Kovo Außenhandelsunternehmen,
Jankovcova 2,
170 88 Praha 7,
0' 874 32 51,
Tx 121481 kovo c
Bulgaria
Elektroimpex,
G. Washington St. 17,
Sofia,
Tx 22075 elim bg
Sennheiser Representations
Lissner -Electronic,
Uhlandstraße 53,
03 (030) 8 81 1016
0(0521)23071 +72,
Tx 9 38 015 wdibi d
2000 Hamburg 1
Walter Kluxen,
Postfach 103 720,
Nordkanalstraße 52,
P (040) 2 48 90,
Tx 2162 074 klux d
4600 Dortmund 50
Walter Diekhöner,
Am Rombergpark 19 -23,
0(0231)714081,
Tx 8 22 501 wdido d
3000 Hannover 1
August Martens GmbH & Co KG,
Plathnerstraße 5a,
0 (0511) 8120 38 +39,
Tx 9 22 371 maeha d
5000 Köln 51
4504 Georgsmarienhütte
Walter Diekhöner,
Postfach 1380,
Raiffeisenstraße 23/25,
6000 Frankfurt/M. 64
NIES electronic GmbH,
Postfach 640160,
Edisonstraße 7,
0 (0 61 94) 310 86,
Tx 4185 949 nis d
(05401)40211,
Tx 9 4 713 wadios d
146
1
Electronum,
P.O. Box 13 -90,
70 201 Bukarest,
Tx 11547 elnum r
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF WEST GERMANY
4800 Bielefeld 1
Walter Diekhöner,
Brennerstraße 247,
1000 Berlin 15
Romania
Hackner electronic GmbH,
Raderberger Str. 154 -160,
0 (02 21)
38 06 47- 49,
Tx 8 886 983 hkel d
7000 Bez. Stuttgart
7302 Ostfildern 1- Ruit
Laauser & Vohl KG,
Postfach 4145,
Scharnhäuser Straße 65,
0 (0711) 41 30 51,
Tx 7 23 213 lavo d
8500 Nürnberg
1
Austerlitz Electronic GmbH,
Postfach 1048,
Ludwig- Feuerbach-Straße 38,
0 (0911) 53 33 33,
Tx 6 22 577 azet d
8000 München 2
Hermann Adam & Co KG,
Postfach 200 207,
Landwehrstraße 39, II Rbg.,
0 (089) 59 29 26,
Tx 5 24 974 adamh d
Sennheiser electronic KG.
D-3002 Wedemark
Telefon: 0 51 30 / 583 -0
Telex: 9 24 623 sennh.
IO
eEM
{..,,
l'"
SENNHEISER
MIKROPORT
EMPFAN6ER
EM
1012
tN
III
Narr
E
NF
AF
SATT.TE3T
KANAL
Printed in Germany
..0000
CHANNEL
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising